S1720, S2700, S5700, and S6720 V200R011C10 Command Reference

active-dull-client enable

Function

The active-dull-client enable command enables the function of preventing terminals from entering energy-saving mode.

The undo active-dull-client enable command disables the function.

By default, the function of preventing terminals from entering energy-saving mode is disabled.

Format

active-dull-client enable

undo active-dull-client enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Due to individual reasons, some terminals may not run services normally when entering energy-saving mode. You can run the active-dull-client enable command to enable the function of preventing terminals from entering energy-saving mode. After that, an AP frequently sends null data frames to these terminals to prevent them from entering energy-saving mode, ensuring normal services. This function does not take effect for some terminals and cannot prevent the terminals from entering the power-saving mode. For details, see Test Report on Terminal Compatibility.

Precautions

After the function is enabled, the terminals consume more power and extra bandwidth. If no terminal enters an abnormal energy-saving state, you are advised to disable the function.

Example

# Enable the function of preventing terminals from entering energy-saving mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] active-dull-client enable

Related Topics

address-mode (AP view)

Function

The address-mode command sets the mode in which an AP obtains an IP address.

The undo address-mode command restores the default mode in which an AP obtains an IP address.

By default, the mode in which an AP obtains an IP address is not configured.

Format

address-mode { dhcp | static }

undo address-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dhcp	Indicates that an IP address is obtained in DHCP mode. The AP functions as a DHCP client and is assigned an IP address by the DHCP server.	-
static	Indicates that a static IP address is obtained. The AP must be configured with a static IP address.	-

Views

AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the address-mode command to configure an AP to obtain an IP address in DHCP, static, or SLAAC mode.

Precautions

After the configuration is delivered, restart the APs to make the configuration take effect.

Example

# Configure an AP to obtain an IP address in DHCP mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] address-mode dhcp
Warning: The incorrect configuration will cause the AP to go out of management. This operation will deliver parameter setting and ma
y cause reboot of AP(s). Continue?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

address-mode (AP provisioning view)

Function

The address-mode command sets the mode in which an AP obtains an IP address.

The undo address-mode command restores the default mode in which an AP obtains an IP address.

By default, the mode in which an AP obtains an IP address is not configured.

Format

address-mode { dhcp | static }

undo address-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dhcp	Indicates that an IP address is obtained in DHCP mode. The AP functions as a DHCP client and is assigned an IP address by the DHCP server.	-
static	Indicates that a static IP address is obtained. The AP must be configured with a static IP address.	-

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the address-mode command to configure an AP to obtain an IP address in DHCP, static mode.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the commit command to deliver configuration to APs and restart the APs to make the configuration take effect.

Example

# Configure an AP to obtain an IP address in DHCP mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] address-mode dhcp

Related Topics

advertise-ap-name enable

Function

The advertise-ap-name enable command enables Beacon frames to carry the AP name.

The undo advertise-ap-name enable disables Beacon frames from carrying the AP name.

By default, Beacon frames do not carry the AP name.

Format

advertise-ap-name enable

undo advertise-ap-name enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

In certain scenarios, you can run the advertise-ap-name enable command to enable Beacon frames to carry the AP name. In this way, you can quickly locate and identify APs by identifying the AP name carried in an SSID or display the AP name on STAs that can receive and resolve the host name carried in SSIDs of multiple APs.

Example

# Enable Beacon frames to carry the AP name in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] advertise-ap-name enable

Related Topics

agile-antenna-polarization

Function

The agile-antenna-polarization enable command enables self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas.

The undo agile-antenna-polarization enable command disables self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas.

By default, self-adaptive polarization is disabled for agile antennas.

Only the AP8130DN support this function.

Format

agile-antenna-polarization enable

undo agile-antenna-polarization enable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas can reduce interference between transmit signals of antennas, and increase the transmit power of antennas and the demodulation SNR of STAs. When an AP8130DN or AP8130DN-W is deployed to provide wireless coverage, you can enable this function when the following types of STA exist:

STA with one transmit antenna and one receive antenna in 1x1 mode
STA with two transmit antennas and two receive antennas in 2x2 mode

After this function is enabled, the AP uses two mutually orthogonal antennas to communicate with STAs but not a third antenna.

Prerequisites

Dual-polarized antennas have been connected to radio ports A and B on the same frequency band.

Example

# Enable self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas in a 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] agile-antenna-polarization enable

Related Topics

alarm-restriction disable

Function

The alarm-restriction disable command disables alarm suppression for an AP.

The undo alarm-restriction disable command enables alarm suppression for an AP.

By default, alarm suppression is enabled for an AP.

Format

alarm-restriction disable

undo alarm-restriction disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If a STA cannot go online due to security type mismatch, UAC, or access user upper limit exceeding, the STA will automatically re-connect to the AP. During this period, the AP sends a large number of STA association failure alarms to the AC, which degrades the system performance.

To solve this problem, enable alarm suppression for the AP. The AP then does not report alarms repeatedly in the alarm suppression period, preventing alarm storms.

Example

# Disable alarm suppression for an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] alarm-restriction disable

Related Topics

alarm-restriction period

Function

The alarm-restriction period command configures the period of alarm suppression on an AP.

The undo alarm-restriction period command restores the default period of alarm suppression for an AP.

The default alarm suppression period is 60 seconds on an AP.

Format

alarm-restriction period period

undo alarm-restriction period

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
period	Specifies the period of alarm suppression for an AP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 10 to 300, in seconds.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the ap alarm-restriction period command to configure the period of alarm suppression for an AP. The AP reports an alarm only one time in the specified period if the alarm is repeatedly generated.

Example

# Set the period of alarm suppression to 200 seconds for an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] alarm-restriction period 200

Related Topics

antenna-gain

Function

(AP group radio view) The antenna-gain command configures the antenna gain for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo antenna-gain command restores the default antenna gain for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The antenna-gain command configures the antenna gain for an AP radio.

(AP radio view) The undo antenna-gain command cancels the configuration of the antenna gain on an AP radio. The antenna gain on the AP radio is then determined by that configured in the AP group radio view.

By default, no antenna gain is configured for AP radios.

The antenna gain of AP radios depends on AP types and working channels of AP radios. You can run the display ap-type { id type-id | type ap-type } command to check default antenna gains of radios of different AP types.

Format

antenna-gain antenna-gain

undo antenna-gain

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
antenna-gain	Specifies the antenna gain.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 30, in dB.

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The antenna gain is the ratio of the power density produced by an antenna to the power density that should be obtained at the same point if the power accepted by the antenna were radiated equally. It can measure the capability for an antenna to receive and send signals in a specified direction, which is one of the most important parameters to select a BTS antenna. In the same condition, if the antenna gain is high, the wave travels far.

Precautions

The antenna gain of an AP radio configured using the command must be consistent with the gain of the antenna connected to the AP.
The antenna gain of an AP radio configured using the command takes effect only for external antennas. When an AP uses an external antenna, configure the antenna gain for the AP radio to be consistent with the gain of the external antenna connected to the AP.
The maximum antenna gain should comply with laws and regulations of the corresponding country. For details, see the Country Code & Channel Compliance Table. You can obtain this table at Huawei technical support website.
- Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise
- Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com
The configuration in the AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group radio view.
When the antenna gain of an AP is not an integer, the AC rounds the value off and delivers the integer antenna gain. For example, if the 5G antenna gain of an AP2010DN is 2.5 dB, the 5G antenna gain of 3 dB is displayed on the AC.

Example

# Set the antenna gain to 4 for radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] antenna-gain 4

ap auth-mode

Function

The ap auth-mode command configures the AP authentication mode.

The undo ap auth-mode command restores the default AP authentication mode.

The default AP authentication mode is MAC address authentication.

Format

ap auth-mode { mac-auth | no-auth | sn-auth }

undo ap auth-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
mac-auth	Indicates the MAC address authentication mode.	-
no-auth	Indicates the non-authentication mode.	-
sn-auth	Indicates the SN authentication mode.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After the ap auth-mode command is executed, the AC authenticates the AP using the configured mode.

The non-authentication mode brings security risks. You are advised to set the authentication mode to MAC address authentication or SN authentication, which is more secure.

Example

# Change the AP authentication mode to MAC address authentication.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap auth-mode mac-auth

Related Topics

ap data-collection interval

ap blacklist

Function

The ap blacklist command adds an AP to an AP blacklist.

The undo ap blacklist command deletes an AP from an AP blacklist.

By default, no AP is in an AP blacklist.

Format

ap blacklist mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ]

undo ap blacklist mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
mac ap-mac1	Specifies the AP MAC address.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.
to ap-mac2	Specifies the end MAC address. This parameter is used when you want to add multiple MAC addresses to the blacklist. The value must be larger than ap-mac1. ap-mac1 and ap-mac2 identify a range. The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be added to the blacklist in batches is 128.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.

Parameter

Description

Value

mac ap-mac1

Specifies the AP MAC address.

The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.

to ap-mac2

Specifies the end MAC address. This parameter is used when you want to add multiple MAC addresses to the blacklist. The value must be larger than ap-mac1. ap-mac1 and ap-mac2 identify a range.

The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be added to the blacklist in batches is 128.

The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If the AP's MAC address is in the blacklist, the AP cannot go online. If the MAC address of an online AP is in the blacklist, the AP is forced to log out.

Precautions

The AP blacklist and whitelist can be configured at the same time. However, the MAC address of an AP cannot be added to the AP blacklist and whitelist at the same time.

If AP whitelist and blacklist are all configured, check whether an AP is on the blacklist first.

Example

# Add the AP with the MAC address of 0025-9e07-8280 to the AP blacklist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap blacklist mac 0025-9e07-8280

# Add MAC addresses from 0025-9e07-8270 to 0025-9e07-8276 to the AP blacklist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap blacklist mac 0025-9e07-8270 to 0025-9e07-8276

Related Topics

ap-confirm

display ap blacklist

ap data-collection enable

Function

The ap data-collection enable command enables an AC to buffer AP data.

The undo ap data-collection enable command restores the default settings.

By default, an AC is disabled from buffering AP data.

Format

ap data-collection enable

undo ap data-collection enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

The AC needs to query performance statistics (such as AP and radio performance statistics, and STA association information on APs) from APs. The ap data-collection enable command can enable an AC to periodically query data on APs and buffer obtained data. Upon next data query, the AC can directly search for data in the buffer but does not need to wait for APs to return data. This greatly reduces timeout for querying AP-related statistics.

If there are a large number of APs and users on the AC, this function may occupy many memory resources and affect performance. Therefore, you are advised to disable this function when statistics query is not required.

After the undo ap data-collection enable command is executed, the AC stops periodically obtaining data from APs. Historical data in the buffer is not updated. To query latest statistics, enable this function again.

Example

# Enable an AC to buffer AP data.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap data-collection enable

Related Topics

ap data-collection enable

ap data-collection interval

Function

The ap data-collection interval command sets the data buffer duration.

The undo ap data-collection interval command restores the default data buffer duration.

By default, an AC buffers AP data for 5 minutes.

Format

ap data-collection interval interval

undo ap data-collection interval

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
interval	Specifies the buffer duration.	The value is an integer that ranges from 5 to 60, in minutes.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the ap data-collection interval command to set the buffer duration.

Example

# Enable an AC to buffer AP data and set the buffer duration.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap data-collection enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap data-collection interval 57

Related Topics

ap lldp enable

Function

The ap lldp enable command enables LLDP in the WLAN view.

The undo ap lldp enable command disables LLDP in the WLAN view.

By default, LLDP is enabled in the WLAN view.

Format

ap lldp enable

undo ap lldp enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) is a Layer 2 discovery protocol defined in the IEEE 802.1ab standard. Using LLDP, the AC or NMS can obtain Layer 2 information about the connected APs, including APs' interfaces and connections with other devices. Additionally, the AC or NMS can obtain details about network topology and interface changes. To view the Layer 2 link status between APs, and between APs and switch or analyze the network topology, enable WLAN LLDP.

Precautions

WLAN LLDP can be enabled in the system view and the AP wired port link profile view.

An AP can send and receive LLDP packets only after LLDP is enabled in both the WLAN view and the AP wired port link profile view.
After LLDP is disabled in the WLAN view, the commands for enabling and disabling LLDP on the AP wired port link profile view do not take effect.

Example

# Enable LLDP in the WLAN view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap lldp enable

Related Topics

lldp enable

ap manufacturer-config

Function

The ap manufacturer-config command restores the factory settings of APs.

Format

ap manufacturer-config { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies the name of the AP, factory settings of which need to be restored.	The AP name must already exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of the AP, factory settings of which need to be restored.	The AP's MAC address must already exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the ID of the AP, factory settings of which need to be restored.	The AP ID must already exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When a configuration error occurs on the AP, you can run this command to clear AP configurations.

After restoring factory settings, the AP is reset and configurations are restored to factory settings.

Example

# Restore the factory settings of AP N1-2.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap manufacturer-config ap-name N1-2
Warning: Reset AP to the manufacturing default configuration, continue?[Y/N]:y

ap modify

Function

The ap modify command changes the MAC address of an AP.

Format

ap modify ap-id mac ap-mac

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-id	Specifies the ID of the AP to be replaced.	The AP ID must exist.
mac ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of a new AP.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When AP hardware needs to be replaced, you can change the MAC address of the AP to that of a new AP to prevent repetitive data configurations. After the change, the new AP goes online using the ID of the original AP, and all data configurations of the original AP take effect on the new AP.

By default, you can run the display ap { all | ap-group ap-group } command to check the MAC address of an AP.

Precautions

Replacing an AP enables the new AP to go online on the AC but will interrupt services of the original AP.

Example

# Replace the AP with the ID 0 with the AP with the MAC address 0002-1110-0120.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap modify 0 mac 0002-1110-0120 
Warning: Modify AP will influence the service that has published in AP, Whether to continue? [Y/N]y

Related Topics

ap update ftp-server

Function

The ap update ftp-server command configures basic FTP information, including the FTP server IP address, FTP server user name and password.

The undo ap update ftp-server command restores default FTP settings.

By default, no IP address of the FTP server is configured, and the user name and password on the FTP server both have default settings. The default username and password are available in WLAN Default Usernames and Passwords (Enterprise Network or Carrier). If you have not obtained the access permission of the document, see Help on the website to find out how to obtain it.

Format

ap update ftp-server ip-address server-ip-address ftp-username ftp-username ftp-password cipher ftp-password

undo ap update ftp-server

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ip-address server-ip-address	Specifies an IPv4 address for the FTP server.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
ftp-username ftp-username	Specifies the FTP server user name.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters. The value cannot contain question marks (?) and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ") or spaces.
ftp-password	Specifies the password for logging in to the FTP server.	-
cipher	Specifies the password in cipher text.	-
ftp-password	Specifies the FTP server password.	The value is a string of characters without question marks (?). It cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ") or spaces. ftp-password contains 188 characters in cipher text, such as %^%#A<g;&zQR7P3TF+,[MxQ1X%4[2~Gb]Vp#(e<y:~)/%^%#. ftp-password also can be a string of 1 to 128 characters in plain text, such as huawei123.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The FTP configuration is used when the automatic upgrade and online upgrade modes are FTP. In the automatic upgrade or online upgrade, the AC sends basic FTP information to the AP, and the AP requests the FTP server for upgrade based on FTP information.
After running the ap update ftp-server command, you can perform the following operations:
1. Run the ap update mode command to set the upgrade mode to ftp-mode.
2. Run the ap update multi-load command to upgrade APs in batches.

Precautions

It is recommended that you use an external FTP server to upgrade APs. If the AC functions as the FTP server, a maximum of five APs can be upgraded simultaneously.
The FTP server user name cannot contain the double quotation marks ("). Ensure that the FTP server user name and unencrypted password configured on the AC do not contain the preceding characters. Otherwise, FTP upgrade fails.

Example

# Configure the FTP server IP address, FTP server user name and password.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update ftp-server ip-address 192.168.1.100 ftp-username admin ftp-password cipher wlanadmin

Related Topics

ap update ftp-server max-connect-number

Function

The ap update ftp-server command configures the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in FTP mode.

The undo ap update ftp-server command restores the default maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in FTP mode.

By default, a maximum of 50 APs can be upgraded simultaneously in FTP mode.

Format

ap update ftp-server max-connect-number max-connect-number

undo ap update ftp-server max-connect-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-connect-number	Specifies the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 64.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When APs are upgraded in FTP mode, you can configure the value of max-connect-number to change the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously.

If the number of APs to be upgraded is equal to or smaller than max-connect-number, all APs can be upgraded simultaneously.
If the number of APs to be upgraded is larger than max-connect-number, only the specified number of APs can be upgraded simultaneously. After the specified number of APs are upgraded, the remaining APs are upgraded automatically until all APs are upgraded. The number of APs that are upgraded at a time cannot exceed the value of max-connect-number.

Precautions

An external FTP server can be used, which is recommended. The AC can also function as the FTP server.

When an external FTP server is used, the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously is the configured max-connect-number.
If an AC is used as the FTP server, a maximum of five APs can be upgraded simultaneously even if the specified number is larger than five.

When the AC functions as the FTP server, run the ap update ftp-server max-connect-number max-connect-number command to set the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously. The value of max-connect-number is an integer ranging from 1 to 5. During the upgrade, a maximum of 1 to 5 APs can be upgraded at a time until all APs are upgraded.

If the configured number of APs to be upgraded simultaneously is larger than five, an error message will be displayed after the first five APs are upgraded. The remaining APs cannot be automatically upgraded. You have to repeat the command until all APs are upgraded.

Example

# Set the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in FTP mode to 10.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update ftp-server max-connect-number 10

Related Topics

ap update load

Function

The ap update load command upgrades a specified AP.

The undo ap update load command cancels AP upgrade.

Format

ap update load { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id } update-filename update-file-name

undo ap update load { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies the name of the AP to be upgraded.	The AP name must already exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of the AP to be upgraded.	The AP's MAC address must already exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the ID of the AP to be upgraded.	The AP ID must already exist.
update-filename update-file-name	Specifies the AP upgrade file.	The upgrade file name must already exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When APs are upgraded in batches based on AP types, if the new version fails, the version rollback takes a long period. Therefore, you can update a single AP to check whether faults occur on the version, ensuring successful upgrades in batches.

Prerequisites

When the AC mode is used, the AP upgrade file has been uploaded to the AC. If the FTP or SFTP mode is used, the AP upgrade file has been uploaded to the FTP server or SFTP server.

The AP is in normal or vmiss state.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the ap update reset { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id } command to restart the AP to make the upgrade take effect.

Precautions

The undo ap update load { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id } command cancels AP upgrade. However, if the AP system software has been written to the flash memory during the upgrade, the command does not take effect. You can run the display ap update status { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } command to check AP upgrade progress.

Example

# Upgrade the AP N1-2 using the upgrade file fitap6x10xn_v200r007c10.bin.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update load ap-name N1-2 update-filename fitap6x10xn_v200r007c10.bin
Info: The current upgrade mode is AC mode, which may affect performance and take a long time. The FTP or SFTP upgrade mode is recomm
ended. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

ap update reset

display ap update status

ap update mode

Function

The ap update mode command configures the AP upgrade mode.

The undo ap update mode command restores the default AP upgrade mode.

The default upgrade mode is ac-mode.

Format

ap update mode { ftp-mode | ac-mode | sftp-mode }

undo ap update mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ac-mode	Indicates the AP upgrade mode in which APs download upgrade versions from the AC.	-
ftp-mode	Indicates the FTP mode. The AC delivers the FTP configuration to APs using the ap update ftp-server command, and APs download the upgrade version file from the FTP server.	-
sftp-mode	Indicates the SFTP mode. The AC delivers the SFTP configuration to APs using the ap update sftp-server command, and APs download the upgrade version file from the SFTP server.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

The AC, FTP or SFTP upgrade mode must be preset on the AP for automatic upgrade and online upgrade.
Run the ap update multi-load command to upgrade the AP.

Example

# Set the AP upgrade mode to sftp-mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update mode sftp-mode

Related Topics

ap update update-filename

ap update multi-load

Function

The ap update multi-load command upgrades APs of the same type in batches.

The undo ap update multi-load command cancels batch upgrade of APs with the same type.

Format

ap update multi-load ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

ap update multi-load ap-group group-name [ { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> | { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

undo ap update multi-load ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

undo ap update multi-load ap-group group-name [ { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> | { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-type type-id	Specifies the AP type ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 255.
ap-group group-name	Specifies an AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the ap update multi-load ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ] command to upgrade APs of the same type in batches in the online upgrade mode.

If ap-group group-name is specified, only APs of the same type and in the specified AP group are upgraded.
If ap-name ap-name or ap-id ap-id is specified, only APs of the specified type and with the specified AP name or AP ID are upgraded
If none of the ap-group group-name, ap-name ap-name, and ap-id ap-id parameters are specified, all APs of the specified type are upgraded.
If the type of APs specified by ap-group group-name, ap-name ap-name, or ap-id ap-id is different from ap-type type-id, the APs cannot be upgraded.

You can run the ap update multi-load ap-group group-name [ { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> | { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ] command to batch upgrade APs in the specified AP group online.

If ap-name ap-name or ap-id ap-id is specified, only APs with the specified name or ID in the specified AP group are upgraded.
If neither ap-name ap-name nor ap-id ap-id is specified, all APs in the specified AP group are upgraded.
If APs specified by ap-name ap-name and ap-id ap-id are in different AP groups, the APs cannot be upgraded.

Prerequisites

AP upgrade files have been configured in batches using the ap update update-filename command.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the ap update multi-reset command to reset APs in batches to make AP upgrade take effect.

Precautions

The undo ap update multi-load ap-type type-id command cancels batch upgrade of APs with the same type. However, if the AP system software has been written to the flash memory during the upgrade, the command does not take effect. You can run the display ap update status all command to check AP upgrade progress.

Example

# Upgrade APs with type-id 19 in batches online.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update multi-load ap-type 19
Info: The current upgrade mode is AC mode, which may affect performance and take a long time. The FTP or SFTP upgrade mode is recomm
ended. Continue? [Y/N]:y

# Upgrade all APs in AP group ap-group1 in batches online.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update multi-load ap-group ap-group1
Info: The current upgrade mode is AC mode, which may affect performance and take a long time. The FTP or SFTP upgrade mode is recomm
ended. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

ap update multi-reset

display ap update status

ap update multi-reset

Function

The ap update multi-reset command resets APs in batches.

Format

ap update multi-reset ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

ap update multi-reset ap-group group-name [ { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> | { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-type type-id	Resets APs of the specified type ID.	The AP type ID must exist.
ap-group group-name	Resets APs in the specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Resets APs with the specified AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Resets APs with the specified AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

This command resets APs in batches and can be used only after APs are upgraded in batches.

ap update multi-reset ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ] command to batch reset APs of the specified type online.

If ap-group group-name is specified, only APs of the specified type and in the specified AP group are reset.
If ap-name ap-name or ap-id ap-id is specified, only APs of the specified type and with the specified AP name or ID are reset.
If none of the ap-group group-name, ap-name ap-name, or ap-id ap-id parameters are specified, all APs of the specified type are reset.
If the type of APs specified by ap-group group-name, ap-name ap-name, or ap-id ap-id is different from ap-type type-id, the APs cannot be reset.

You can run the ap update multi-reset ap-group group-name [ { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> | { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> ] command to batch reset APs in the specified AP group online.

If ap-name ap-name or ap-id ap-id is specified, only APs with the specified name or ID in the specified AP group are reset.
If neither ap-name ap-name nor ap-id ap-id is specified, all APs in the specified AP group are reset.
If APs specified by ap-name ap-name and ap-id ap-id are in different AP groups, the APs cannot be reset.

Example

# Reset APs with type-id 19 in batches.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update multi-reset ap-type 19

ap update reset

Function

The ap update reset command restarts a specified AP.

Format

ap update reset { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies the name of the AP to be restarted.	The AP name must already exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of the AP to be restarted.	The AP's MAC address must already exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the ID of the AP to be restarted.	The AP ID must already exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After a single AP has been upgraded, run the ap update reset command to restart the AP and make the AP upgrade take effect.

Prerequisites

The AP is in normal or vmiss state.

The specified AP has been upgraded using the ap update load { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id } update-filename update-file-name command.

Example

# Restart AP N1-2 after the upgrade.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update load ap-name N1-2 update-filename huawei.bin
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update reset ap-name N1-2

Related Topics

ap update load

ap update sftp-server

Function

The ap update sftp-server command configures basic sftp information, including the sftp server IP address, sftp server user name and password.

The undo ap update sftp-server command restores default sftp settings.

By default, no IP address of the SFTP server is configured, and the user name and password on the SFTP server both have default settings. The default username and password are available in WLAN Default Usernames and Passwords (Enterprise Network or Carrier). If you have not obtained the access permission of the document, see Help on the website to find out how to obtain it.

Format

ap update sftp-server ip-address server-ip-address sftp-username sftp-username sftp-password cipher sftp-password

undo ap update sftp-server

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ip-address server-ip-address	Specifies an IPv4 address for the sftp server.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
sftp-username sftp-username	Specifies the sftp server user name.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters. The value cannot contain question marks (?) and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ") or spaces.
sftp-password	Specifies the password for logging in to the sftp server.	-
cipher	Specifies the password in cipher text.	-
sftp-password	Specifies the sftp server password.	The value is a string of characters without question marks (?). It cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ") or spaces. sftp-password can be up to 188 characters in cipher text, such as %^%#A<g;&zQR7P3TF+,[MxQ1X%4[2~Gb]Vp#(e<y:~)/%^%#. sftp-password also can be a string of 1 to 128 characters in plain text, such as huawei123.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The sftp configuration is used when the automatic upgrade and online upgrade modes are sftp. In the automatic upgrade or online upgrade, the AC sends basic sftp information to the AP, and the AP requests the sftp server for upgrade based on sftp information.
After running the ap update sftp-server command, you can perform the following operations:
1. Run the ap update mode command to set the upgrade mode to sftp-mode.
2. Run the ap update multi-load command to upgrade APs in batches.

Precautions

It is recommended that you use an external sftp server to upgrade APs. If the AC functions as the sftp server, a maximum of five APs can be upgraded simultaneously.
APs do not support the following characters:". Ensure that the sftp server user name and unencrypted password configured on the AC do not contain the preceding characters. Otherwise, sftp upgrade fails.

Example

# Configure the sftp server IP address, sftp server user name and password.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update sftp-server ip-address 192.168.1.100 sftp-username admin sftp-password cipher wlanadmin

Related Topics

ap update sftp-server max-connect-number

Function

The ap update sftp-server command configures the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in SFTP mode.

The undo ap update sftp-server command restores the default maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in SFTP mode.

By default, a maximum of 50 APs can be upgraded simultaneously in SFTP mode.

Format

ap update sftp-server max-connect-number max-connect-number

undo ap update sftp-server max-connect-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-connect-number	Specifies the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 64.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When APs are upgraded in sftp mode, you can configure the value of max-connect-number to change the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously.

If the number of APs to be upgraded is equal to or smaller than max-connect-number, all APs can be upgraded simultaneously.
If the number of APs to be upgraded is larger than max-connect-number, only the specified number of APs can be upgraded simultaneously. After the specified number of APs are upgraded, the remaining APs are upgraded automatically until all APs are upgraded. The number of APs that are upgraded at a time cannot exceed the value of max-connect-number.

Precautions

An external sftp server can be used, which is recommended. The AC can also function as the sftp server.

When an external sftp server is used, the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously is the configured max-connect-number.
If an AC is used as the SFTP server, a maximum of five APs can be upgraded simultaneously even if the specified number is larger than five.

When the AC functions as the SFTP server, run the ap update sftp-server max-connect-number max-connect-number command to set the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously. The value of max-connect-number is an integer ranging from 1 to 5. During the upgrade, a maximum of 1 to 5 APs can be upgraded at a time until all APs are upgraded.

If max-connect-number is set larger than 5, an error message will be displayed after the first five APs are upgraded. The remaining APs cannot be automatically upgraded. You have to repeat the command until all APs are upgraded.

Example

# Set the maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in SFTP mode to 10.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update sftp-server max-connect-number 10

Related Topics

ap update update-filename

Function

The ap update update-filename command configures the upgrade file name for APs of a specified type.

The undo ap update update-filename command deletes the upgrade file name for APs of a specified type.

Format

ap update update-filename filename ap-type type-id [ ap-group ap-group-name ]

undo ap update update-filename ap-type type-id [ ap-group ap-group-name ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-type type-id	Specifies the AP type ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 255.
filename	Specifies the AP upgrade file name.	The value is a string of 1 to 255 case-sensitive characters. Ensure that the file name is the same as the actual upgrade file name and has the extension .bin.
ap-group ap-group-name	Specifies an AP group.	The AP group must already exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

If you specify ap-group ap-group-name, the command configures the upgrade file name only for APs of the specified type and in the specified group.

Run the ap update multi-load ap-type command to upgrade APs of the same type in batches.

Example

# Set the upgrade file name for APs with the type ID 19 to fitap6x10xn_v200r007c10.bin.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update update-filename fitap6x10xn_v200r007c10.bin ap-type 19
Warning: If an AP is performing the automatic upgrade, the AP will be upgraded to the latest version. Continue?[Y/N]:y
Warning: If AP update mode is AC-mode, update-file's default path is flash:/. Continue?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

ap update update-filename

ap update schedule-task

Function

The ap update schedule-task command configures a scheduled AP upgrade task.

The undo ap update schedule-task command deletes a scheduled AP upgrade task.

By default, no scheduled AP upgrade task is configured.

Format

ap update schedule-task task-id task-id start-time start-time start-date stop-time stop-time stop-date ap-type type-id [ ap-group group-name | { { ap-name ap-name } &<1-10> } | { { ap-id ap-id } &<1-10> } ]

ap update schedule-task task-id task-id start-time start-time start-date stop-time stop-time stop-date ap-group group-name

undo ap update schedule-task { all | task-id task-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
task-id task-id	Specifies the ID of a scheduled AP upgrade task.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 31.
start-time start-time	Specifies the start time of the scheduled AP upgrade task.	The value is in HH:MM format, ranging from 00:00 to 23:59.
start-date	Specifies the start date of the scheduled AP upgrade task.	The value is in YYYY/MM/DD format, ranging from 2000-01-01 to 2050-12-31.
stop-time stop-time	Specifies the end time of the scheduled AP upgrade task.	The value is in HH:MM format, ranging from 00:00 to 23:59.
stop-date	Specifies the end date of the scheduled AP upgrade task.	The value is in YYYY/MM/DD format, ranging from 2000-01-01 to 2050-12-31. stop-time stop-date must be later than start-time start-date.
ap-type type-id	Specifies an AP type ID.	The value is an integer. To view all AP types, run the display ap-type all command.
ap-group group-name	Specifies an AP group name.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can configure a scheduled AP upgrade task to upgrade APs in a specified time period, such as off-peak hours.

If you specify ap-group group-name in the command, the configured task will upgrade only APs in the specified AP group. Similarly, if you specify ap-type type-id, ap-name ap-name, or ap-id ap-id, the configured task will upgrade only the specified APs.

The scheduled task configuration will not be automatically deleted after a scheduled upgrade task is completed. To delete the task, run the undo ap update schedule-task { all | task-id task-id } command.

Prerequisites

The AP upgrade file has been specified using the ap update update-filename command. To check the status of scheduled AP upgrade tasks, run the display ap update schedule-task command.

Configuration Impact

For scheduled AP upgrade tasks with the same start time, the task with a smaller task-id task-id is executed preferentially.
During the scheduled AP upgrade, if the time for task B is reached before task A is completed, task B waits until task A is completed. Subsequent scheduled AP upgrade tasks wait in sequence until the previous task is completed.
When the time specified by stop-time stop-time stop-date is reached, ongoing upgrade tasks continue until the upgrade is completed and those tasks waiting in queues stop.
After APs in a scheduled upgrade task are all upgraded, the APs automatically restart. The APs that fail the upgrade do not restart.
After a scheduled AP upgrade task is configured, if the AP group or all APs are deleted, the task fails to be executed, which is not recorded as upgrade failure information.
If an AP is performing the automatic upgrade when you configure a scheduled AP upgrade task, the upgrade continues until the upgrade is completed. APs that have not started the automatic upgrade will not execute the automatic upgrade.

Example

# Configure APs with ap-type as 54 to perform the scheduled upgrade from 01:00 to 04:00 on May 20, 2016.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap update schedule-task task-id 1 start-time 1:00 2016/5/20 stop-time 4:00 2016/5/20 ap-type 54

Related Topics

display ap update schedule-task

ap username

Function

The ap username command sets the user name and password for AP login.

The undo ap username command restores the default user name and password for AP login.

The default username and password are available in WLAN Default Usernames and Passwords (Enterprise Network or Carrier). If you have not obtained the access permission of the document, see Help on the website to find out how to obtain it.

Format

ap username username password cipher

undo ap username

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
username	Specifies the user name for AP login.	The value is a string of 4-31 characters. It can contain letters, underlines, and digits. The character string must start with letters.
password	Specifies the password for AP login.	-
cipher	Indicates the cipher text password.	The password can be entered in plain or cipher text: In plain text, the password is a string of 8 to 128 case-sensitive characters. It must contain at least one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter, and one digit except the question mark (?). In cipher text, the password is a string of 48 to 188 characters. It must contain at least one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter, and one digit.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Unauthorized users may use the default user name and password to log in to APs, causing security risk to APs. You can use the ap username command to change the user name and password to improve security for APs.

It is recommended that you change the user name and password in a timely manner to ensure device security.

The password cannot be the same as the user name or the mirror user name.

Example

# Set the user name to huawei and password to Zz123456.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap username huawei password cipher
Enter the password (plain-text password of 8-32 characters or cipher-text passwo
rd of 48 or 68 characters):                                                     
Confirm password:

Related Topics

display ap username

ap whitelist

Function

The ap whitelist command adds an AP to an AP whitelist.

The undo ap whitelist command deletes an AP from an AP whitelist.

By default, no AP is in an AP whitelist.

Format

ap whitelist { mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ] | sn ap-sn1 [ to ap-sn2 ] }

undo ap whitelist { mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ] | sn ap-sn1 [ to ap-sn2 ] }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
mac ap-mac1	Specifies the AP MAC address.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of four digits.
to ap-mac2	Specifies the end MAC address. This parameter is used when you want to add multiple MAC addresses to the whitelist. The value must be larger than ap-mac1. ap-mac1 and ap-mac2 identify a range. The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be added to the whitelist in batches is 4096.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of four digits.
sn ap-sn1	Specifies the SN of an AP.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters.
to ap-sn2	Specifies the end SN. This parameter is used when you want to add multiple SNs to the whitelist. It must be larger than ap-sn1. ap-sn1 and ap-sn2 identify a range. The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be added to the whitelist in batches is 4096.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When the AP authentication mode is set to MAC address authentication using the ap auth-mode command, if the MAC address of an online AP exists in the whitelist, the AP is automatically added to the AC. If the MAC address of an online AP does not exist in the whitelist or the AP is not added offline, the AP cannot be automatically added to the AC. You need to run the ap-confirm command to confirm the AP.
When the AP authentication mode is set to SN authentication using the ap auth-mode command, if the SN of an online AP exists in the whitelist, the AP is automatically added to the AC. If the SN of an online AP does not exist in the whitelist or the AP is not added offline, the AP cannot be automatically added to the AC. You need to run the ap-confirm command to confirm the AP.

Prerequisites

The AP authentication mode has been set to MAC address or SN authentication using the ap auth-mode command.

Precautions

When adding multiple SNs to the whitelist, ensure that the start SN length and the end SN length are the same.

Example

# Add AP MAC address 0025-9e07-8280 to the whitelist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap whitelist mac 0025-9e07-8280

# Add the MAC addresses from 0025-9e07-8270 to 0025-9e07-8290 to the AP whitelist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap whitelist mac 0025-9e07-8270 to 0025-9e07-8290

# Add SN 08PE56430071 to the AP whitelist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap whitelist sn 08PE56430071

# Add SNs from 08PE56430076 to 08PE56430081 to the AP whitelist.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap whitelist sn 08PE56430076 to 08PE56430081

Related Topics

display ap whitelist

ap auth-mode

ap-confirm

Function

The ap-confirm command confirms unauthenticated APs and allows them to go online.

Format

ap-confirm { all | mac ap-mac | sn ap-sn }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Confirms all APs.	-
mac ap-mac	Confirms the AP with the specified MAC address.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of four digits.
sn ap-sn	Confirms the AP with the specified SN.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After viewing unauthenticated APs using the display ap unauthorized record command, you can run the ap-confirm command to confirm these unauthenticated APs if you want to connect them to the AC. After confirmation, the APs are allowed to go online, added to the default region, and bound to the default AP profile.

Example

# Confirm the AP with MAC 0025-9e07-8270.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-confirm mac 0025-9e07-8270

# Confirm all APs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-confirm all

Related Topics

display ap whitelist

ap-group

Function

The ap-group command creates an AP group and displays the AP group view, or displays the view of an existing AP group.

The undo ap-group command deletes an AP group.

By default, the system provides the AP group default.

Format

ap-group name group-name

undo ap-group { name group-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name group-name	Specifies the name of an AP group.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 characters. It does not contain question marks (?), marks (/), or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all AP groups.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If you need to perform the same configuration on multiple APs, add the APs to an AP group and perform the configuration in the AP group. The configuration takes effect on all APs of the group. This prevents repetitive configuration.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the ap-group (AP view) or ap-regroup command to add APs to an AP group.

Precautions

If the configuration of an AP in the AP view is different from that in the AP group view, the configuration in the AP view is preferentially used.
The device supports a maximum of 256 AP groups.
The AP group that has APs cannot be deleted. The AP group default cannot be deleted either.
By default, an AP group has the following profiles bound: AP system profile default, 2G radio profile default, 5G radio profile default, regulatory domain profile default, WIDS profile default, and AP wired port profile default.

Example

# Create the AP group group1 and display the AP group view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1]

Related Topics

ap-group (AP view)

ap-regroup

ap-group (AP provisioning view)

Function

The ap-group command configures an AP group.

The undo ap-group command restores the default AP group.

By default, no AP group is configured.

Format

ap-group ap-group

undo ap-group

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-group	Specifies the group that an AP joins.	The AP group must exist.

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the group that an AP joins is changed, and the change is delivered to the AP, the AP automatically restarts and joins the new group.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the commit command to deliver configuration to APs and restart the APs to make the configuration take effect.

Example

# Change the group that the AP joins to group ap-new-group.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] ap-group ap-new-group

Related Topics

ap-group (AP view)

Function

The ap-group command configures an AP group.

The undo ap-group command restores the default AP group.

By default, no AP group is configured.

Format

ap-group ap-group

undo ap-group

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-group	Specifies an AP group.	The AP group must exist.

Views

AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Each AP must be added to an AP group. If no AP group is configured for an AP, the AP automatically joins the AP group default.

Example

# Configure the AP group ap-new-group for an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] ap-group ap-new-group
Warning: This operation may cause AP reset. If the country code changes, it will clear channel, power and antenna gain configuration
s of the radio, Whether to continue? [Y/N]:y

ap-id

Function

The ap-id command adds an AP offline or displays the AP view.

By default, no AP is added offline.

Format

ap-id ap-id [ [ type-id type-id | ap-type ap-type ] { ap-mac ap-mac | ap-sn ap-sn | ap-mac ap-mac ap-sn ap-sn } ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-id	Specifies the AP ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 1023.
type-id type-id	Specifies the AP type ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 255.
ap-type ap-type	Specifies the AP type.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters.
ap-mac ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of an AP.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.
ap-sn ap-sn	Specifies the serial number (SN) of an AP.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters, and can only contain letters and digits.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After an AP is successfully added to an AC, you can configure parameters for the AP offline. When the AP goes online, it uses the configured parameters.

You can run the undo ap command to delete an AP.

Precautions

To add an AP, you must enter the MAC address, SN, or MAC address+SN. In MAC address authentication mode, enter the MAC address of the AP. In SN authentication mode, enter the SN of the AP.

To enter the AP view, you only need to enter the AP ID.

Example

# Create an AP with ID 11, type ID 19, and MAC address 0025-9e07-8270.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 11 type-id 19 ap-mac 0025-9e07-8270

Related Topics

ap-mac

Function

The ap-mac command adds an AP offline or displays the AP view.

By default, no AP is added offline.

Format

ap-mac ap-mac [ type-id type-id | ap-type ap-type ] [ ap-id ap-id ] [ ap-sn ap-sn ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-mac	Specifies the MAC address of an AP.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.
type-id type-id	Specifies the AP type ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 255.
ap-type ap-type	Specifies the AP type.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the AP ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 1023.
ap-sn ap-sn	Specifies the sequence number (SN) of an AP.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters, and can only contain letters and digits.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After an AP is successfully added to an AC, you can configure parameters for the AP offline. When the AP goes online, it uses the configured parameters.

Precautions

When adding an AP, you need to enter the MAC address of the AP. If the AP authentication mode is SN authentication, you also need to enter the SN of the AP.

To enter the AP view, you only need to enter the MAC address of the AP. If the entered MAC address does not exist, the system adds a new AP and displays the AP view.

The ap-mac ap-mac [ type-id type-id | ap-type ap-type ] [ ap-id ap-id ] [ ap-sn ap-sn ] and ap-id ap-id [ [ type-id type-id | ap-type ap-type ] { ap-mac ap-mac | ap-sn ap-sn | ap-mac ap-mac ap-sn ap-sn } ] commands have the same function. You can use either one according to the actual situation.

Example

# Add the AP with the MAC address 0025-9e07-8260.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-mac 0025-9e07-8260

Related Topics

ap-mode

Function

The ap-mode command sets the working mode of an AP.

The undo ap-mode command restores the default working mode of an AP.

By default, an AP works in Fit mode.

Format

ap-mode { fat | cloud }

undo ap-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
fat	Specifies the Fat mode.	-
cloud	Specifies the cloud mode.	-

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The working mode of an AP is configured on the AC and delivers to the AP. After a restart, the AP will switch the working mode accordingly.

Prerequisites

The AP has gone online on the AC in Fit mode.
Corresponding system files have been uploaded to the AC, FTP server, or SFTP server.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the commit command to commit the configuration.

Configuration Impact

After the working mode of the AP is switched to Fat or cloud, the AP will be out of control by the AC.

Only the AP1050DN-S, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DN-E, AP7050DE, AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AD9430DN-12, and AD9430DN-24 support this command. The AP4030TN and AD9431DN-24X can be switched only to the Fat mode.

Example

# Set the working mode of an AP to Fat.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] ap-mode fat
Warning: When the configuration is committed, the AP mode will be switched if supported and the AP will be out of control by the AC.Continue?[Y/N]: y

Related Topics

ap-name

Function

The ap-name command displays the AP view.

Format

ap-name ap-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name	Specifies the AP name.	The AP name must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After entering the AP view, you can perform personalized configuration on an AP.

Example

# Display the view of the AP named area_1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-name area_1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-2]

Related Topics

ap-name (AP provisioning view)

Function

The ap-name command sets the name of an AP.

The undo ap-name command restores the default name of an AP.

By default, no AP name is configured.

Format

ap-name ap-new-name

undo ap-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-new-name	Specifies an AP name.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the name of an AP is changed, and the change is delivered to the AP, the AP automatically restarts and goes online using the new name.

Precautions

The new AP name cannot be the same as the existing AP name.

If the AP name is not configured, the default name of an AP is the AP's MAC address after the AP goes online.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the commit command to deliver the configuration to the AP.

Example

# Change the AP name to AP-N1-2.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] ap-name AP-N1-2

Related Topics

ap-name (AP view)

Function

The ap-name command configures an AP name.

The undo ap-name command restores the default AP name.

By default, no AP name is configured for an AP.

Format

ap-name ap-name

undo ap-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").

Views

AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To facilitate AP maintenance, management, and differentiation, you can name the AP according to actual situations.

Precautions

The new AP name cannot be the same as the existing AP name.

If a new AP name is the same as an existing AP name, the new AP is restarted after its name is changed.

If the AP name is not configured, the default name of an AP is the AP's MAC address after the AP goes online.

Example

# Change the AP name to AP-N1-2.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] ap-name AP-N1-2

ap-ping

Function

The ap-ping command uses a specified AP to ping a network device and displays the returned result.

Format

ap-ping { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ -c count | -s packetsize | -m time | -t timeout ] ^* host

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies the name of an AP used to ping other network devices.	The AP name must already exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the ID of an AP used to ping other network devices.	The AP ID must already exist.
-c count	Specifies the number of ICMP Echo Request packets to be sent.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 10. The default value is 4.
-s packetsize	Specifies the length of an Echo Request packet excluding the IP header and ICMP header.	The value is an integer that ranges from 20 to 8100, in bytes. The default value is 56 bytes.
-m time	Specifies the time to wait before sending the next ICMP Request packet.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 5000, in milliseconds. The default value is 2000 ms.
-t timeout	Specifies the timeout period for an ICMP Echo Response packet.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 10000, in milliseconds. The default value is 2000 ms.
host	Specifies the domain name or IP address of the destination host.	The value is a string of 1 to 20 characters.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to check the connectivity between an AP and network device by pinging a network device from an AP.
The prerequisite is that the AP is online and has been configured with an IP address.

Precautions

This command may cost much time because the parameters such as waiting time affects the command running.
Only one AP can perform the ping operation at a time.

Example

# Use the AP N1-2 to perform a ping operation.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-ping ap-name N1-2 10.1.1.1
Warning: This operation maybe takes several minutes, continue?[Y/N]:y       
[HUAWEI-wlan-view]                       
  AP ping result                                                                
    Success count        : 4                                                    
    Failure count        : 0                                                    
    Average response time: 1 ms                                                 
    Minimum response time: 1 ms                                                 
    Maximum response time: 1 ms

ap-regroup

Function

The ap-regroup command changes the group that an AP joins.

Format

ap-regroup { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } new-group new-group-name

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

ap-name ap-name

Specifies an AP name.

The AP name must exist.

ap-id ap-id

Specifies an AP ID.

The AP ID must exist.

The value is a string of 1 to 255 characters. When multiple APs are selected, use commas (,) to separate AP IDs or use hyphens (-) to indicate continuous AP IDs. For example, 5,8,10-13,20 indicates the list of APs with IDs 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 20.

new-group new-group-name

Specifies the name of the new group to which the AP is added.

The AP group must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If the current AP group is not applicable to an AP or the AP is added to an incorrect group, you can run this command to delete the AP from the current AP group and add the AP to a new AP group.

Prerequisites

The AP group has been created using the ap-group command.

Configuration Impact

Changing the group of an AP will restart the AP and interrupt services. Exercise caution when you run the command.

Example

# Change the group that an AP joins to the AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-regroup ap-name 1047-80b1-56a0 new-group group1
Warning: This operation may cause AP reset. If the country code changes, it will clear channel, power and antenna gain configuration
s of the radio, Whether to continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

ap-group

ap-rename

Function

The ap-rename command changes the name of an AP.

Format

ap-rename { ap-name name | ap-mac ap-mac-address | ap-id ap-id } new-name ap-new-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name name	Specifies the old name of an AP.	The AP name must exist.
ap-mac ap-mac-address	Specifies the MAC address of an AP.	The AP's MAC address must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies the ID of an AP.	The AP ID must exist.
new-name ap-new-name	Specifies the new name of an AP.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If the name of an AP conflicts with that of another or an AP requires a more proper name, you can run this command to change the name of the AP.

If a new AP name is the same as an existing AP name, the new AP is restarted after its name is changed.

Example

# Change the AP name from N1-2 to N2-2.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-rename ap-name N1-2 new-name N2-2

Related Topics

ap-reset

Function

The ap-reset command resets an AP.

Format

ap-reset { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-id ap-id | ap-group ap-group | ap-type { type type-name | type-id type-id } }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Resets all APs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Resets the AP with the specified AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Resets the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Resets the AP with the specified AP ID.	The AP ID must exist. The value is a string of 1 to 255 characters. When multiple APs are selected, use commas (,) or hyphens (-) to separate AP IDs. For example, 5,8,10-13,20 indicates the list of APs with IDs 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 20.
ap-group ap-group	Resets APs in the specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-type	Resets APs of the specified AP type.	-
type type-name	Resets APs of the specified type name.	The AP type name must exist.
type-id type-id	Resets APs of the specified type ID.	The AP type ID must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After in-service upgrade of APs is complete, you can run the ap-reset command to reset the APs. After the command is run, the APs restart with the upgraded software version. You can also use the command to restart APs for other reasons.

Prerequisites

An AP exists on the AC.

Example

# Reset the AP N1-2.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-reset ap-name N1-2
Warning: Reset AP(s), continue?[Y/N]:y

ap-system-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The ap-system-profile command creates an AP system profile and displays the AP system profile view, or displays the view of an existing AP system profile.

The undo ap-system-profile command deletes an AP system profile.

By default, the system provides the AP system profile default.

Format

ap-system-profile name profile-name

undo ap-system-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP system profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all AP system profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To manage and maintain multiple APs in a centralized manner, add the APs in an AP group, configure parameters in an AP system profile, and apply the AP system profile to the AP group.

To manage and maintain an AP independently, configure parameters in an AP system profile and apply the AP system profile to the AP specific profile.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the ap-system-profile (AP group view and AP view) command to bind the AP system profile to an AP or AP group so that the AP system profile can take effect.

Precautions

The AP system profile default cannot be deleted.
The AP system profile referenced by an AP or AP group cannot be deleted. To delete the AP system profile, unbind it from the AP or AP group first.

Example

# Create the AP system profile ap-system1 and display the AP system profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1 
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1]

ap-system-profile (WLAN view)

ap-system-profile (AP group view and AP view)

Function

The ap-system-profile command binds an AP system profile to an AP or AP group.

The undo ap-system-profile command unbinds an AP system profile from an AP or AP group.

By default, the AP system profile default is bound to an AP group, but no AP system profile is bound to an AP.

Format

ap-system-profile profile-name

undo ap-system-profile

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP system profile.	The AP system profile must exist.

Views

AP group view, AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create an AP system profile using the ap-system-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to an AP or AP group so that the AP system profile can take effect.

Precautions

After an AP system profile is bound to an AP or AP group, parameter settings in the AP system profile apply to all APs using the profile.

Example

# Create the AP system profile ap-system1 and bind it to AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] ap-system-profile ap-system1

Related Topics

ap-group

display references ap-system-profile

assignment

Function

The assignment command configures the VLAN assignment algorithm in a VLAN pool.

The undo assignment command restores the default VLAN assignment algorithm in a VLAN pool.

By default, the VLAN assignment algorithm is hash in a VLAN pool.

Format

assignment { even | hash }

undo assignment

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
even	Sets the VLAN assignment algorithm to even.	-
hash	Sets the VLAN assignment algorithm to hash.	-

Views

VLAN pool view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When the VLAN assignment algorithm is set to even, service VLANs are assigned to STAs from the VLAN pool based on the order in which STAs go online. Address pools mapping the service VLANs evenly assign IP addresses to STAs. If a STA goes online many times, it obtains different IP addresses.
When the VLAN assignment algorithm is set to hash, VLANs are assigned to STAs from the VLAN pool based on the harsh result of their MAC addresses. As long as the VLANs in the VLAN pool do not change, the STAs obtain fixed service VLANs. A STA is preferentially assigned the same IP address when going online at different times.

Precautions

For the even VLAN assignment algorithm, the aging time of IP addresses is set large on the DHCP server. A STA is assigned different IP addresses when going one at different times. As a result, a STA may occupy many IP addresses, which wastes IP addresses. Additionally, frequent IP address changes may lower user experience.

Configuration Impact

The VLAN assignment algorithm configuration affects only newly connected STAs, but not those that have been connected to the network.

Example

# Set the VLAN assignment algorithm to even in a VLAN pool.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] vlan pool pool1
[HUAWEI-vlan-pool-pool1] assignment even

Related Topics

display vlan pool

vlan (VLAN pool view)

association-timeout

Function

The association-timeout command configures an association aging time for STAs.

The undo association-timeout command restores the default association aging time.

By default, the association aging time is 5 minutes.

Format

association-timeout association-timeout

undo association-timeout

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
association-timeout	Specifies the association aging time of STAs.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 30, in minutes.

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The administrator can run the association-timeout command to set the association aging time for STAs. If the AP receives no data packet from a STA in a specified time, the STA goes offline after the association aging time expires.

Precautions

Changing the association aging time of a STA may interrupt the STA services.

Example

# Set the association aging time of STAs to 15 minutes in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] association-timeout 15
Warning: This action may cause service interruption. Continue?[Y/N]y

Related Topics

auto-off service

Function

The auto-off service command enables the scheduled VAP auto-off function and sets the time range within which the VAP is disabled.

The undo auto-off service command disables the scheduled VAP auto-off function.

By default, the scheduled VAP auto-off function is disabled.

Format

auto-off service start-time start-time end-time end-time

undo auto-off service

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
start-time start-time	Specifies the time when a VAP starts to be disabled.	The time is in hh:mm:ss format. hh indicates the hour that is an integer ranging from 0 to 23. mm indicates the minute that is an integer ranging from 0 to 59. ss indicates the second that is an integer ranging from 0 to 59.
end-time end-time	Specifies the time when a VAP stops being disabled.	The time is in hh:mm:ss format. hh indicates the hour that is an integer ranging from 0 to 23. mm indicates the minute that is an integer ranging from 0 to 59. ss indicates the second that is an integer ranging from 0 to 59.

Views

VAP profile view, 2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When an enterprise does not want employees to access the internal WLAN from 01:00 to 05:00, the administrator can run the auto-off service command to enable the scheduled VAP auto-off function.

Precautions

After the service mode of a VAP is enabled using the undo service-mode disable command, you can run the auto-off service command to configure the scheduled VAP auto-off function. In the scheduled time, the VAP is disabled and cannot be enabled using the undo service-mode disable command. To enable the VAP, run the undo auto-off service command.
The scheduled VAP auto-off function takes effect in the scheduled time only after the undo service-mode disable command is executed. If the service mode of a VAP is disabled using the service-mode disable command, the VAP auto-off function does not take effect.
The scheduled VAP auto-off function enabled in a VAP profile view takes effect only on the APs using the VAP profile, and the scheduled VAP auto-off function enabled in a radio profile view takes effect only on the APs using the radio profile.

Example

# Configure the scheduled VAP auto-off function in the VAP profile vap1, and configure the VAP to be disabled from 1:00:00 to 7:00:00.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] auto-off service start-time 1:00:00 end-time 7:00:00

Related Topics

display vap

service-mode disable

beacon-2g-rate

Function

The beacon-2g-rate command sets the transmit rate of 2.4 GHz Beacon frames.

The undo beacon-2g-rate command restores the default transmit rate of 2.4 GHz Beacon frames.

By default, the transmit rate of 2.4 GHz Beacon frames is 1 Mbit/s.

Format

beacon-2g-rate beacon-2g-rate

undo beacon-2g-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
beacon-2g-rate	Specifies the transmit rate of Beacon frames.	Enumerated type: 1: 1 Mbit/s 2: 2 Mbit/s 5.5: 5.5 Mbit/s 6: 6 Mbit/s 9: 9 Mbit/s 11: 11 Mbit/s 12: 12 Mbit/s 18: 18 Mbit/s 24: 24 Mbit/s 36: 36 Mbit/s 48: 48 Mbit/s 54: 54 Mbit/s

Views

SSID profile view, WDS profile view, Mesh profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In high-density wireless scenarios, too many Beacon frames occupy a large number of wireless resources. To reduce wireless resource occupation of Beacon frames and improve channel usage efficiency, you can run the beacon-2g-rate command to set a large transmit rate for 2.4 GHz Beacon frames.

Precautions

Modifying the transmit rate of Beacon frames will affect the association experience of STAs. Exercise caution when running the command.

The 802.11b protocol supports only 1 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s, 5.5 Mbit/s, and 11 Mbit/s. If you set the transmit rate of Beacon frames to a rate not supported by the 802.11b protocol, STAs supporting only 802.11b cannot connect to the wireless network.

If you run the radio-type dot11b command in the 2G radio profile view to set the radio type to dot11b, and the 2G radio profile is applied to an AP, beacon-2g-rate that takes effect on the 2 GHz radio of the AP is fixed as 1 Mbps, and beacon-2g-rate configured in the SSID profile view does not take effect on the AP.

Example

# Set the transmit rate of 2.4 GHz Beacon frames to 18 Mbit/s in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] beacon-2g-rate 18

Related Topics

radio-type (2G radio profile view)

beacon-5g-rate

Function

The beacon-5g-rate command sets the transmit rate of 5 GHz Beacon frames.

The undo beacon-5g-rate command restores the default transmit rate of 5 GHz Beacon frames.

By default, the transmit rate of 5 GHz Beacon frames is 6 Mbit/s.

Format

beacon-5g-rate beacon-5g-rate

undo beacon-5g-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
beacon-5g-rate	Specifies the transmit rate of Beacon frames.	Enumerated type: 6: 6 Mbit/s 9: 9 Mbit/s 12: 12 Mbit/s 18: 18 Mbit/s 24: 24 Mbit/s 36: 36 Mbit/s 48: 48 Mbit/s 54: 54 Mbit/s

Views

SSID profile view, WDS profile view, Mesh profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In high-density wireless scenarios, too many Beacon frames occupy a large number of wireless resources. To reduce wireless resource occupation of Beacon frames and improve channel usage efficiency, you can run the beacon-5g-rate command to set a large transmit rate for 5 GHz Beacon frames.

Precautions

Modifying the transmit rate of Beacon frames will affect the association experience of STAs. Exercise caution when running the command.

Example

# Set the transmit rate of 5 GHz Beacon frames to 18 Mbit/s in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] beacon-5g-rate 18

Related Topics

beacon-interval

Function

The beacon-interval command sets the interval for sending Beacon frames.

The undo beacon-interval restores the default interval for sending Beacon frames.

By default, the interval for sending Beacon frames is 100 TUs.

Format

beacon-interval beacon-interval

undo beacon-interval

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
beacon-interval	Specifies the interval for sending Beacon frames.	The value is an integer that ranges from 60 TUs to 1000 TUs. TU is a time unit equal to 1024 microseconds.

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

An AP broadcasts Beacon frames at intervals to notify STAs of an existing 802.11 network. After receiving a Beacon frame, a STA can modify parameters used to connect to the 802.11 network.

A long interval for sending Beacon frames lengthens the dormancy time of STAs, while a short interval for sending Beacon frames increases air interface costs. Therefore, you are advised to set the interval for sending Beacon frames for an AP based on the VAP quantity. The following intervals for sending Beacon frames are recommended for APs with different VAP quantities on a single radio (except the AP7030DE and AP9330DN):

No more than 4 VAPs: about 100 TUs
5 to 8 VAPs: about 200 TUs
9 to 12 VAPs: about 300 TUs
13 to 16 VAPs: about 400 TUs

Example

# Set the interval for sending Beacon frames to 200 TUs in the 2G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] beacon-interval 200

Related Topics

beamforming enable

Function

The beamforming enable command enables Beamforming.

The undo beamforming enable command disables Beamforming.

By default, Beamforming is disabled.

Format

beamforming enable

undo beamforming enable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Beamforming is a signal processing technique that controls signal transmission direction, and transmission and reception of radio signals. The transmit end uses weight to transmit signals. The signals are transmitted to the destination as narrow beams. Beamforming increases the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for the destination device.

Precautions

If nodes on the WDS or Mesh network are fixed and distant from each other, enable Beamforming to increase WDS or Mesh link SNR. Mobile nodes may cause low link SNR in WDS or Mesh scenarios. To prevent this problem, disable Beamforming. Among Beamforming-capable APs, the AP2x10xN series, AP7x30xE series, and AP9330DN APs do not support WDS and Mesh.

The smart antenna function cannot take effect if MU-MIMO has been configured.

Table 11-1 describes the support of Huawei APs for beamforming.

Table 11-1 Support of APs for Beamforming

AP Model	Explicit 802.11ac Beamforming	Explicit 802.11n Beamforming		Implicit Beamforming
AP Model	Explicit 802.11ac Beamforming	2.4 GHz	5 GHz	Implicit Beamforming
AP3010DN, AP5010SN, AP5010DN, AP6010SN, AP6010DN, AP6310SN, AP6510DN, AP6610DN, AP7110SN, AP7110DN, and AP2010DN	N	Y	Y	N
AP5030DN, AP5130DN, AP2030DN, AP3030DN, AP4030DN, AP4130DN, AP9131DN, AP9132DN, AD9430DN-12 (with R240D), AD9430DN-24 (with R230D and R240D), AD9431DN-24X (with R230D and R240D), and AP4030TN	N	Y For AP4030TN, only the radio 0 supports this feature.	N	N
AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AP1050DN-S, and AP8130DN-W	N	N	N	N
AD9430DN-12 (with R250D), AD9430DN-24 (with R250D, R450D and R250D-E), AD9431DN-24X (with R250D, R450D and R250D-E), AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP4051TN, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8150DN, AP8050DN-S, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DN-E, and AP7050DE	Y	N	N	Y
AP7030DE and AP9330DN	N	N	N	Y

Example

# Enable Beamforming.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] beamforming enable

Related Topics

capwap control-link-priority

Function

The capwap control-link-priority command configures the priority of CAPWAP management packets.

The undo capwap control-link-priority command restores the default priority of CAPWAP management packets.

By default, the priority of CAPWAP management packets is 7.

Format

capwap control-link-priority { local | remote } priority-value

undo capwap control-link-priority { local | remote }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
local	Indicates the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP. The priority of CAPWAP management packets determines the reliability of the link between an AC and an AP.	-
remote	Indicates the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AP to an AC. The priority of CAPWAP management packets determines the reliability of the link between an AP and an AC.	-
priority-value	Specifies the priority of CAPWAP management packets.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 7. The value 0 indicates the lowest priority, and the value 7 indicates the highest priority.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can use the capwap control-link-priority command to configure the DSCP priority of CAPWAP management packets. A higher priority indicates a more reliable link between the AC and AP.

The configuration of the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP takes effect immediately. After the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AP to an AC is changed, if the AP is online, the priority is sent to the AP in the Echo packet. If the AP is not online, the priority is delivered to the AP in the Echo packet when the AP goes online. The new priority takes effect once the AP receives it.

Precautions

Configure priority 4 to 7 for CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP, preventing the CAPWAP management tunnel from being interrupted due to large traffic.

Example

# Set the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP to 6.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap control-link-priority local 6

Related Topics

capwap dtls control-link encrypt

Function

The capwap dtls control-link encrypt command enables the function of encrypting the CAPWAP control tunnel using Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS).

The undo capwap dtls control-link encrypt command disables the function of encrypting the CAPWAP control tunnel using DTLS.

By default, the function of encrypting the CAPWAP control tunnel using DTLS is disabled.

Format

capwap dtls control-link encrypt

undo capwap dtls control-link encrypt

Parameters

None

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In the Discovery phase of the CAPWAP tunnel establishment between the AP and the AC, the AP obtains the AC IP address using the discovery mechanism. Then in the DTLS negotiation phase, the CAPWAP tunnel encrypts UDP packets using DTLS.

After this command is run, the CAPWAP control packets between the AP and AC are encrypted using DTLS, and the AP and AC use the PSK to perform DTLS negotiation. If the DTLS negotiation fails, the CAPWAP tunnel cannot be established.

Configuration Impact

After this command is run, the AP and AC reestablish a CAPWAP tunnel.

Precautions

When is enabled or APs are being upgraded, the status of DTLS encryption cannot be changed.

Example

# Enable the function of encrypting the CAPWAP control tunnel using DTLS.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap dtls control-link encrypt
Warning: The DTLS PSK is the default one. It is recommended to change it to ensure security. Change it now?[Y/N]:y
New PSK:huawei@123
Configuring the new PSK, waiting......................done.
Warning: This operation may cause devices connected through CAPWAP to reset or go offline. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

capwap dtls control-link encrypt

capwap dtls psk

Function

The capwap dtls psk command configures a pre-shared key used for DTLS encryption.

The undo capwap dtls psk command restores the default pre-shared key used for DTLS encryption.

Format

capwap dtls psk psk-value

undo capwap dtls psk

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
psk-value	Specifies the pre-shared key used for DTLS encryption.	The value is string of characters. The pre-shared key contains 48 or 68 characters in cipher text, for example, %^%#u(Oz:BL,QKYZw%-JWCP8aGC,="C&M'OIGmt.V(%^%#, or contains 6 to 32 characters in plain text, for example, a1234567. The password must contain at least two types of the following: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters except the question mark (?) and space.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

During CAPWAP tunnel establishment, an AP establishes a DTLS session with an AC. If DTLS encryption has been enabled for CAPWAP control, sent management packets will be encrypted using DTLS. When a pre-shared key is used for DTLS encryption, you can use the capwap dtls psk command to change the pre-shared key.

It is recommended that you change the pre-shared key in a timely manner to ensure device security.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the capwap dtls control-link encrypt command to enable CAPWAP control tunnel encapsulation using DTLS.

Precautions

After the capwap dtls psk command configuration is complete, the new pre-shared key will be automatically synchronized to the online APs that are working properly, but the previous pre-shared key still takes effect. The new pre-shared key takes effect after these APs go online again.

Example

# Configure the pre-shared key for DTLS encryption as huawei123.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap dtls psk huawei123

Related Topics

capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

Function

The capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable command enables an AP to establish a Datacom Transport Layer Security (DTLS) session with an AC using the default pre-shared key.

The undo capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable command disables an AP to establish a Datacom Transport Layer Security (DTLS) session with an AC using the default pre-shared key.

By default, an AP is disabled to establish a DTLS session with an AC using the default pre-shared key.

Format

capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

undo capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

Parameters

None.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When a new AP is added to the WLAN or the passwords of the AP and AC are different (for example, the password of the AC is changed but the AP is not online), you can enable the AP to perform DTLS sessions with the AC using the default pre-shared key. After three DTLS session failures, the AP notifies the AC of DTLS sessions using the default pre-shared key. In this way, a CAPWAP tunnel is established between the AP and the AC.

Example

# Enable the AP to establish a DTLS session with the AC using the default pre-shared key.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

Related Topics

capwap control-link-priority

capwap echo

Function

The capwap echo command sets the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections.

The undo capwap echo command restores the default CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections.

By default, the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval is 25s and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections is 6.

By default, If dual-link backup is enabled, the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval is 25s and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections is 3.

Format

capwap echo { interval interval-value | times times-value } ^*

undo capwap echo { interval | times }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
interval interval-value	Specifies the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval, the interval at which two detection packets are sent.	The value is an integer ranging from 20 to 300, in seconds.
times times-value	Specifies the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections. If no response is received after the specified number of times, the link is considered disconnected.	The value is an integer ranging from 3 to 120.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

As defined by CAPWAP, an AP and an AC send handshake packets periodically to maintain the data channel and management channel. If the AP does not receive packets from the AC within the heartbeat detection interval, it considers that the link between them is disconnected. Then the AP resets and releases its IP address, and reestablishes a link. If the AC does not receive packets from the AP within the heartbeat detection interval, it disconnects the link between the AC and the AP and reports an error message to the AP.

Precautions

If dual-link backup is enabled, the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval is 25s and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections is 3. When the Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is required in dual-link backup configuration, the WDS link may be unstable and users may not access the network. You need to run this command to set the interval for CAPWAP heartbeat detection to 25 seconds and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections to 6.

After the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections are configured, the interval and the number of times for sending Echo packets are configured.

Radio traffic statistics packets are sent and received together with Echo packets.

If you set the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections smaller than the default values, the CAPWAP link reliability is degraded. Exercise caution when you set the values. The default values are recommended.

Example

# Set the CAPWAP heartbeat detection interval to 30s and the number of CAPWAP heartbeat detections to 3.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap echo interval 30 times 3

Related Topics

capwap message-integrity check disable

capwap echo-timeout trace logging

Function

The capwap echo-timeout trace logging command enables the Echo packet process trace and diagnosis log record functions upon AP Echo packet timeout.

The undo capwap echo-timeout trace logging command disables the Echo packet process trace and diagnosis log record functions upon AP Echo packet timeout.

By default, the Echo packet process trace and diagnosis log record functions are enabled upon AP Echo packet timeout.

Format

capwap echo-timeout trace logging

undo capwap echo-timeout trace logging

Parameters

None

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After you run the capwap echo-timeout trace logging command, the Echo packet process is traced and diagnosis logs are recorded upon AP Echo packet timeout.

Example

# Enable the Echo packet process trace and diagnosis log record functions upon AP Echo packet timeout.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap echo-timeout trace logging

capwap message-integrity psk

Function

The capwap message-integrity psk command configures a pre-shared key (PSK) for checking integrity of CAPWAP packets.

The undo capwap message-integrity psk command restores the default PSK for checking integrity of CAPWAP packets.

Format

capwap message-integrity psk psk-value

undo capwap message-integrity psk

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
psk-value	Specifies the PSK for checking integrity of CAPWAP packets.	The value can be a string of 48 or 68 characters in cipher text (for example, *%^%#u(Oz:BL,QKYZw%-JWCP8aGC,="C&M'OIGmt.V(%^%#) or a string of 6 to 32 characters in plain text (for example, a1234567*). The key must contain at least two of the following: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters except the question mark (?) and space.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

CAPWAP packets are transmitted between the AC and APs. To prevent the packets from being forged or tampered with and prevent malformed packet attacks, you can configure integrity check of CAPWAP packets. When a PSK is used to check integrity of CAPWAP packets, you can run this command on the AC to configure a PSK.

It is recommended that you change the pre-shared key in a timely manner to ensure device security.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the undo capwap message-integrity check disable command to enable integrity check of CAPWAP packets.

Configuration Impact

After this configuration is complete, all online APs on the AC go offline.

Example

# Set the PSK for checking integrity of CAPWAP packets to huawei@123.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap message-integrity psk huawei@123
Warning: In a backup scenario, the PSK and status of CAPWAP message integrity check must be the same between the master and backup e
nds. This operation may cause devices using CAPWAP connections to reset or go offline. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

capwap message-integrity psk

capwap message-integrity check disable

Function

The capwap message-integrity check disable command disables integrity check of CAPWAP packets.

The undo capwap message-integrity check disable command enables integrity check of CAPWAP packets.

By default, integrity check of CAPWAP packets is enabled.

Format

capwap message-integrity check disable

undo capwap message-integrity check disable

Parameters

None

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Configuration Impact

After this configuration is modified, all online APs on the AC go offline.

Example

# Enable integrity check of CAPWAP packets.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap message-integrity check disable
Warning: In a backup scenario, the PSK and status of CAPWAP message integrity check must be the same between the master and backup e
nds. This operation may cause devices using CAPWAP connections to reset or go offline. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

capwap sensitive-info psk

Function

The capwap sensitive-info psk command modifies the pre-shared key (PSK) used for sensitive information encryption.

The undo capwap sensitive-info psk command restores the default PSK used for sensitive information encryption.

Format

capwap sensitive-info psk psk-value

undo capwap sensitive-info psk

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
psk-value	Specifies the PSK used for sensitive information encryption.	The value can be a string of 48 or 68 characters in cipher text (for example, *%^%#u(Oz:BL,QKYZw%-JWCP8aGC,="C&M'OIGmt.V(%^%#) or a string of 6 to 32 characters in plain text (for example, a1234567*). The key must contain at least two of the following: uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters except the question mark (?) and space.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Sensitive information transmitted between the AC and APs is encrypted, such as the FTP user name/password, AP login user name/password, and service configuration-related keys. You can use the capwap sensitive-info psk command to modify the PSK used for sensitive information encryption.

To ensure STA security, you are advised to modify the PSK value.

After the configuration is complete, all online APs will go offline from the AC and go online again.

Precautions

In hot backup (HSB) and dual-link cold backup scenarios, the PSKs configured on the active and standby ACs must be the same. Otherwise, APs cannot set up CAPWAP tunnels with the standby AC.

The pre-shared key for encrypting sensitive information cannot be modified when an AP is being upgraded on the

Example

# Modify the PSK for encrypting sensitive information to huawei@123.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] capwap sensitive-info psk huawei@123
Warning: This operation may cause devices using CAPWAP connections to go offline. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

capwap source interface

Function

The capwap source interface command configures the source interface that the AC uses to establish a CAPWAP tunnel with an access device.

The undo capwap source interface command restores the source interface that the AC uses to establish a CAPWAP tunnel with an access device to the default setting.

By default, no source interface is configured for the AC to establish a CAPWAP tunnel with the access device.

Format

capwap source interface { loopback loopback-number | vlanif vlan-id }

undo capwap source interface { loopback loopback-number | vlanif vlan-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
loopback loopback-number	Configures a loopback interface as the source interface.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 1023.
vlanif vlan-id	Configures a VLANIF interface as the source interface.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 4094.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An AC uses the IP address of the specified interface as the source IP address. All access devices connected to the AC can learn this IP address and use the IP address to communicate with the AC.

Prerequisites

An IP address has been assigned to the specified loopback or VLANIF interface.

Precautions

A maximum of eight AC source interfaces can be configured.

If the SVF function is enabled, only one source interface can be configured.

Configure multiple source interfaces. When the source interfaces are added to different VPN instances, the IP addresses of these interfaces cannot be the same.

When multiple CAPWAP source interfaces are configured, ensure that the management VLAN for APs is within the VLAN range mapping the source interfaces. Otherwise, APs cannot go online.

Changing configuration of the CAPWAP source interface will clear statistics of the CAPWAP packets in CPU attack defense.

Example

# Configure a loopback interface as the source interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] interface loopback 20
[HUAWEI-LoopBack20] ip address 192.168.10.1 24
[HUAWEI-LoopBack20] quit
[HUAWEI] capwap source interface loopback 20

Related Topics

channel

Function

(AP group radio view) The channel command configures the working bandwidth and channel for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo channel command restores the default working bandwidth and channel for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The channel command configures the working bandwidth and channel for an AP radio.

(AP radio view) The undo channel command cancels the configuration of the working bandwidth and channel on an AP radio. The working bandwidth and channel on the AP radio are then determined by those configured in the AP group radio view.

By default, the working bandwidth of a radio is 20 MHz, and no working channel is configured for a radio.

You can run the display ap config-info command to check the channel in use on a radio.

Format

channel { 20mhz | 40mhz-minus | 40mhz-plus | 80mhz | 160mhz } channel

channel 80+80mhz channel1 channel2

undo channel

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
20mhz	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 20 MHz.	-
40mhz-minus	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 40 MHz Minus.	-
40mhz-plus	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 40 MHz Plus.	-
80mhz	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 80 MHz.	-
160mhz	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 160 MHz.	-
80+80mhz	Sets the working bandwidth of a radio to 80+80 MHz.	-
channel/channel1/channel2	Specifies the working channel for a radio. The channel is selected based on the country code and radio mode.	The parameter is an enumeration value. The value range is determined according to the country code and radio mode.

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Different radios use different channels. Channels for radios also vary in different countries and regions. Select channels based on the actual situations.

Precautions

The configured channel parameters must match the radio frequency band. For details about mappings between channel parameters and frequency bands, see Country Codes & Channels Compliance. You can obtain this table at Huawei technical support website.

Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise
Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com

The channels you configure must be supported by the terminals; otherwise, the terminals cannot discover wireless signals.

If an AP detects radar signals on a channel, the channel cannot be configured as the radio channel of the AP in 30 minutes. However, the channel can be configured as the radio channel of other APs not detecting radar signals on it.

The configuration in the AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group radio view.

If an AP works in dual-5G mode, the channels of the two 5G radios must be separated by at least one channel.

For example, a country supports 40 MHz 5G channels 36, 44, 52, and 60. When deploying 5G radio channels, if one radio is deployed on channel 36, it is recommended that the other radio be deployed on channel 52 or 60. Channel 44 is not recommended in this case.

The 80 MHz, 160 MHz, and 80+80 MHz working bandwidths are only supported in the 5G radio view.
Currently, only the 5 GHz radio of the AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, and 7050DN-E supports 160 MHz, and 80+80 MHz. Only the 5 GHz radio of the AD9430DN-24 (including the mapping RUs), AD9430DN-12 (including the mapping RUs), AD9431DN-24X (including the mapping RUs), AP7030DE, AP9330DN, AP2030DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP3010DN-V2 (supporting 802.11ac after being upgraded from a version earlier than V200R008C10SPC300 to V200R008C10SPC300 or a later version), AP4030TN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DN-E, AP7050DE, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP1050DN-S, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP8130DN-W, AP5030DN, AP5130DN, AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AP4030DN, AP4130DN, AP9131DN, and AP9132DN supports 80 MHz.

Example

# Set the working bandwidth to 20 MHz and channel to 6 for radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] channel 20mhz 6

Related Topics

channel-load-mode indoor

Function

The channel-load-mode indoor command sets the AP channel mode to indoor mode.

The undo channel-load-mode indoor command restores the AP channel mode to outdoor mode.

The default channel mode of an AP is outdoor mode.

Format

channel-load-mode indoor

undo channel-load-mode indoor

Parameters

None

Views

Regulatory domain profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

In scenarios where indoor and outdoor boundaries are unclear, such as subway and train platforms, it is recommended that outdoor APs be deployed. When a large volume of data is transmitted, outdoor APs in outdoor channel mode have no sufficient channels to meet data transmission requirements. In this case, you can run the channel-load-mode indoor command to set the channel mode of the APs to indoor mode, so that data can be transmitted on more channels.

Precautions

The AP is automatically reset after this command is executed, so exercise caution when using this command.

These commands are supported by only the AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP8130DN-W, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, and AP8182DN.

Example

# Set the AP channel mode to indoor mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan] regulatory-domain-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-regulate-domain-default] channel-load-mode indoor
Warning: Modifying the channel set mode may delete channels of AP radios in this
 domain and restart the AP. Continue?[Y/N]:y

channel-switch announcement disable

Function

The channel-switch announcement disable command disables an AP from sending an announcement when the channel is switched.

The undo channel-switch announcement disable command enables an AP to send an announcement when the channel is switched.

By default, an AP sends an announcement when the channel is switched.

Format

channel-switch announcement disable

undo channel-switch announcement disable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When the AP works on a dynamic frequency selection (DFS) channel, a radar detection is performed. The AP automatically switches to another channel because the DFS channel frequency may interfere with the radar frequency.

After the undo channel-switch announcement disable command is run, if the AP channel switches, the AP sends an Action frame to instruct STAs to switch channels after multiple Beacon intervals. The AP also switches the channel after the same intervals. The AP and STAs switch channels at the same time to prevent STA reassociations and ensure rapid service recovery.

The channel switching announcement function must be supported by both the AP and STA.

Example

# Disable the AP from sending an announcement after the channel is switched.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] channel-switch announcement disable

Related Topics

channel-switch mode

Function

The channel-switch mode command configures an announcement mode for channel switching.

The undo channel-switch mode command restores the default announcement mode for channel switching.

By default, data transmission from STAs continues on the current channel when the channel is switched.

Format

channel-switch mode { stop-transmitting | continue-transmitting }

undo channel-switch mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
stop-transmitting	Stops data transmission from STAs on the current channel during channel switching.	-
continue-transmitting	Continues data transmission from STAs on the current channel during channel switching.	-

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

During channel switching, STA communication is interrupted. The administrator can stop an associated STA sending data on the current channel until channel switching is complete. Alternatively, data transmission from STAs can be continued on the current channel before channel switching is complete.

Example

# Stop data transmission from STAs on the current channel during channel switching.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] channel-switch mode stop-transmitting

Related Topics

clear configuration this

Function

The clear configuration this command clears all configurations in the AP provisioning view.

Format

clear configuration this

Parameters

None

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To configure new AP provisioning parameters, run the clear configuration this command in the AP provisioning view to clear existing configurations.

Configuration Impact

Configurations in the AP provisioning view cannot be restored after they are cleared. Therefore, exercise caution when running the clear configuration this command.

Example

# Clear all configurations in the AP provisioning view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] clear configuration this

Related Topics

commit (AP provisioning view)

Function

The commit command commits configuration to an AP, a group of APs or all the on-line APs.

Format

commit { ap-name ap-name | ap-mac ap-mac-address | ap-id ap-id | ap-group ap-group-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Commits configuration to the AP with the specified AP name.	The AP name must already exist.
ap-mac ap-mac-address	Commits configuration to the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must already exist.
ap-id ap-id	Commits configuration to the AP with the specified AP ID.	The AP ID must already exist.
ap-group ap-group-name	Commits configuration to the AP in the specified AP group.	The AP group must already exist.

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can configure AP provisioning parameters on the AC, such as the AP's management VLAN, static IP address, gateway, and AC list. After the configuration is complete, run the commit command, and the configuration will be delivered to the AP.

Prerequisites

APs have gone online on the AC.

Precautions

After the configuration is committed, the AP receives the configuration and compares the configuration with its local configuration.
- If they are consistent, the AP does not process the received configuration.
- If they are different, the AP saves the committed configuration and automatically restarts, and the received configuration takes effect.
If the name or static IP address of an AP is specified in the AP provisioning view, the configuration is delivered only to the AP by specifying the AP name or MAC address, but cannot be delivered to APs in the specified AP group.
If you commit configurations to a large number of APs simultaneously, some of the APs may fail to receive the configurations. In this case, you are advised to commit the configurations again.

Example

# Commit configuration to the AP with the MAC address 0023-0024-0080.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] commit ap-mac 0023-0024-0080
Warning: The incorrect configuration will cause the AP to go out of management. This operation will deliver parameter setting and ma
y cause reboot of AP(s). Continue?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

console disable

Function

The console disable command disables a user from logging in to the AP through a console interface.

The undo console disable command enables a user from logging in to the AP through a console interface.

By default, a user can log in to the AP through a console interface.

Format

console disable

undo console disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When a user cannot telnet or stelnet to the AP, the user can log in to the AP through a console interface to manage and configure the AP.

After the console disable command is run, unauthorized users cannot log in to the AP through the console interface to perform operations.

Example

# Disable a user to log in to the AP through a console interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] console disable

Related Topics

display regulatory-domain-profile

coordinate

Function

The coordinate command sets the latitude and longitude of an AP.

The undo coordinate command restores the latitude and longitude of an AP to empty.

By default, no latitude or longitude is configured for an AP.

Format

coordinate longitude { e | w } longitude-value latitude { s | n } latitude-value

undo coordinate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
longitude e longitude-value	Specifies the east longitude value of an AP.	The value supports two formats: degrees, minutes, and seconds (DMS) and decimal degrees (DD). The DMS format is XXX-XX-XX. XXX ranges from 0 to 180, and XX ranges from 0 to 59. The DD format is XXX.XXXXXXXXX. XXX ranges from 0 to 180, and XXXXXXXXX is a decimal supporting a maximum of 9 digits.
longitude w longitude-value	Specifies the west longitude value of an AP.	The value supports two formats: DMS and DD. The DMS format is XXX-XX-XX. XXX ranges from 0 to 180, and XX ranges from 0 to 59. The DD format is XXX.XXXXXXXXX. XXX ranges from 0 to 180, and XXXXXXXXX is a decimal supporting a maximum of 9 digits.
latitude s latitude-value	Specifies the south longitude value of an AP.	The value supports two formats: DMS and DD. The DMS format is XX-XX-XX. The first XX ranges from 0 to 90, and the other XXs range from 0 to 59. The DD format is XX.XXXXXXXXX. XX ranges from 0 to 90, and XXXXXXXXX is a decimal supporting a maximum of 9 digits.
latitude n latitude-value	Specifies the north longitude value of an AP.	The value supports two formats: DMS and DD. The DMS format is XX-XX-XX. The first XX ranges from 0 to 90, and the other XXs range from 0 to 59. The DD format is XX.XXXXXXXXX. XX ranges from 0 to 90, and XXXXXXXXX is a decimal supporting a maximum of 9 digits.

Views

AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to set the longitude and latitude of an AP for easily locating it.

Example

# Set the longitude and latitude of an AP to 114.3435°E and 14.3435°S, respectively.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] coordinate longitude e 114.3435 latitude s 14.3435

Related Topics

display ap coordinate

copy-from

Function

The copy-from command copies data to the current profile from a profile of the same type.

Format

copy-from profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of the profile from which data is copied.	The profile name must already exist.

Views

All WLAN profile views

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the copy-from command to copy data to the current profile from a profile of the same type. This simplifies profile configuration and improves configuration efficiency.

To create a profile that has the same configuration as an existing profile, enter the view of the profile to be created and run the copy-from command to copy data from the existing profile.
To create a profile that has most configurations the same as an existing profile, enter the view of the profile to be created, run the copy-from command to copy data from the existing profile, and modify the different configurations.

Precautions

If the current profile is referenced by another profile, you cannot run the command to copy data to the current profile.

Example

# Create the VAP profile huawei and copy data from the profile sample.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name huawei
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-huawei] copy-from sample

country-code

Function

The country-code command configures a country code.

The undo country-code command restores the default country code.

By default, the country code CN is configured.

Format

country-code country-code

undo country-code

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
country-code	Specifies a country code.	The value is a string of characters in enumerated type. For specific values, see Table 11-2.

Views

Regulatory domain profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Table 11-2 Country codes supported by ACs

Country Code	Country/Region
AE	United Arab Emirates
AM	Armenia
AR	Argentina
AT	Austria
AU	Australia
AZ	Azerbaijan
BE	Belgium
BG	Bulgaria
BH	Bahrain
BN	Brunei Darussalam
BO	Bolivia
BR	Brazil
BY	Belarus
BZ	Belize
CA	Canada
CH	Switzerland
CL	Chile
CN	China (default)
CO	Colombia
CR	Costa Rica
CY	Cyprus
CZ	Czech Republic
DE	Germany
DK	Denmark
DO	Dominican Republic
EC	Ecuador
EE	Estonia
EG	Egypt
ES	Spain
FI	Finland
FR	France
GB	United Kingdom
GE	Georgia
GR	Greece
GT	Guatemala
HK	Hong Kong, Special Administrative Region of China
HN	Honduras
HR	Croatia
HU	Hungary
ID	Indonesia
IE	Ireland
IL	Israel
IN	India
IQ	Iraq
IR	Iran
IS	Iceland
IT	Italy
JO	Jordan
JP	Japan
KP	Democratic People's Republic of Korea
KR	Republic of Korea
KW	Kuwait
KZ	Kazakhstan
LB	Lebanon
LI	Liechtenstein
LK	Sri Lanka
LT	Lithuania
LU	Luxembourg
LV	Latvia
MA	Morocco
MC	Monaco
MK	Republic of North Macedonia
MO	Macao, Special Administrative Region of China
MT	Malta
MX	Mexico
MY	Malaysia
NG	Nigeria
NL	Netherlands
NO	Norway
NZ	New Zealand
OM	Oman
PA	Panama
PE	Peru
PH	Philippines
PK	Pakistan
PL	Poland
PR	Puerto Rico
PT	Portugal
QA	Qatar
RO	Romania
RS	SERBIA
RU	Russia
SA	Saudi Arabia
SE	Sweden
SG	Singapore
SI	Slovenia
SK	Slovakia
SV	El Salvador
SY	Syria
TH	Thailand
TN	Tunisia
TR	Turkey
TT	Trinidad & Tobago
TW	Taiwan, Province of China
UA	Ukraine
US	United States
UY	Uruguay
UZ	Uzbekistan
VE	Venezuela
VN	Vietnam
YE	Yemen
ZA	South Africa
ZW	Zimbabwe

Usage Scenario

When an AC controls APs in different countries or regions, different country codes can be configured based on the regulatory domain profile to meet different radio requirements in different countries or regions, such as power requirements and channel requirements.

Configuration Impact

Modifying the country code in a regulatory domain profile will restart APs using the profile.

Example

# Set the country code to US in the regulatory domain profile region1.

<HUAWEI> system-view                  
[HUAWEI] wlan                            
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] regulatory-domain-profile name region1           
[HUAWEI-wlan-regulate-domain-region1] country-code us        
Warning: Modifying the country code will clear channel, power and antenna gain configurations of the radio and reset the AP. Continu
e?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

coverage distance

Function

(AP group radio view) The coverage distance command configures the radio coverage distance parameter for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo coverage distance command restores the default radio coverage distance parameter for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The coverage distance command configures the radio coverage distance parameter for an AP radio.

(AP radio view) The undo coverage distance command cancels the configuration of the radio coverage distance parameter on an AP radio. The radio coverage distance parameter on the AP radio is then determined by that configured in the AP group radio view.

By default, the radio coverage distance parameter is 3 (unit: 100 m) for all radios.

Format

coverage distance distance

undo coverage distance

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

distance

Specifies the radio coverage distance parameter.

Each distance parameter corresponds to a group of slottime, acktimeout, and ctstimeout values. You can configure the distance parameter based on the AP distance. APs adjust the values of slottime, acktimeout, and ctstimeout values based on the distance parameter.

The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 400, in 100 meters.

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In actual application scenarios, two APs may be connected over dozens of meters to dozens of kilometers. Due to different AP distances, the time to wait for ACK packets from the peer AP varies. A proper acktimeout value can improve data transmission efficiency between APs.

You can configure the radio coverage distance parameter based on distances between APs and the APs automatically adjust the values of slottime, acktimeout, and ctstimeout based on the configured distance parameter to improve data transmission efficiency.

Precautions

The configuration in the AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group radio view.

Example

# Set the radio coverage distance parameter to 2 for radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] coverage distance 2

Related Topics

cpu-usage threshold

Function

The cpu-usage threshold command configures a CPU usage alarm threshold for APs.

The undo cpu-usage threshold command restores the default CPU usage alarm threshold.

By default, the CPU usage alarm threshold of APs is 90.

Format

cpu-usage threshold threshold

undo cpu-usage threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
threshold	Specifies the CPU usage alarm threshold of APs.	The value is an integer that ranges from 50 to 100.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the cpu-usage threshold command to configure the CPU usage alarm threshold in the AP system profile view. The configuration is delivered to all APs using the profile.

When the CPU usage of an AP exceeds the alarm threshold, the AP sends an alarm message to the AC, and the AC displays the alarm information.
When the CPU usage of an AP falls below the alarm threshold, the AP sends a clear alarm message to the AC, and the AC displays the clear alarm information.

Example

# Set the CPU usage alarm threshold to 60.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] cpu-usage threshold 60

crc-alarm enable

Function

The crc-alarm enable command enables the alarm function for CRC errors on the AP wired interface and specifies the alarm threshold and clear alarm threshold.

The undo crc-alarm enable command disables the alarm function for CRC errors on the AP wired interface and restores the alarm threshold and clear alarm threshold to the default values.

By default, the alarm function for CRC errors is disabled on the AP wired interface. The alarm threshold for CRC errors is 50 and the clear alarm threshold is 20.

Format

crc-alarm enable [ high-threshold high-threshold-value | low-threshold low-threshold-value ]^*

undo crc-alarm enable

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

high-threshold high-threshold-value

Specifies the alarm threshold for CRC errors on the AP wired interface.

The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 100. The unit is 1/10000.

The value of high-threshold-value must be larger than the value of low-threshold-value.

low-threshold low-threshold-value

Specifies the clear alarm threshold for CRC errors on the AP wired interface.

The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 100.

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When the AP detects that the number of CRC errors exceeds the configured upper alarm threshold in a specified period (the time period can be configured using the sample-time command, and is 30s by default), it sends an alarm message to the AC. To prevent the AP from frequently sending alarm messages or alarm clearance messages to the AC, you need to configure the lower threshold for clearing the alarm. The AP sends an alarm clearance message to the AC only when the AP detects that the number of CRC errors is lower than the configured lower threshold.

Example

# Enable the alarm function for CRC errors on the AP's wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] crc-alarm enable

Related Topics

sample-time

dai enable (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The dai enable command enables dynamic ARP inspection (DAI) on an AP's wired interface.

The undo dai enable command disables DAI on an AP's wired interface.

By default, DAI is disabled on an AP's wired interface.

Format

dai enable

undo dai enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can enable DAI using this command to prevent Man in The Middle (MITM) attacks and theft on authorized user information. When a device receives an ARP packet, it compares the source IP address, source MAC address, interface number, and VLAN ID of the ARP packet with DHCP snooping binding entries. If the ARP packet matches a binding entry, the device allows the packet to pass through. If the ARP packet does not match any binding entry, the device discards the packet.

Prerequisites

Terminal address learning has been enabled on the AP's wired interface using the learn-client-address ipv4 enable command.

Follow-up Procedure

Bind the AP wired port profile to an AP group or AP.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on ARP packets transmitted on an AP's wired interface.

The AP wired interfaces added to an Eth-trunk interface do not support this function.

Example

# Enable DAI on an AP's wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wire1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wire1] dai enable

Related Topics

deny-broadcast-probe enable

Function

The deny-broadcast-probe enable command configures an AP not to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames.

The undo deny-broadcast-probe enable command configures an AP to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames.

By default, an AP responds to broadcast Probe Request frames.

Format

deny-broadcast-probe enable

undo deny-broadcast-probe enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In high-density wireless scenarios, too many Probe Response frames occupy a large number of wireless resources. To reduce wireless resource occupation of the frames and improve channel usage efficiency, you can run the deny-broadcast-probe enable command to configure an AP not to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames.

Precautions

Configuring an AP not to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames may reduce channel scan efficiency of some STAs.

Example

# Configure an AP not to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] deny-broadcast-probe enable

Related Topics

description (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The description command configures the description of an AP wired port.

The undo description command restores the default description of an AP wired port.

By default, the port has no description.

Format

description description

undo description

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
description	Specifies the AP interface description.	The value is a string of 1 to 242 case-sensitive characters with spaces.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

To manage AP interfaces conveniently, run this command to set AP interface descriptions. The description of an AP interface helps you identify the AP interface and know its functions.

Example

# Change the description of the AP's wired interface to poe-power.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] description poe-power

Related Topics

dhcp option82 format (vap profile view)

dhcp option82 insert enable

Function

The dhcp option82 insert enable command enables the function of adding the Option 82 field to DHCP packets sent by STAs.

The undo dhcp option82 insert enable command disables the function of adding the Option 82 field to DHCP packets sent by STAs.

By default, the function of adding the Option 82 field to DHCP packets sent by STAs is disabled.

Format

dhcp option82 insert enable

undo dhcp option82 insert enable

Parameters

None

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After going online, a STA obtains the IP address through DHCP. When the DHCP Request packet from the STA reaches an AP, the AP adds the Option 82 field to the packet and sends the packet to the DHCP server. The Option 82 field contains the MAC address or SSID of the associated AP. Therefore, the DHCP server knows the AP on which the STA goes online.

Prerequisites

Before enabling the function of adding the Option 82 field to DHCP packets sent by STAs, run the undo learn-client-address disable command to enable the STA IP address learning. By default, STA IP address learning is enabled.

Example

# Enable the function of adding the Option 82 field to DHCP packets sent by STAs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] dhcp option82 insert enable

Related Topics

dhcp option82 insert enable

dhcp option82 format (vap profile view)

Function

The dhcp option82 format command configures the format of the Option 82 field in DHCP packets sent by STAs.

The undo dhcp option82 format command restores the default format of the Option 82 field in DHCP packets sent by STAs.

By default, the format of the Option 82 field inserted in DHCP packets sent by STAs is ap-mac.

Format

dhcp option82 { circuit-id | remote-id } format { ap-mac [ mac-format { normal | compact | hex } ] | ap-mac-ssid [ mac-format { normal | compact } ] | user-defined text | ap-name | ap-name-ssid }

undo dhcp option82 { circuit-id | remote-id } format

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
circuit-id	Specifies the circuit-ID (CID) in the Option 82 field.	-
remote-id	Specifies the remote-ID (RID) in the Option 82 field.	-
ap-mac	Indicates that Option 82 contains the AP's MAC address.	-
ap-mac-ssid	Indicates that Option 82 contains the AP's MAC address and SSID.	-
mac-format	Specifies the format of the AP's MAC address in Option 82.	-
normal	Sets the MAC address format to xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx.	-
compact	Sets the MAC address format to xxxx-xxxx-xxxx.	-
hex	Sets the MAC address format to XXXXXXXXXXXX in hexadecimal notation.	-
user-defined text	Sets the format of Option 82 to the user-defined format.	The value is a string of 1 to 255 characters.
ap-name	Specifies the AP name in the Option 82 field.	-
ap-name-ssid	Specifies the AP name and SSID in the Option 82 field.	-

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After an AP is enabled to insert the Option 82 field in DHCP packets sent from a STA, you can run the dhcp option82 format command to configure the format of the Option 82 field.

You can use the following keywords to define the Option 82 field.

ap-mac: MAC address of the AP. After DHCP packets from a STA reach an AP, the AP inserts its MAC address into the Option 82 field of the DHCP packets.
ap-mac-ssid: MAC address and SSID of the AP. After DHCP packets from a STA reach an AP, the AP inserts its MAC address and SSID associated with the STA into the Option 82 field of the DHCP packets.
ap-name: AP name. After DHCP packets from a STA reach an AP, the AP inserts its name into the Option 82 field of the DHCP packets.
ap-name-ssid: AP name and SSID. After DHCP packets from a STA reach an AP, the AP inserts its name and associated SSID into the Option 82 field of the DHCP packets.

If mac-format is not specified in the dhcp option82 { circuit-id | remote-id } format { ap-mac | ap-mac-ssid } command, the AP MAC address in the Option 82 field is XXXXXXXXXXXX in ASCII format.

The total length of the circuit-id and remote-id options in the Option 82 field cannot exceed 255 bytes. Otherwise, some Option 82 information may be lost. Note that a Chinese character may occupy 2 or 3 bytes.

Example

# Set the format of remote-id in Option 82 carried in DHCP packets sent by STAs to ap-mac-ssid.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] dhcp option82 remote-id format ap-mac-ssid

Related Topics

display ac global configuration

Function

The display ac global configuration command displays AC global configuration.

Format

display ac global configuration

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view AC global information.

Example

# Display AC global configuration.

<HUAWEI> display ac global configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC sysnetid                        : AC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-3 Description of the display ac global configuration command output

Item

Description

AC sysnetid

NE name of an AC.

To configure the NE name for an AC, run the ac sysnetid command.

Related Topics

ac sysnetid

display ap

Function

The display ap command displays AP information.

Format

display ap { all | ap-group ap-group }

display ap [ ap-group ap-group ] by-ssid ssid

display ap by-state state [ ap-group ap-group ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all APs.	-
ap-group ap-group	Specifies the group to which an AP belongs.	The AP group must exist.
by-ssid ssid	Specifies an SSID.	The value must be an existing SSID.
by-state state	Specifies the status of the AP.	Enumerated type. commit-failed: Displays information about APs in configuration commitment failed state. committing: Displays information about APs in configuration committing state. config: Displays information about APs in configuration initialization state. config-failed: Displays information about APs in initialization failed state. download: Displays information about APs in system software downloading state. fault: Displays information about APs that failed to go online. idle: Displays information about APs in initialization state before the first link is established. name-conflicted: Displays information about APs having duplicate names. normal: Displays information about APs in normal state. standby: Displays information about APs in standby AC state. ver-mismatch: Displays information about APs with versions that do not match the AC version. countrycode-mismatch: Displays information about APs with country codes that do not match the AC's country code.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

To view information about APs, run this command.

Example

# Display information about all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap all
Total AP information:
nor  : normal          [2]
Extra information:
P  : insufficient power supply
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   MAC            Name   Group     IP              Type            State STA Uptime      ExtraInfo
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    dcd2-fcf6-76a0 area_1 ap-group1 192.168.120.254 AP6010DN-AGN    nor   0   4H:49M:11S  P
1    60de-4474-9640 area_2 ap-group1 192.168.120.253 AP5010DN-AGN    nor   0   6H:3M:40S   -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

# Display information about APs bound to SSID hw-wlan.

<HUAWEI> display ap by-ssid hw-wlan
Total AP information:
nor  : normal          [2]
Extra information:
P  : insufficient power supply
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   MAC            Name   Group     IP              Type            State STA Uptime      ExtraInfo
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    dcd2-fcf6-76a0 area_1 ap-group1 192.168.120.254 AP6010DN-AGN    nor   0   4H:49M:11S  P
1    60de-4474-9640 area_2 ap-group1 192.168.120.253 AP5010DN-AGN    nor   0   6H:3M:40S   -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

# Display information about APs in normal state.

<HUAWEI> display ap by-state normal
Total AP information:
nor  : normal          [2]
Extra information:
P  : insufficient power supply
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   MAC            Name   Group     IP              Type            State           STA Uptime      ExtraInfo
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    dcd2-fcf6-76a0 area_1 ap-group1 192.168.120.254 AP6010DN-AGN    normal          0   4H:50M:55S  P
1    60de-4474-9640 area_2 ap-group1 192.168.120.253 AP5010DN-AGN    normal          0   6H:5M:24S   -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-4 Description of the display ap command output

Item	Description
ID	AP ID.
MAC	MAC address of an AP.
Name	AP name.
Group	AP group.
IP	AP IP address.
Type	AP type.
State	AP state. For details, see Table 11-5.
STA	Number of STAs connected to an AP.
Uptime	Online duration of an AP.
ExtraInfo	Extra information. The value P indicates that the power supply to an AP is insufficient.

Table 11-5 AP state list

AP State	Description	Possible Cause	Handling Suggestion
commit-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are performed for the AP. If the link between the AP and AC is disconnected or the peer end has no response, the AP enters the commit-failed state.	Check the network connection.
committing	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are being delivered to the AP.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. During this process, the AP is in config state.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. If the configuration delivery fails due to various reasons (such as link disconnection), the AP enters the config-failed state.	Check the network connection.
download	An AP is in upgrade state.	When the AP is performing an upgrade, it enters the download state.	When the AP upgrade is complete, check the AP state.
fault	An AP fails to go online.	The AP fails to go online, which is usually caused by the following: The AP fails to obtain an IP address or obtains an incorrect IP address. The network between the AP and AC is faulty. The AP fails to be authenticated. The number of APs on an AC has reached the maximum value. The AP is faulty.	Handle the AP online failure. For details, see AP Online Failure in the Troubleshooting Insights.
idle	It is the initialization state of an AP before it establishes a link with the AC for the first time.	The AP has not established a CAPWAP link with the AC, the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual ones, or license resources are insufficient.	Perform the following operations. Check whether the AP is connected to the network. If the AP connection is normal, go to next step. Check the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual MAC address and SN of the AP. If not, perform the following operations: Run the display ap all command to obtain AP information. Run the undo ap { ap-name ap-name \| ap-id ap-id \| ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-group group-name \| all } command to delete the AP. Run the ap-id ap-id [ [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] { ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-sn ap-sn \| ap-mac ap-mac ap-sn ap-sn } ] or ap-mac ap-mac [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] [ ap-id ap-id ] [ ap-sn ap-sn ] command to add correct AP information. If the fault persists, expand the license capacity. Note that RUs managed by the AC do not occupy license resources of the AC.
name-conflicted	The name of an AP conflicts with that of an existing AP.	The name of an AP conflicts with the name of another AP that has been online on the same AC.	Run the ap-rename ap-id ap-id new-name ap-new-name command to change the AP name.
normal	An AP is working properly.	An AP successfully goes online on an AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
standby	The AP is in normal state on the standby AC.	In the HSB, dual-link cold backup, or N+1 backup scenario, if the link between the active and standby ACs is established properly, the AP is in standby state on the standby AC and in normal state on the active AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
ver-mismatch	The version of an AP does not match that of an AC on which the AP is to go online.	The versions of the AP and the AC mismatch.	Log in to Huawei technical support website and download the release notes. Based on the version mapping, upgrade the AP or AC to the matching version. Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com
countryCode-mismatch	The country code of an AP does not match that of the AC on which the AP is about to go online.	The current version of the AP does not support the country code configured on the AC.	The AP does not support the country code. Upgrade the AP or change the country code configured on the AC.
unauthed	The AP is not authenticated.	The AP fails to be authenticated.	Run the ap-confirm command to confirm unauthenticated APs and allow them to go online.

Related Topics

ap-id

ap-mac

display ap around-ssid-list

Function

The display ap around-ssid-list command displays SSIDs of neighbors of a specified AP.

Format

display ap around-ssid-list { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view SSIDs of neighbors of a specified AP. Neighbors of an AP include authorized and unauthorized neighbors. Authorized neighbors are other APs managed by the same AC. APs that are managed by other ACs are unauthorized neighbors.

Example

# Display SSIDs of neighbors of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap around-ssid-list ap-name huawei
In control AP(2.4G):
---------------------------------------------------
SSID
---------------------------------------------------
test1
---------------------------------------------------
Total: 1
Uncontrol AP(2.4G):
---------------------------------------------------
SSID
---------------------------------------------------
test2
---------------------------------------------------
Total: 1
In control AP(5G):
---------------------------------------------------
SSID
---------------------------------------------------
test3
---------------------------------------------------
Total: 1
Uncontrol AP(5G):
---------------------------------------------------
SSID
---------------------------------------------------
test4
---------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-6 Description of the display ap around-ssid-list command output

Item	Description
In control AP	SSIDs of authorized neighbors.
Uncontrol AP	SSIDs of unauthorized neighbors.

display ap asyn-message err-info

Function

The display ap asyn-message err-info command displays records about AP restart failures.

Format

display ap asyn-message err-info { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays records about restart failures of all APs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays records about restart failures of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays records about restart failures of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

When you use commands on the AC to restart an AP manually, during an upgrade, or to restore its factory settings, the restart message delivered by the AC may get lost due to transmission failures. Therefore, APs are not restarted. If an AP does not receive the restart message, the AP is still connected to the AC, which makes the AC incorrectly consider that the AP is restarted successfully. This command displays records about AP restart failures, helping you check whether the AP is restarted successfully. If the AP restart fails, restart the AP.

Example

# Display records about restart failures of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap asyn-message err-info all
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
AP Name MAC            Time                    Reason                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
hw1     dcd2-fcf4-6600 2015-1-19 14:41:59      update
hw2     dcd2-fcf4-8800 2015-1-19 14:45:56      clear config
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Total: 2

Table 11-7 Description of the display ap asyn-message err-info command output

Item	Description
AP Name	Name of an AP.
MAC	MAC address of an AP.
Time	Time when AP restart fails.
Reason	Type of AP restart failures. update: The AP fails to be restarted during an upgrade. clear config: The AP fails to be restarted when restoring factory settings. other: The AP fails to be restarted manually.

display ap blacklist

Function

The display ap blacklist command displays the AP blacklist.

Format

display ap blacklist

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

This command displays APs in the blacklist. These APs are not allowed to go online on the AC. If an AP is online on the AC but is in the blacklist, the AP is forced to log out.

Example

# Display the AP blacklist.

<HUAWEI> display ap blacklist
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID     MAC                                                                      
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0      0001-0002-0001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-8 Description of the display ap blacklist command output

Item

Description

ID of the MAC address in the AP blacklist. The ID is generated automatically when the MAC address is specified.

MAC

MAC addresses of the APs that are not allowed to connect to the AC.

To add MAC addresses to the AP blacklist, run the ap blacklist command.

Related Topics

ap blacklist

display ap config-info

Function

The display ap config-info command displays AP configuration.

Format

display ap config-info { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays configuration of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays configuration of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap config-info command to view AP configuration information, including the basic configuration, radio configuration, VAP configuration, and profile configuration.

Example

# Display the configuration of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap config-info ap-name huawei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP MAC                          : dcd2-fcf6-76a0
AP SN                           : 210235419610D2000097
AP type                         : AP6010DN-AGN
AP name                         : huawei
AP group                        : default
Country code                    : CN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radio 0 configurations:
 Radio enable                   : yes
 Work mode                      : normal
 WDS  mode                      : -
 Mesh mode                      : -
 Radio band                     : 2.4G
 Radio type                     : bgn
 Config channel/bandwidth       : -/20M
 Actual channel/bandwidth       : 1/20M
 Config EIRP                    : 127
 Actual EIRP                    : 27
 Maximum EIRP                   : 27

 VAP configurations:
  WLAN ID 1:
   SSID                         : HUAWEI-WLAN
   Forward mode                 : direct-forward
   Authen mode                  : Open
   Encrypt mode                 : -
   Service vlan                 : 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radio 1 configurations:
 Radio enable                   : yes
 Work mode                      : normal
 WDS  mode                      : -
 Mesh mode                      : -
 Radio band                     : 5G
 Radio type                     : an
 Config channel/bandwidth       : -/20M
 Actual channel/bandwidth       : 157/20M
 Config EIRP                    : 127
 Actual EIRP                    : 28
 Maximum EIRP                   : 28

 VAP configurations:
  WLAN ID 1:
   SSID                         : HUAWEI-WLAN
   Forward mode                 : direct-forward
   Authen mode                  : Open
   Encrypt mode                 : -
   Service vlan                 : pool a
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP system profile          : default
Regulatory domain profile  : default
WIDS profile               : default
BLE profile                :
UUID                       :
AP wired port profile
 Interface FE0             : default
 Interface FE1             : default
 Interface FE2             : default
 Interface FE3             : default
 Interface GE0             : default
 Interface GE1             : default
 Interface GE2             : default
 Interface GE3             : default
 Interface GE4             : default
 Interface GE5             : default
 Interface GE6             : default
 Interface GE7             : default
 Interface GE8             : default
 Interface GE9             : default
 Interface GE10            : default
 Interface GE11            : default
 Interface GE12            : default
 Interface GE13            : default
 Interface GE14            : default
 Interface GE15            : default
 Interface GE16            : default
 Interface GE17            : default
 Interface GE18            : default
 Interface GE19            : default
 Interface GE20            : default
 Interface GE21            : default
 Interface GE22            : default
 Interface GE23            : default
 Interface GE24            : default
 Interface GE25            : default
 Interface GE26            : default
 Interface GE27            : default
 Interface MultiGE0       : default
 Interface XGE0            : default
 Interface XGE1            : default
 Interface XGE2            : default
 Interface XGE3            : default
 Interface Eth-trunk0      : default
Radio 0
 Radio 2.4G profile        : default
 Radio 5G profile          : 
 VAP profile
  WLAN  1                  : default(VLAN 100)
 Mesh profile              :
 WDS profile               :
 Mesh whitelist profile    :
 WDS whitelist profile     :
 Location profile          :
 Radio switch              : enable
 Channel                   : -
 Channel bandwidth         : 20mhz
 EIRP(dBm)                 : 127
 Antenna gain(dB)          : -
 Coverage distance(100 m)  : 3
 Work mode                 : normal
 Radio frequency           : 2.4G
 Spectrum analysis         : disable
 WIDS device detect        : disable
 WIDS attack detect        : -
 WIDS contain switch       : disable
Radio 1
 Radio 2.4G profile       : 
 Radio 5G profile          : default
 VAP profile
  WLAN  1                  : default(VLAN pool a)
 Mesh profile              :
 WDS profile               :
 Mesh whitelist profile    :
 WDS whitelist profile     :
 Location profile          :
 Radio switch              : enable
 Channel                   : -
 Channel bandwidth         : 20mhz
 EIRP(dBm)                 : 127
 Antenna gain(dB)          : -
 Coverage distance(100 m)  : 3
 Work mode                 : normal
 Radio frequency           : 5G
 Spectrum analysis         : disable
 WIDS device detect        : disable
 WIDS attack detect        : -
 WIDS contain switch       : disable
Card 1:
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Wired port profile        :
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -
 TCP Port                  : - 
Card 2
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Wired port profile        :
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -
 TCP Port                  : - 
Card 3
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Wired port profile        :
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : 
 TCP Port                  : - 
Card usb
 Serial profile            :
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -
 TCP Port                  : -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-9 Description of the display ap config-info command output

Item	Description
AP MAC	MAC address of an AP.
AP SN	SN of an AP.
AP type	AP type.
AP name	AP name. To configure the parameter, run the ap-name (AP view) or ap-rename command.
AP group	AP group. To configure the parameter, run the ap-group (AP view) or ap-regroup command.
Country code	Country code. To configure the parameter, run the country-code command.
Radio 0 configurations/Radio 1 configurations	Radio configuration.
Radio enable	Radio status. To configure the parameter, run the radio disable command.
Work mode	Working mode of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the work-mode command.
WDS mode	WDS mode. To configure the parameter, run the wds-mode command.
Mesh mode	Mesh role of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-role command.
Radio band	Frequency band of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the frequency command.
Radio type	Protocol type of a radio.
Config channel/bandwidth	Configured AP channel and bandwidth. To configure the parameter, run the channel command.
Actual channel/bandwidth	Actual AP channel and bandwidth.
Config EIRP	Transmit power of a radio configured in the radio profile. To configure the parameter, run the eirp command.
Actual EIRP	Actual transmit power of a radio.
Maximum EIRP	Maximum transmit power of a radio.
VAP configurations	VAP configuration. VAP configuration is displayed only after a VAP profile is referenced by the AP.
WLAN ID 1	WLAN ID of a VAP. To configure the parameter, run the vap-profile command.
SSID	SSID name. To configure the parameter, run the ssid command.
Forward mode	Forwarding mode. To configure the parameter, run the forward-mode command.
Authen mode	Authentication mode.
Encrypt mode	Encryption mode.
Service vlan	Effective service VLAN.
AP system profile	Name of the referenced AP system profile. To configure the parameter, run the ap-system-profile (AP group view and AP view) command.
Regulatory domain profile	Name of the referenced regulatory domain profile. To configure the parameter, run the regulatory-domain-profile command.
WIDS profile	Name of the referenced WIDS profile. To configure the parameter, run the wids-profile (AP group view and AP view) command.
BLE profile	Name of the referenced BLE profile.
UUID	UUID of a BLE broadcast frame sent by the AP's built-in Bluetooth module. To configure the parameter, run the broadcasting-content (AP group view and AP view) command.
AP wired port profile	Name of the referenced AP wired port profile. To configure the parameter, run the wired-port-profile (AP group view and view) command.
Interface interface-name	Interface name and number.
Radio 0/Radio 1	Radio frequency.
Radio 2.4G profile	Name of the referenced 2G radio profile. To configure the parameter, run the radio-2g-profile command.
Radio 5G profile	Name of the referenced 5G radio profile. To configure the parameter, run the radio-5g-profile command.
VAP profile	Name of the referenced VAP profile. The displayed format is "VAP ID:VAP profile name (service VLAN defined when binding to the VAP profile, single VLAN, or VLAN pool)." To configure the parameter, run the vap-profile command.
Mesh profile	Name of the referenced Mesh profile. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-profile radio command.
WDS profile	Name of the referenced WDS profile. To configure the parameter, run the wds-profile radio command.
Mesh whitelist profile	Mesh whitelist profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-whitelist-profile (AP group radio view or AP radio view) command.
WDS whitelist profile	WDS whitelist profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the wds-whitelist-profile (AP group radio view or AP radio view) command.
Location profile	Name of the referenced location profile. To configure the parameter, run the location-profile command.
Radio switch	Radio status. To configure the parameter, run the radio disable command.
Channel	Working channel of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the channel command.
Channel bandwidth	Working bandwidth of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the channel command.
EIRP(dBm)	Transmit power of a radio, in dBm. To configure the parameter, run the eirp command.
Antenna gain(dB)	Antenna gain of a radio, in dB. To configure the parameter, run the antenna-gain command.
Coverage distance(100 m)	Radio coverage distance parameter, in 100 m. To configure the parameter, run the coverage distance command.
Work mode	Working mode of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the work-mode command.
Radio frequency	Working frequency band of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the frequency command.
Spectrum analysis	Whether spectrum analysis is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the spectrum-analysis enable command.
WIDS device detect	Whether wireless device detection is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids device detect enable command.
WIDS attack detect	Whether attack detection is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids attack detect enable command.
WIDS contain switch	Whether rogue device containment is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids contain enable command.
Card 1/Card 2/Card 3/Card usb	IoT card.
Serial profile	Bound serial profile. To configure the parameter, run the serial-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
Iot profile	Bound IoT profile. To configure the parameter, run the iot-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
UDP Port	UDP port.
Wired port profile	Bound AP wired port profile. To configure the parameter, run the wired-port-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
TCP Port	TCP port.

display ap configurable channel

Function

The display ap configurable channel command displays the configurable channels supported by a specified AP.

Format

display ap configurable channel { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio-id radio-id ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays configurable channels supported by the AP with the specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays configurable channels supported by the AP with the specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
radio-id radio-id	Displays configurable channels supported by the specified radio.	The radio ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Different countries or regions use different wireless channels and powers. Setting country and area codes can specify channels that can be used on WLANs of different countries. The display ap configurable channel command displays the configurable channels supported by a specified AP.

Example

# Display configurable channels supported by AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap configurable channel ap-name huawei
2.4G 20M : 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13.
2.4G 40M+: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9.
2.4G 40M-: 5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13.
5G   20M : 36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,100,104,108,112,116,120,124,128,132,136,140,149,153,157,161,165.
5G   40M+: 36,44,52,60,100,108,116,124,132,149,157.
5G   40M-: 40,48,56,64,104,112,120,128,136,153,161.
5G   80M : 36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,100,104,108,112,116,120,124,128,149,153,157,161.
5G  160M : 36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,100,104,108,112,116,120,124,128.
5G 80+80M: 36+106, 36+122, 36+155, 40+106, 40+122, 40+155, 44+106, 44+122, 
           44+155, 48+106, 48+122, 48+155, 52+106, 52+122, 52+155, 56+106, 
           56+122, 56+155, 60+106, 60+122, 60+155, 64+106, 64+122, 64+155, 
           100+42, 100+58, 100+155, 104+42, 104+58, 104+155, 108+42, 108+58, 
           108+155, 112+42, 112+58, 112+155, 116+42, 116+58, 116+155, 120+42, 
           120+58, 120+155, 124+42, 124+58, 124+155, 128+42, 128+58, 128+155, 
           149+42, 149+58, 149+106, 149+122, 153+42, 153+58, 153+106, 153+122, 
           157+42, 157+58, 157+106, 157+122, 161+42, 161+58, 161+106, 161+122.

Table 11-10 Description of the display ap configurable channel command output

Item	Description
2.4G 20M	Configurable 20 MHz channels supported by the AP on the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
2.4G 40M+	Configurable 40 MHz Plus channels supported by the AP on the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
2.4G 40M-	Configurable 40 MHz Minus channels supported by the AP on the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
5G 20M	Configurable 20 MHz channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.
5G 40M+	Configurable 40 MHz Plus channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.
5G 40M-	Configurable 40 MHz Minus channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.
5G 80M	Configurable 80 MHz channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.
5G 160M	Configurable 160 MHz channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.
5G 80+80M	Configurable 80+80 MHz channels supported by the AP on the 5 GHz frequency band.

display ap coordinate

Function

The display ap coordinate command displays information about longitudes and latitudes of APs.

Format

display ap coordinate { all | ap-group ap-group-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about longitudes and latitudes of all APs.	-
ap-group ap-group-name	Displays information about longitudes and latitudes of APs in the specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view longitudes and latitudes of APs.

Example

# Display information about longitudes and latitudes of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap coordinate all
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   Name             Group      Longitude            Latitude
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    00d5-ada8-1c00   default    30.1111111°E        40.2222222°N 
1    244c-075f-ec20   default    110°59′59"W         77°25′53″N
2    644c-075f-ec20   default    -                    -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 3

Table 11-11 Description of the display ap coordinate all command output

Item	Description
ID	AP ID.
Name	AP name.
Group	AP group.
Longitude	Longitude of an AP. Its display varies depending on the format: Example: 114°3′14″E in the format of degree/minute/second Example: 114.3435°E in the format of decimal degree Hyphen (-) if it is not configured
Latitude	Latitude of an AP. Example: 114°3′14″S in the format of degree/minute/second Example: 114.3435°S in the format of decimal degree Hyphen (-) if it is not configured

Related Topics

coordinate

display ap elabel

Function

The display ap elabel command displays electronic label information about a specified AP.

Format

display ap elabel { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays electronic label information about the AP with the specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays electronic label information about the AP with the specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
all	Displays electronic label information of all APs.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view electronic label information about an AP. An electronic label is also called permanent configuration data or information and is written in the storage device during AP testing or commissioning. An electronic label includes the AP name, serial number, manufacture date and manufacturer information.

Example

# Display electronic label information about AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap elabel ap-name huawei
/$[ArchivesInfo Version]
/$ArchivesInfoVersion=3.0


[Board Properties]
BoardType=AP6310SN-GN-CN
BarCode=210235449210CB000011
Item=02354492
Description=AP6310SN-GN Bundle(11n,Distributed AP Indoor,Single Frequency,AC/DC
adapter(CN))
Manufactured=2012-11-27
VendorName=Huawei
IssueNumber=00
CLEICode=
BOM=

Table 11-12 Description of the display ap elabel command output

Item	Description
ArchivesInfo Version	Electronic label version.
BoardType	AP type.
BarCode	Bar code of an AP.
Item	BOM code of an AP.
Description	English description of an AP.
Manufactured	Production date of an AP.
VendorName	Vendor name.
IssueNumber	Issue number of an AP.
CLEICode	CLEI code of an AP.
BOM	Sales BOM code of an AP.

# Display electronic label information of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap elabel all
Info: This operation may take a few seconds. Please wait for a moment.done.
Total AP elabel information:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   MAC            Name     Type         SN                   Item
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    dcd2-fc04-b500 L1_001   AP7110DN-AGN 210235555310CC000094 -
2    dcd2-fc9d-0bb0 1        AP7110SN-GN  210235568010D1000032 -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-13 display ap elabel all command output

Item	Description
ID	AP ID.
MAC	MAC address of an AP.
Name	AP name.
Type	AP type.
SN	SN of an AP.
Item	BOM code of an AP.

display ap global configuration

Function

The display ap global configuration command displays AP global configuration.

Format

display ap global configuration

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view AP global information.

Example

# Display AP global configuration.

<HUAWEI> display ap global configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP auth-mode                       : MAC-auth
AP LLDP switch                     : disable
AP username/password               : -/******
AP data collection                 : disable
AP data collection interval(minute): 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-14 Description of the display ap global configuration command output

Item	Description
AP auth-mode	AP authentication mode. To configure the parameter, run the ap auth-mode command.
AP LLDP switch	Whether LLDP is enabled on an AP. To configure the parameter, run the ap lldp enable command.
AP username/password	User name and password for AP login. To configure the parameter, run the ap username command.
AP data collection	Whether data buffering is enabled on an AP. To configure the parameter, run the ap data-collection enable command.
AP data collection interval(minute)	AP data buffering duration. To configure the parameter, run the ap data-collection interval command.

Related Topics

ap auth-mode

ap data-collection enable

ap username

ap data-collection interval

display ap lldp neighbor

Function

The display ap lldp neighbor command displays LLDP neighbor information on a specified AP.

Format

display ap lldp neighbor { { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ interface interface-type interface-number ] | brief }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays LLDP neighbor information of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays LLDP neighbor information of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
interface interface-type interface-number	Displays LLDP neighbor information on a specified AP interface. interface-type specifies the interface type. interface-number specifies the interface number.	-
brief	Displays brief LLDP neighbor information of APs.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view LLDP neighbor information on a specified AP, including the number of LLDP neighbors, device ID, interface ID, system name system description, and management address of each neighbor. The LLDP neighbor information is reported by an AP to the connected AC.

If no parameter is specified, LLDP neighbor information about all AP interfaces is displayed.

Example

# Display LLDP neighbor information on all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap lldp neighbor brief
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hostname  Neighbor device  Management address  Local intf  Neighbor intf          TTL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
huawei    Quidway         10.10.10.3          GE0         GigabitEthernet0/0/16  119
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-15 Description of the display ap lldp neighbor command output

Item	Description
Hostname	AP name.
Neighbor device	System name of an AP neighbor.
Management address	Management address of an AP neighbor.
Local intf	Local interface of the AP.
Neighbor intf	Interface of an AP neighbor.
TTL	Time to live (TTL) of the AP neighbor information stored on the local AP.

# Display LLDP neighbor information about GE0 of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap lldp neighbor ap-name huawei interface gigabitethernet 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP 1 Port 0 has 1 neighbor(s):

Basic port information                                                          
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neighbor index               : 1
Host Name                    : huawei
Chassis ID type              : macAddress
Chassis ID                   : 5489-9876-b7d7
Port ID type                 : interfaceName
Port ID                      : GigabitEthernet0/0/2
Time to live                 : 120s
Port description             : GigabitEthernet0/0/2
System name                  : Quidway
System description           : S5720-56C-HI
                      Huawei Versatile Routing Platform Software
                      VRP (R) software,Version 5.110 (S5720HI V200R011C00V200R011C10)
                      Copyright (C) 2007 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
System capabilities supported: wlanAccessPoint telephone
System capabilities enabled  : wlanAccessPoint telephone
Management address type      : IPv4
Management address           : 10.10.10.5
                                                                                
DOT3 port information                                                           
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Power port class                            : Unknown                           
PSE power supported                         : No                                
PSE power enabled                           : No                                
PSE pairs control ability                   : No                                
Power pairs                                 : Unknown                           
Port power classification                   : Unknown                           
Power type                                  : Type 2 PSE                        
Power source                                : Reserved                          
Power priority                              : High                              
PD requested power value                    : 479.5(w)                          
PSE allocated power value                   : 281.6(w)                          
PD requested power value Mode A             : 0.0(w)                            
PD requested power value Mode B             : 2335.4(w)                         
PSE allocated power value Alternative A     : 1055.8(w)                         
PSE allocated power value Alternative B     : 1488.9(w)                         
Power Class                                 : Unknown                           
PSE power pairsx                            : Alternative A                     
Power typex                                 : Type unknown                      
PD 4PID                                     : No                                
PD Load                                     : Single-signature                  
PSE maximum available power                 : 421.6(w)                          
PSE Autoclass support                       : Yes                               
Autoclass completed                         : Idle                              
Autoclass request                           : Completed                         
Power down                                  : No                                
                                                                                
Legacy port information                                                         
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-pair PoE Supported                        : Yes                               
Spare pair Detection/Classification required: Yes                               
PD Spare Pair Desired State                 : Disable                           
PSE Spare Pair Operational State            : Enable                            
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-16 Description of the display ap lldp neighbor ap-name ap-name interface interface-type interface-number command output

Item	Description
Neighbor index	Index of a neighbor.
Host Name	AP name
Chassis ID type	ID subtype of a neighbor device. chassisComponent: chassis alias interfaceAlias: interface alias portComponent: interface or backplane alias macAddress: MAC address networkAddress: network address interfaceName: name of the interface local: name of the local device
Chassis ID	ID of the neighbor device. A MAC address is displayed when the neighbor device ID subtype is macAddress. An IP address is displayed when the neighbor device ID subtype is networkAddress. A character string is displayed when the neighbor device ID subtype is neither macAddress nor networkAddress.
Port ID type	ID subtype of the neighbor interface. interfaceAlias: interface alias portComponent: interface or backplane alias macAddress: MAC address networkAddress: network address interfaceName: name of the interface agentCircuitID: loopback interface ID of the DHCP relay local: name of the local device
Port ID	ID of the neighbor interface. A MAC address is displayed when the neighbor interface ID subtype is macAddress. An IP address is displayed when the neighbor interface ID subtype is networkAddress. A character string is displayed when the neighbor interface ID subtype is neither macAddress nor networkAddress.
Time to live	Time to live (TTL) of the AP neighbor information stored on the local AP.
Port description	Description of the neighbor interface.
System name	System name.
System description	System description of the neighbor.
System capabilities supported	Capabilities of the neighbor device. other: other capabilities repeater: repeater bridge: bridge device wlanAccessPoint: wireless access point router: router telephone: wireless device docsisCableDevice: management station stationOnly: base station
System capabilities enabled	Capabilities enabled on the neighbor device. other: other capabilities repeater: repeater bridge: bridge device wlanAccessPoint: wireless access point router: router telephone: wireless device docsisCableDevice: management station stationOnly: base station
Management address type	Management address type of the neighbor.
Management address	Management address of the neighbor.
Power port class	PoE type: PSE: power-sourcing equipment. PD: powered device. Unknown: unknown device.
PSE power supported	Whether the PSE power is supported. Yes: PSE power is supported. No: PSE power is not supported.
PSE power enabled	Whether the PSE power is enabled. Yes: enabled. No: disabled.
PSE pairs control ability	Whether the PSE control is supported. Yes: PSE control is supported. No: PSE control is not supported.
Power pairs	PoE remote power supply mode. Signal: power supply mode of signal lines. Spare: power supply mode of spare signal lines. Unknown: an unknown remote power supply mode.
Port power classification	PD power control level on the interface: Class0: indicates level 1. Class1: indicates level 2. Class2: indicates level 3. Class3: indicates level 4. Class4: indicates level 5. Unknown: indicates an unknown control level.
Power type	PoE device type:
Power source	Power supply source. Type of the PSE: Primary power source, Backup source, Reserved, and Unknown Type of the PD: PSE, Reserved, PSE and local, and Unknown
Power priority	Power priority: Critical: the highest priority. High: the second highest priority. Low: the lowest priority. Unknown: unknown priority.
PD requested power value	Power requested by the PD.
PSE allocated power value	Power allocated by the PSE.
PD requested power value Mode A	Power requested by the PD in mode A.
PD requested power value Mode B	Power requested by the PD in mode B.
PSE allocated power value Alternative A	Power allocated by the PSE for a PD in Mode A.
PSE allocated power value Alternative B	Power allocated by the PSE for a PD in Mode B.
Power Class	Power class requested by the PD or allocated by the PSE.
PSE power pairsx	Mode in which the PSE supplies power to a PD.
Power typex	Working type of the device.
PD 4PID	Whether the PD supports all power receive types. No: The PD does not support all power receive modes. Yes: The PD supports all power receive types.
PD Load	Whether isolation between modes A and B is required for the PD. No: Isolation between modes A and B is not required for the PD. Yes: Isolation between modes A and B is required for the PD.
PSE maximum available power	Maximum output power of the PSE.
PSE Autoclass support	Whether the PSE supports Autoclass. No: The PSE does not support Autoclass. Yes: The PSE supports Autoclass.
Autoclass completed	Whether Autoclass is completed.
Autoclass request	Whether Autoclass is required for the PD.
Power down	Whether the PD requires power supply from the PSE.
4-pair PoE Supported	Whether the interface supports UPoE.
Spare pair Detection/Classification required	Whether the standby device supports the requirement for detection and classification.
PD Spare Pair Desired State	Requirement state of the standby PD.
PSE Spare Pair Operational State	Operation state of the standby PSE.

Related Topics

reset ap online-fail-record

display ap neighbor

Function

The display ap neighbor command displays information about neighbors of a radio, including authorized and unauthorized neighbors.

Format

display ap neighbor { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio radio ]

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

ap-name ap-name

Specifies an AP name.

The AP name must exist.

ap-id ap-id

Specifies an AP ID.

The AP ID must exist.

radio radio

Specifies radio ID of an AP.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2.

Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Use Scenario

APs' neighbor information reflects the APs' locations and neighbor relationships, helping you plan the network.

If a neighboring AP is an authorized one, the system displays the power of signals received from the neighboring AP as well as the path loss.

If a neighboring AP is an unauthorized one, the system displays only the power of signals received from the neighboring AP.

Prerequisites

The radio calibration function has been enabled using the calibrate enable { auto | manual | schedule time } command.

Precautions

In auto radio calibration mode, APs continuously report and update neighboring information so that the AC can query the latest AP neighbor information. In manual or scheduled radio calibration mode, APs report neighbor information within the calibration period. Neighbor information ages out after 1 hour and can be queried only before aging.

Example

# Display neighbor information of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap neighbor ap-name huawei
Radio: Radio ID of AP 
In control AP: 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Radio AP ID AP name         Channel  Received RSSI(dbm)  Path loss(db) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
0     0     e468-a352-7990  1        -38                 56 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Total: 1 

Uncontrol AP:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Radio  BSSID          Channel  RSSI(dBm)  SSID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0      0020-1306-0680 1        -79        b
1      cc53-b5ee-3d00 5        -60        test
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-17 Description of the display ap neighbor command output

Item	Description
In control AP	Authorized neighboring AP.
Uncontrol AP	Unauthorized neighboring AP.
Radio	Neighboring AP detected on an AP radio.
AP ID	ID of a neighboring AP.
AP name	Name of a neighboring AP.
Channel	Channel that the authorized neighboring AP uses. NOTE: The device displays only information about neighboring APs detected on the current channel.
Received RSSI(dbm)	Strength of signals received from neighboring APs.
Path loss(db)	Path loss.
BSSID	Basic service set identifier (BSSID) of an unauthorized neighbor.
Channel	Channel that the unauthorized neighboring AP uses.
RSSI(dBm)	Power of signals received from the neighboring AP, in dBm.
SSID	Service set identifier (SSID) of an unauthorized neighbor.

display ap offline-record

Function

The display ap offline-record command displays AP offline records.

Format

display ap offline-record { all | mac mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays offline records of all APs.	-
mac mac-address	Displays offline records of the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

This command displays AP offline records, helping the maintenance personnel manage and maintain the APs.

After the number of AP offline records reaches the maximum that can be stored, new records overwrite existing ones.

Example

# Display all AP offline records.

<HUAWEI> display ap offline-record all
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
MAC               Last offline time      Reason                                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
0023-0024-0080    2015-01-31/16:21:50    The AP name is modified.             
60de-4476-e360    2015-01-31/14:02:35    An AP is deleted.      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Total records: 2

Table 11-18 Description of the display ap offline-record command output

Item

Description

MAC

AP's MAC address.

Last offline time

Last offline time of an AP.

Reason

AP offline reason. For description of offline reasons and handling suggestions, see Table 11-19.

For troubleshooting methods, see An AP Goes offline Unexpectedly.

Table 11-19 Possible reasons and suggestions for APs to go offline

Reason Why an AP Goes Offline	Suggestion
The AC country code is modified.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The AP is replaced.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
Reboot by ap update reset command.	The AP resets to load the new version file after the upgrade, and no action is required.
A command is delivered to reboot an AP.	The AC delivers a reboot command to the AP, and no action is required.
An AP is deleted.	The AP is deleted on the AC, and no action is required.
The license expires: License resources for the AC to manage APs are insufficient.	Apply for a new license. Huawei's Electronic Software Delivery Platform (ESDP) is accessible from the Internet and Huawei intranet. Internet: http://app.huawei.com/isdp Huawei intranet: http://w3.huawei.com/sdp
The AP is added to the blacklist.	Check whether the AP needs to be added to the blacklist.
A CAPWAP tunnel is faulty (due to inconsistent link IDs).	No action is required. The AP will automatically attempt to recover the link.
The DTLS configuration of the CAPWAP tunnel changes.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The AP's factory settings are restored.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The radio type is inconsistent between the AC and AP.	Run the display ap config-info command to verify the AP radio configuration.
Heartbeat packet transmission for the CAPWAP data tunnel between the AC and AP times out.	Check the intermediate network between the AP and AC.
Heartbeat packet transmission for the CAPWAP control tunnel between the AC and AP times out.	Check the intermediate network between the AP and AC.
The dual-link networking configuration is modified.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
The AP name is modified.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The AP group name is modified.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The management VLAN is modified.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
AP provisioning parameters are set.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The CAPWAP source IP address is deleted.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The central AP goes offline.	Check the reason why the central AP goes offline.
The central AP proactively reboots RUs.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
The AP is powered off and restarts.	Check the AP power supply.
An internal error (KP) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (VOS signal error) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (forwarding error monitored by MFPI) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (PKO error monitored by MSC) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (reset due to timer expiration) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (reset of the write CPLD register) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
The reset button is pressed to reset the AP.	Check whether the AP is reset manually.
The AP restarts due to a CANBUS reset.	Contact technical support personnel.
The AP restarts due to AP interference: APs are located closely, generating interference.	Contact technical support personnel.
The AP restarts due to a chip exception.	Contact technical support personnel.
The CAPWAP sensitive-info PSK is modified.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
The CAPWAP integrity-check PSK is modified.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
The country code is inconsistent on the AC and AP.	Check the country code configuration on the AC and AP.
The AP is forcibly disconnected: in specific scenarios, for example, when the CAPWAP tunnel capacity is reached.	No action is required.
CAPWAP link down for DTLS smooth: DTLS requires APs to go online again during an HA or VRRP switchover.	No action is required.
The wideband status change.	The AP goes offline due to normal configuration changes, and no action is required.
An internal error (MSC error monitored by MFPI) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (MSU error monitored by MFPI) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (KAP error monitored by MFPI) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (TX DMA stop) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
An internal error (other reason) occurs.	Contact technical support personnel.
Reboot for AP Channel-load-mode change.	No action is required.
Reset for the data link DTLS configuration change.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
Reset for the AC list configuration change.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
Reset for the change of the IP address obtaining mode.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
Reset for the IP address configuration change.	The configuration change causes the AP to automatically reboot, and no action is required.
Reset for a configuration delivery failure.	Check network connectivity. If no problem is found, contact technical support personnel.

Related Topics

reset ap offline-record

display ap online-fail-record

Function

The display ap online-fail-record command displays AP online failure records.

Format

display ap online-fail-record { all | mac mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays online failure records of all APs.	-
mac mac-address	Displays online failure records of the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

If an AP fails to go online on the AC, you can run this command to check the failure reason, which helps locate the fault.

After the number of AP online failure records reaches the maximum that can be stored, new records overwrite existing ones.

Example

# Display online failure records about the AP with the MAC address 1047-80b1-56a0.

<HUAWEI> display ap online-fail-record mac 1047-80b1-56a0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAC             Last fail time       Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1047-80b1-56a0  2015-01-20/15:48:06  The AP is added to the AP blacklist.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total records: 1

Table 11-20 Description of the display ap online-fail-record command output

Item

Description

MAC

MAC address of the AP that fails to go online.

Last fail time

Time of the AP online failure.

Reason

Reason for the AP online failure. For description of AP online failure reasons and handling suggestions, see Table 11-21.

For troubleshooting methods, see AP Online Failure.

Table 11-21 Possible causes and suggestions for APs' failures to go online

Reason Why an AP Fails to Go Online	Suggestion
Insufficient license resources.	Expand the license capacity. Note that RUs do not occupy license resources of the AC. Huawei's Electronic Software Delivery Platform (ESDP) is accessible from the Internet and Huawei intranet. Internet: http://app.huawei.com/isdp Huawei intranet: http://w3.huawei.com/sdp
The AP is not in the SN whitelist.	Run the ap whitelist sn ap-sn1 [ to ap-sn2 ] command to add the AP to the whitelist or run the ap-confirm command to enable the AP to pass authentication.
The AP is not in the MAC whitelist.	Run the ap whitelist mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ] command to add the AP to the whitelist or run the ap-confirm command to enable the AP to pass authentication.
The AP is added to the AP blacklist.	Check whether the AP needs to be added to the blacklist. To delete the AP from the blacklist, run the undo ap blacklist command.
The MAC address and SN of the AP do not match.	Check whether the MAC address and SN of the AP match.
DTLS negotiation for CAPWAP tunnel setup fails.	Check whether the PSK used for DTLS encryption is correctly configured.
CAPWAP tunnel negotiation fails.	Check whether the network connectivity is normal. If yes, contact technical support personnel.
APs cannot go online during data backup.	Wait until backup is complete.
The upgrade fails.	Run the display ap update configuration command to check whether the AP's upgrade file is correct. If so, rectify the fault by referring to FIT AP Upgrade Fails.
The CAPWAP tunnel fails to be established.	Check whether the network connectivity is normal. If yes, contact technical support personnel.
The configuration fails to be delivered.	The device attempts to deliver the configuration again. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The versions of the AP and AC do not match.	Log in to http://support.huawei.com/enterprise and download the release notes. Based on the version mapping, upgrade the AP or AC to the matching version. Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com
The AC does not support the AP type.	Replace the AP with that supported by the AC or replace the AC with one that supports this AP type.
The AP name conflicts.	Run the ap-rename command to rename the AP.
The number of central APs reaches the upper limit.	Check whether the number of central APs reaches the maximum value.
The number of common APs reaches the upper limit.	Check whether the number of common APs reaches the maximum value.
The central AP is not in normal state.	Run the display ap command to check the central AP status and take measures accordingly.
The CAPWAP sensitive-info PSK is different on the two ends of the CAPWAP tunnel.	Ensure that the PSK for encrypting CAPWAP sensitive information is the same on the AP and AC. Alternatively, enable the AP to set up a DTLS session with the AC using the default PSK.
The CAPWAP integrity-check PSK is different on the two ends of the CAPWAP tunnel.	Ensure that the PSK for checking CAPWAP packet integrity is the same on the AP and AC. Alternatively, enable the AP to set up a DTLS session with the AC using the default PSK.
The configured and reported AP types are different.	Ensure that the configured AP type is the same as the reported one.

Related Topics

display ap optical-info

Function

The display ap optical-info command displays optical module information.

Format

display ap optical-info { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays optical module information of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays optical module information of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to view optical module information, including the optical module type, transmit optical power, and receive optical power.

Prerequisites

The AP has been online. You can run the display ap command to check the AP status.

The AP supports optical modules. You can run the display ap-type command to view the AP model.

Currently, optical module information query is supported only by the AP6610DN-AGN, AP6610DN-AGN-US, AP9131DN, AP9132DN, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP8130DN-W, AP8030DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, and AP8130DN.

Precautions

If an electrical module is inserted into an optical interface, diagnostic information is not supported.

Example

# Display optical module information of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap optical-info ap-name huawei
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface name:XGE0/0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common information:
  Transceiver Type                    :1000_BASE_LX_SFP
  Connector Type                      :LC
  Wavelength(nm)                      :1310
  Transfer Distance(m)                :10000(9um)
  Copper Link Length(m)               :0
  Digital Diagnostic Monitoring       :NO
  Vendor Name                         :FINISAR CORP.
  Vendor Part Number                  :FTLF1318P2BTL-HW
  Vendor IEEE Company ID              :36965
  Vendor Revision Level               :A
  Nominal Bit Rate(MBits/sec)         :1200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacture information:
  Manu. Serial Number                 :PMK2K62
  Manufacturing Date                  :2012-05-09
  Vendor Name                         :FINISAR CORP.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diagnostic information:
  Temperature(degree C)               :49
  Temp High Threshold(degree C)       :90
  Temp Low Threshold(degree C)        :-45
  Voltage(0.1mV)                      :33161
  Volt High Threshold(0.1mV)          :37000
  Volt Low Threshold(0.1mV)           :29000
  Bias Current(mA)                    :19
  Bias High Threshold(mA)             :25430
  Bias Low Threshold(mA)              :1929
  RX Power(0.1uw)                     :0
  RX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :5012
  RX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :126
  TX Power(0.1uw)                     :2886
  TX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :6310
  TX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :708
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface name:XGE0/0/1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common information:
  Transceiver Type                    :OC3_LONG_REACH_SFP
  Connector Type                      :LC
  Wavelength(nm)                      :1310
  Transfer Distance(m)                :40000(9um)
  Copper Link Length(m)               :0
  Digital Diagnostic Monitoring       :YES
  Vendor Name                         :NEOPHOTONING
  Vendor Part Number                  :PT7320-31-2W
  Vendor IEEE Company ID              :0
  Vendor Revision Level               :1.0
  Nominal Bit Rate(MBits/sec)         :100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacture information:
  Manu. Serial Number                 :A1008036407
  Manufacturing Date                  :2008-10-09
  Vendor Name                         :NEOPHOTONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diagnostic information:
  Temperature(degree C)               :47
  Temp High Threshold(degree C)       :100
  Temp Low Threshold(degree C)        :-10
  Voltage(0.1mV)                      :32808
  Volt High Threshold(0.1mV)          :34461
  Volt Low Threshold(0.1mV)           :30523
  Bias Current(mA)                    :9
  Bias High Threshold(mA)             :24
  Bias Low Threshold(mA)              :0
  RX Power(0.1uw)                     :0
  RX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :50477
  RX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :152
  TX Power(0.1uw)                     :5291
  TX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :3320
  TX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :834
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface name:XGE0/0/2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common information:
  Transceiver Type                    :1000_BASE_LX_SFP
  Connector Type                      :LC
  Wavelength(nm)                      :1310
  Transfer Distance(m)                :10000(9um)
  Copper Link Length(m)               :0
  Digital Diagnostic Monitoring       :YES
  Vendor Name                         :Hisense
  Vendor Part Number                  :LTD1302-BC+1
  Vendor IEEE Company ID              :0
  Vendor Revision Level               :V1.0
  Nominal Bit Rate(MBits/sec)         :1300
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacture information:
  Manu. Serial Number                 :J2220000170
  Manufacturing Date                  :2012-09-20
  Vendor Name                         :Hisense
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diagnostic information:
  Temperature(degree C)               :37
  Temp High Threshold(degree C)       :78
  Temp Low Threshold(degree C)        :-5
  Voltage(0.1mV)                      :32776
  Volt High Threshold(0.1mV)          :35650
  Volt Low Threshold(0.1mV)           :29000
  Bias Current(mA)                    :9
  Bias High Threshold(mA)             :70
  Bias Low Threshold(mA)              :0
  RX Power(0.1uw)                     :4267
  RX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :5012
  RX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :79
  TX Power(0.1uw)                     :2304
  TX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :10000
  TX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :631
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface name:XGE0/0/3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common information:
  Transceiver Type                    :1000_BASE_LX_SFP
  Connector Type                      :LC
  Wavelength(nm)                      :1310
  Transfer Distance(m)                :10000(9um)
  Copper Link Length(m)               :0
  Digital Diagnostic Monitoring       :YES
  Vendor Name                         :FINISAR CORP.
  Vendor Part Number                  :FTLF1318P2BTL-HW
  Vendor IEEE Company ID              :36965
  Vendor Revision Level               :A
  Nominal Bit Rate(MBits/sec)         :1200
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacture information:
  Manu. Serial Number                 :PLTOL92
  Manufacturing Date                  :2012-05-09
  Vendor Name                         :FINISAR CORP.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diagnostic information:
  Temperature(degree C)               :38
  Temp High Threshold(degree C)       :90
  Temp Low Threshold(degree C)        :-45
  Voltage(0.1mV)                      :33061
  Volt High Threshold(0.1mV)          :37000
  Volt Low Threshold(0.1mV)           :29000
  Bias Current(mA)                    :19
  Bias High Threshold(mA)             :52
  Bias Low Threshold(mA)              :4
  RX Power(0.1uw)                     :1
  RX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :5012
  RX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :126
  TX Power(0.1uw)                     :3219
  TX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)      :6310
  TX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)       :708
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-22 Description of the display ap optical-info command output

Item	Description
Interface name	Name of the optical module.
Transceiver Type	Type of the optical module.
Connector Type	Interface type.
Wavelength(nm)	Optical wavelength, in nm.
Transfer Distance(m)	Transmission distance, in meters.
Copper Link Length(m)	Length of the copper cable, in meters.
Digital Diagnostic Monitoring	Whether diagnostic information about the optical module is monitored.
Vendor Name	Name of the vendor.
Vendor Part Number	Product code provided by the vendor.
Vendor IEEE Company ID	Version number provided by the vendor.
Vendor Revision Level	Product serial number provided by the vendor.
Nominal Bit Rate(MBits/sec)	Bit rate of the optical module, in Mbit/s.
Manu. Serial Number	Vendor sequence number of the optical module.
Manufacturing Date	Manufacturing date of the optical module.
Temperature(degree C)	Current temperature of the optical module, in °C.
Temp High Threshold(degree C)	The upper threshold for the temperature of the optical module, in °C.
Temp Low Threshold(degree C)	The lower threshold for the temperature of the optical module, in °C.
Voltage(0.1mV)	Current voltage of the optical module, in 0.1mV.
Volt High Threshold(0.1mV)	The upper threshold for the voltage of the optical module, in 0.1mV.
Volt Low Threshold(0.1mV)	The lower threshold for the voltage of the optical module, in 0.1mV.
Bias Current(mA)	Bias current of the optical module, in mA.
Bias High Threshold(mA)	Upper threshold for the bias current of the optical module, in mA.
Bias Low Threshold(mA)	Lower threshold for the bias current of the optical module, in mA.
RX Power(0.1uw)	Receive power of the optical module, in 0.1uw.
RX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)	Upper receive power threshold for the optical module, in 0.1uw.
RX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)	Lower receive power threshold for the optical module, in 0.1uw.
TX Power(0.1uw)	Transmit power of the optical module, in 0.1uw.
TX Power High Threshold(0.1uw)	Upper transmit power threshold for the optical module, in 0.1uw.
TX Power Low Threshold(0.1uw)	Lower transmit power threshold for the optical module, in 0.1uw.

display ap performance statistics

Function

The display ap performance statistics command displays performance statistics about an AP.

Format

display ap performance statistics { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays performance statistics about the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays performance statistics about the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap performance statistics command to view AP performance statistics to monitor AP performance.

Example

# Display performance statistics about AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap performance statistics ap-name huawei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Memory usage(%)                 : 58
Memory average usage(%)         : 58
CPU usage(%)                    : 4
CPU average usage(%)            : 4
Available space size(KB)        : 1192
Temperature(degree C)           : 54
Online user number              : 0
Upstream traffic(wireless)(KB)  : 23 KB           
Wireless port drop frames(RX)   : 0            
Wireless port drop frames(TX)   : 0          
Wireless port total bytes(RX)   : 0
Wireless port total bytes(TX)   : 0
Wireless port unicast frames(RX): 0
GigabitEthernet port 0
  port drop frames(RX)          : 0
  port drop frames(TX)          : 0
  port total Bytes(RX)          : 0
  port total Bytes(TX)          : 0
  port unknown frames(RX)       : 0
  port error frames(TX)         : 0
  port updown counts            : 0
  port output rate(Kbps)        : 0
  port input rate(Kbps)         : 1
GigabitEthernet port 1
  port drop frames(RX)          : 0
  port drop frames(TX)          : 0
  port total Bytes(RX)          : 61210
  port total Bytes(TX)          : 38218
  port unknown frames(RX)       : 0
  port error frames(TX)         : 0
  port updown counts            : 0
  port output rate(Kbps)        : 0
  port input rate(Kbps)         : 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-23 Description of the display ap performance statistics command output

Item	Description
Memory usage(%)	Memory usage (%).
Memory average usage(%)	Average memory usage (%).
CPU usage(%)	CPU usage (%).
CPU average usage(%)	Average CPU usage (%).
Available space size(KB)	Available space, in KB.
Temperature(degree C)	AP's internal temperature (°C). NOTE: The temperature is displayed as "-" for APs that do not support the temperature check.
Online user number	Number of online users.
Upstream traffic(wireless)(KB)	Traffic volume on the wireless upstream interface in a specified period, in KB.
Wireless port drop frames(RX)	Number of discarded data frames received by the wireless interface.
Wireless port drop frames(TX)	Number of discarded data frames sent by the wireless interface.
Wireless port total bytes(RX)	Total number of bytes received by the wireless interface.
Wireless port total bytes(TX)	Total number of bytes sent by the wireless interface.
Wireless port unicast frames(RX)	Number of unicast data frames received by the wireless interface.
GigabitEthernet port x	ID of the wired-side interface.
port drop frames(RX)	Number of discarded data frames received by the wired interface.
port drop frames(TX)	Number of discarded data frames sent by the wired interface.
port total Bytes(RX)	Number of bytes received by the wired interface.
port total Bytes(TX)	Number of bytes sent by the wired-side interface.
port unknown frames(RX)	Number of unknown protocol packets received by the wired interface.
port error frames(TX)	Number of error data frames sent by the wired interface.
port updown counts	Number of times the wired interface alternates between Up and Down.
port output rate(Kbps)	Wired-side sending rate (kbps).
port input rate(Kbps)	Wired-side receiving rate (kbps).

display ap provision

Function

The display ap provision command displays the configurations for an AP to go online.

Format

display ap provision ap-id ap-id

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

After you set parameters for an AP to go online in the AP view, you can run this command to view the detailed configuration.

Example

# Display configurations in the AP provisioning view.

<HUAWEI> display ap provision ap-id 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
AP name               : 70d9-313c-3120 
AP group              : default 
AP address mode       : static 
IPv4 address          : - 
IPv4 mask address     : - 
IPv4 gateway address  : - 
IPv4 AC list          : - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-24 Description of the display provision-ap parameter-list command output

Item	Description
AP name	AP name. To configure this parameter, run the ap-name (AP view) command.
AP group	AP group to which an AP belongs. To configure this parameter, run the ap-group (AP view) command.
AP address mode	Mode in which an AP obtains an IP address. To configure this parameter, run the address-mode (AP view) command.
IPv4 address	Static IPv4 address of an AP. To configure this parameter, run the ip-address (AP view) command.
IPv4 mask address	Static IPv4 mask of an AP. To configure this parameter, run the ip-address (AP view) command.
IPv4 gateway address	IPv4 gateway address of an AP. To configure this parameter, run the ip-address (AP view) command.
IPv4 AC list	AC IPv4 address list for APs. To configure this parameter, run the ac-list (AP view) command.

Related Topics

ac-list (AP view)

address-mode (AP view)

ap-group (AP view)

ap-name (AP view)

ip-address (AP view)

display ap port

Function

The display ap port command displays the AP port status and traffic information.

Format

display ap port { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | ap-mac ap-mac }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays port status and traffic information of all APs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays port status and traffic information of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays port status and traffic information of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Displays port status and traffic information of the AP with a specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap port command to check port status and traffic information of online APs, which facilitates AP port maintenance and management.

Example

# Display port status and traffic information of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap port all
Info: Waiting for AP response.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP-ID Port       State Speed Duplex TX-Packets       Tx-ErrorPackets  TX-Rate(Kbps) RX-Packets       RX-DropPackets   RX-Rate(Kbps)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0     GE0        up    1000  full   9178             0                0             12857            0                1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Printed: 1

Table 11-25 Description of the display ap port command output

Parameter	Description
AP-ID	AP ID.
Port	AP port.
State	Status of the AP port. down: The AP port is Down. up: The AP port is Up. *down: The interface is shut down.
Speed	Speed of the AP port, in Mbit/s.
Duplex	Duplex mode of the AP port, which includes the half-duplex and full-duplex modes.
TX-Packets	Number of data frames sent by the AP port.
Tx-ErrorPackets	Number of error data frames sent by the AP port.
TX-Rate(Kbps)	Uplink rate of the AP port.
RX-Packets	Number of data frames received by the AP port.
RX-DropPackets	Number of discarded data frames that are received by the AP port.
RX-Rate(Kbps)	Downlink rate of the AP port.

display ap power-workmode

Function

The display ap power-workmode command displays the current power mode of APs.

Format

display ap power-workmode { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-group ap-group }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays the current power mode of all APs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays the current power mode of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays the current power mode of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Displays the current power mode of the AP with a specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.
ap-group ap-group	Displays the current power mode of APs in a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

When an AP is supplied with DC or PoE power, the AP may work in low-power mode if the power fails to meet requirements. You can run this command to view the current power mode of the AP and verify that the current power mode can enable the AP to work with all functions.

Example

# Display the current power mode of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap power-workmode all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID     MAC              Name    Group     Power-workmode     Decided by
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0     dcd2-fcf6-76a0    ap_1    default   AT(FULL)           LLDP 
1     60de-4474-9640    ap_2    default   AF(RESTRICTED)     AP capability
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-26 Description of the display ap power-workmode command output

Item	Description
ID	AP ID.
MAC	AP MAC address.
Name	AP name.
Group	AP group to which an AP belongs.
Power-workmode	Current power mode of an AP. The power mode of an AP can be AF, AT, or BT, which represents 802.3af, 802.3at, or 802.3bt, respectively. The working mode of an AP can be FULL or RESTRICTED, which indicates that functions of the AP are unrestricted and partially restricted, respectively.
Decided by	The current power mode of an AP is determined by: LLDP: LLDP negotiation result Hardware detect: hardware detection result AP capability: its own highest capability

display ap resource

Function

The display ap resource command displays the number of CAPWAP tunnel resources used by APs on a switch.

Format

display ap resource slot slot-id

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
slot slot-id	Specifies the slot ID of a switch.	The value must be set according to the device configuration.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to check the number of CAPWAP tunnel resources used by APs on a switch.

Example

# Display the number of CAPWAP tunnel resources used by APs on a switch.

<HUAWEI> display ap resource slot 0
Slot  0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number Used :0
Number Free : 1024
Number Total: 1024

Table 11-27 Description of the display ap resource slot slot-id command output

Item	Description
Number Used	Number of CAPWAP tunnel resources used by APs.
Number Free	Number of available CAPWAP tunnel resources.
Number Total	Number of CAPWAP tunnel resources on a switch.

display ap run-info

Function

The display ap run-info command displays running status of an AP.

Format

display ap run-info { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Displays running status of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays running status of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

This command displays AP running status. You can run this command to monitor an AP in real time.

Prerequisites

The AP works properly.

Example

# Display running status of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap run-info ap-name huawei  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP type                       : AP7030DE
Country code                  : CN
Software version              : V200R007C10
Hardware version              : Ver.A
BIOS version                  : 271
BOM version                   : 001
Memory size(MB)               : 256
Flash size(MB)                : 64
Manufacture                   : Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Software vendor               : Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Online time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)     : 6H:56M:26S
Run time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)        : 6H:59M:51S
IP address                    : 192.168.109.252
IP mask                       : 255.255.255.0
Gateway                       : 192.168.109.1
DNS server                    : 0.0.0.0
GigabitEthernet port 0
  Port speed(Mbps)            : 1000
  Port speed mode             : auto
  Port duplex                 : full
  Port duplex mode            : auto
  Port state                  : down
  STP down recovery time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)        : - 
GigabitEthernet port 1
  Port speed(Mbps)            : 1000
  Port speed mode             : auto
  Port duplex                 : full
  Port duplex mode            : auto
  Port state                  : up
  STP down recovery time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)        : - 
Card status               : slot 1: -, slot 2: -, slot 3: - 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-28 Description of the display ap run-info command output

Item	Description
AP type	AP type.
Country code	Country code.
Software version	Software version of an AP.
Hardware version	Hardware version of an AP.
BIOS version	BIOS version of an AP.
BOM version	BOM version of an AP.
Memory size(MB)	Memory size of an AP, in MB.
Flash size(MB)	Flash memory size of an AP, in MB.
Manufacture	Manufacturer of an AP.
Software vendor	AP software manufacturer.
Online time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)	AP online duration.
Run time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)	Running duration of an AP.
IP address	AP IPv4 address.
IP mask	Mask of an AP.
Gateway	Gateway IP address of an AP.
DNS server	IP address of the DNS server.
XGigabitEthernet port number	ID of the AP's XGigabitEthernet port. Only AD9431DN-24X series APs have XGigabitEthernet ports.
MultiGE port number	ID of the AP's MultiGE port. Only AP7050DN-E, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8082DN, and AP8182DN series APs have MultiGE ports.
GigabitEthernet port number	ID of the AP's Ethernet interface.
Port speed(Mbps)	Rate on the upstream Ethernet interface, in Mbit/s.
Port speed mode	Rate mode of the upstream Ethernet interface, including automatic and non-automatic negotiation modes.
Port duplex	Duplex type of the upstream Ethernet interface, including full duplex and half duplex.
Port duplex mode	Duplex mode of the upstream Ethernet interface, including automatic and non-automatic negotiation modes.
Port state	AP interface status. down: indicates that the interface is disabled. up: indicates that the interface is enabled. *down: indicates that the interface is shut down.
STP down recovery time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)	Remaining recovery time of the STP.
Card status	IoT card status. -: indicates that the IoT card is not in position. present: indicates that the IoT card is in position.

display ap sta-signal strength

Function

The display ap sta-signal strength command displays the average signal strength of STAs connected to an AP.

Format

display ap sta-signal strength { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio radio-id ]

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

ap-name ap-name

Displays the average signal strength of STAs connected to the AP with a specified name.

The AP name must exist.

ap-id ap-id

Displays the average signal strength of STAs connected to the AP with a specified ID.

The AP ID must exist.

radio radio-id

Displays the average signal strength of STAs connected to a specified AP radio.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2.

Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view the average signal strength of STAs connected to an AP.

Example

# Display the average signal strength of STAs connected to AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap sta-signal strength ap-name huawei
Station signal strength(): 0

Table 11-29 Description of the display ap sta-signal strength command output

Item	Description
Station signal strength()	Average signal strength of STAs.

display ap statistics

Function

The display ap statistics command displays statistics on the types of APs added to an AC.

Format

display ap statistics

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Various types of APs can be added to an AC. You can run this command to view types of APs added to an AC and the number of APs of various types.

Example

# Display statistics about AP types.

<HUAWEI> display ap statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type                     Number
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP6010DN-AGN             1
AP6510DN-AGN             1
AP5010DN-AGN             1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-30 Description of the display ap statistics command output

Item	Description
Type	AP type.
Number	Number of APs of a type.

display ap traffic statistics wireless

Function

The display ap traffic statistics wireless command displays statistics about packets with the specified SSID on the radio of an AP.

Format

display ap traffic statistics wireless { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } radio radio-id [ ssid ssid ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.
radio radio-id	Specifies the radio ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2. Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.
ssid ssid	Specifies the SSID that STAs associate with.	The value must be an existing SSID.

Views

ALL views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap traffic statistics wireless command to view statistics about packets with the specified SSID on the radio of an AP.

Example

# Display statistics about packets with the SSID cmcc on radio 0 of an AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap traffic statistics wireless ap-name huawei radio 0 ssid cmcc
----------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless bytes(RX)           : 14583149
Wireless error frames(RX)    : 10
Wireless frames(RX)          : 97419
Wireless unicast frames(RX)  : 16
Wireless dropped frames(RX)  : 0
Wireless bytes(TX)           : 1725974
Wireless error frames(TX)    : 6
Wireless frames(TX)          : 9704
Wireless unicast frames(TX)  : 9680
Wireless dropped frames(TX)  : 6
Wireless retransmitted frames: 32674
Current accessed STA number  : 0
----------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-31 Description of the display ap traffic statistics wireless ap-name ap-name radio radio-id ssid ssid command output

Item	Description
Wireless bytes(RX)	Total number of bytes of data frames received by the radio.
Wireless error frames(RX)	Total number of received error frames.
Wireless frames(RX)	Total number of received frames.
Wireless unicast frames(RX)	Total number of received unicast frames.
Wireless dropped frames(RX)	Total number of received frames that are discarded.
Wireless bytes(TX)	Total number of bytes of data frames sent by the radio.
Wireless error frames(TX)	Total number of transmitted error frames.
Wireless frames(TX)	Total number of transmitted frames.
Wireless unicast frames(TX)	Total number of transmitted unicast frames.
Wireless dropped frames(TX)	Total number of transmitted frames that are discarded.
Wireless retransmitted frames	Total number of retransmitted frames.
Current accessed STA number	Number of STAs that connect to the AP normally.

# Display packet statistics on Radio 0 of the AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap traffic statistics wireless ap-name huawei radio 0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless frames(RX)                                   :506379
Wireless bytes(RX)                                    :76567129
Wireless error frames(RX)                             :113998
Wireless physical layer error frames(RX)              :0
Wireless MIC error frames(RX)                         :0
Wireless private key and decrypt fail frames(RX)      :0
Wireless unicast frames(RX)                           :30
Wireless management frames(RX)                        :506379

Wireless data frames(RX)                              :0
Wireless maximal signal strength(dBm)(RX)             :0
Wireless minimal signal strength(dBm)(RX)             :0
Wireless average signal strength(dBm)(RX)             :0
Wireless frames(TX)                                   :4949
Wireless bytes(TX)                                    :855879
Wireless RTS successes(TX)                            :0
Wireless unicast frames(TX)                           :4587
Wireless broadcast frames(TX)                         :355
Wireless failure frames(TX)                           :3406
Wireless management frames(TX)                        :4725

Wireless data frames(TX)                              :0
Wireless noise(dBm)                                   :-100
Wireless port up rate(Kbps)                           :40
Wireless port down rate(Kbps)                         :1
Wireless port PS-Poll Frames                          :0
Wireless port Association Request                     :0
Wireless port Association Response                    :0
Wireless port ReAssociation Request                   :0
Wireless port ReAssociation Response                  :0
Wireless port Disassociation Frames                   :0
Wireless port Deauthentication Frames                 :0
Wireless retry frames                                 :515
Wireless PER(%)                                       :0
Wireless PER of the last 5min(%)                      :0
Wireless port drop rate(%)                            :0
Wireless port drop rate of the last 5min(%)           :0
Wireless retransmitted rate(%)                        :0
Wireless retransmitted rate of the last 5min(%)       :0
Wireless channel utilization(%)                       :96
WMM AC_BE retry ratio(%)                              :0
WMM AC_BK retry ratio(%)                              :0
WMM AC_VI retry ratio(%)                              :0
WMM AC_VO retry ratio(%)                              :0
WMM AC_BE PER(%)                                      :0
WMM AC_BK PER(%)                                      :0
WMM AC_VI PER(%)                                      :0
WMM AC_VO PER(%)                                      :0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-32 Description of the display ap traffic statistics wireless ap-name ap-name radio radio-id command output

Item	Description
Wireless frames(RX)	Total number of data frames and management frames received by the radio.
Wireless bytes(RX)	Total number of bytes of data frames received by the radio.
Wireless error frames(RX)	Total number of error frames received by the radio.
Wireless physical layer error frames(RX)	Number of error frames received at the physical layer of the radio.
Wireless MIC error frames(RX)	Number of frames with message integrity code (MIC) received by the radio.
Wireless private key and decrypt fail frames(RX)	Number of frames with incorrect keys received by the radio.
Wireless unicast frames(RX)	Number of unicast frames received by the radio.
Wireless management frames(RX)	Number of management frames received by the radio.
Wireless data frames(RX)	Number of data frames received by the radio.
Wireless maximal signal strength(dBm)(RX)	Maximum strength of signals received by the radio, in dBm.
Wireless minimal signal strength(dBm)(RX)	Minimum strength of signals received by the radio, in dBm.
Wireless average signal strength(dBm)(RX)	Average strength of signals received by the radio, in dBm.
Wireless frames(TX)	Number of transmitted frames received by the radio.
Wireless bytes(TX)	Total number of bytes of data frames transmitted by the radio.
Wireless RTS successes(TX)	Number of Request to Send (RTS) frames that are successfully sent by the radio.
Wireless unicast frames(TX)	Number of transmitted unicast frames received by the radio.
Wireless broadcast frames(TX)	Number of broadcast frames sent by the radio.
Wireless failure frames(TX)	Number of frames that the radio fails to send.
Wireless management frames(TX)	Number of management frames sent from the radio.
Wireless data frames(TX)	Number of data frames sent from the radio.
Wireless noise(dBm)	Radio noise level (dBm).
Wireless port up rate(Kbps)	Upstream rate of the radio, in kbit/s.
Wireless port down rate(Kbps)	Downstream rate of the radio, in kbit/s.
Wireless port PS-Poll Frames	Number of data frames sent by the STA working in power saving mode.
Wireless port Association Request	Number of Association Request frames.
Wireless port Association Response	Number of Association Response frames.
Wireless port ReAssociation Request	Number of Reassociation Request frames.
Wireless port ReAssociation Response	Number of Reassociation Response frames.
Wireless port Disassociation Frames	Number of Disassociation frames.
Wireless port Deauthentication Frames	Number of Deauthentication frames.
Wireless retry frames	Number of frames that are retransmitted by the radio.
Wireless PER(%)	Packet error rate of the radio.
Wireless PER of the last 5min(%)	Packet error rate of the radio in the last statistical period.
Wireless port drop rate(%)	Packet loss ratio of the radio.
Wireless port drop rate of the last 5min(%)	Packet loss ratio of the radio in the last statistical period.
Wireless retransmitted rate(%)	Retransmission ratio of the radio.
Wireless retransmitted rate of the last 5min(%)	Retransmission ratio of the radio in the last statistical period.
Wireless channel utilization(%)	Channel usage of the radio. NOTE: When an AP radio works in monitor mode, this parameter is displayed as -.
WMM AC_BE retry ratio(%)	Retransmission ratio of AC_BE packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_BK retry ratio(%)	Retransmission ratio of AC_BK packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_VI retry ratio(%)	Retransmission ratio of AC_VI packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_VO retry ratio(%)	Retransmission ratio of AC_VO packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_BE PER(%)	PER of AC_BE packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_BK PER(%)	PER of AC_BK packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_VI PER(%)	PER of AC_VI packets in the WMM queue.
WMM AC_VO PER(%)	PER of AC_VO packets in the WMM queue.

display ap unauthorized record

Function

The display ap unauthorized record command displays information about unauthenticated APs.

Format

display ap unauthorized record

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

If the MAC authentication or SN authentication mode is configured for an AP but the AP is neither added offline nor added to the whitelist, the AC does not allow this AP to access. You can run the display ap unauthorized record command to view information about unauthenticated APs.

Example

# Display information about unauthenticated APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap unauthorized record
Unauthorized AP record:                                                         
Total number: 1                                                                 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP type: AP7110SN-GN                                                            
AP SN: 210235568010D1000032                                                     
AP MAC address: dcd2-fc9d-0bb0                                                  
AP IP address: 192.168.109.252                                                  
Record time: 2015-01-22 17:23:17                                                
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-33 Description of the display ap unauthorized record command output

Item	Description
Unauthorized AP record	Records about unauthenticated APs.
Total number	Total number of unauthenticated APs.
AP type	Type of an unauthenticated AP.
AP SN	Serial number of an unauthenticated AP.
AP MAC address	MAC address of an unauthenticated AP.
AP IP address	IP address of an unauthenticated AP.
Record time	Time when an unauthorized AP is recorded.

display ap uncontrol all

Function

The display ap uncontrol all command displays information about all APs that are not controlled by the local AC.

Format

display ap uncontrol all

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view information about all uncontrolled APs. The command output includes channel of the controlled AP closest to the uncontrolled AP and the strength of signals that the controlled AP received from the uncontrolled AP.

Example

# View information about all APs that are not controlled by the local AC.

<HUAWEI> display ap uncontrol all
---------------------------------------------------------
BSSID          NEAREST-AP      CHANNEL  RSSI(dBm)   SSID
---------------------------------------------------------
1047-80af-9970 ap-13           149      -68         test
---------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-34 Description of the display ap uncontrol all command output

Item	Description
BSSID	BSSID of an uncontrolled AP.
NEAREST-AP	Name of the controlled AP that is closest to the uncontrolled AP.
CHANNEL	Channel on which the uncontrolled AP is detected. If a rogue AP is detected on multiple channels, the channel with the strongest signal strength is displayed.
RSSI(dBm)	Strength of signals that the closest controlled AP receives from the uncontrolled AP, in dBm.
SSID	SSID of an uncontrolled AP.

display ap update configuration

Function

The display ap update configuration command displays AP upgrade configuration.

Format

display ap update configuration

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap update configuration command to view AP upgrade configuration, including the upgrade mode, FTP server configuration, and SFTP server configuration.

Example

# Display AP upgrade configuration.

<HUAWEI> display ap update configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP update mode         : AC-mode
FTP configuration
 FTP IP                : -
 FTP username          : anonymous
 FTP password          : ******
 FTP max number        : 50
SFTP configuration
 SFTP IP               : -
 SFTP username         : anonymous
 SFTP password         : ******
 SFTP max number       : 50
AP update schedule-task
 ap update schedule-task task-id 1 start-time 11:11 2017/1/1 stop-time 11:12 201
7/1/1 ap-type 54
AP type/AP-group update filename  
 AP6010DN-AGN          : FitAP6X10XN_V200R007C20.bin
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-35 Description of the display ap update configuration command output

Item	Description
AP update mode	AP upgrade mode. AC-mode: indicates the AC mode. FTP-mode: indicates the FTP mode. SFTP-mode: indicates the SFTP mode. To configure the parameter, run the ap update mode command.
FTP configuration	FTP server configuration.
FTP IP	IP address of the FTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update ftp-server command.
FTP username	User name for logging in to the FTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update ftp-server command.
FTP password	Password for logging in to the FTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update ftp-server command.
FTP max number	Maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in FTP mode. To configure the parameter, run the ap update ftp-server command.
SFTP configuration	SFTP server configuration.
SFTP IP	IP address of the SFTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update sftp-server command.
SFTP username	User name for logging in to the SFTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update sftp-server command.
SFTP password	Password for logging in to the SFTP server. To configure the parameter, run the ap update sftp-server command.
SFTP max number	Maximum number of APs that can be upgraded simultaneously in SFTP mode. To configure the parameter, run the ap update sftp-server command.
AP update schedule-task	ID of a scheduled AP upgrade task. To configure the parameter, run the ap update schedule-task command.
AP type/AP-group update filename	Name of the upgrade file for a specified AP type or group. To configure the parameter, run the ap update update-filename command.

display ap update schedule-task

Function

The display ap update schedule-task command displays information about scheduled AP upgrade tasks.

Format

display ap update schedule-task

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can use this command to view information about scheduled AP upgrade tasks, and run the undo ap update schedule-task { all | task-id task-id } command to delete the scheduled tasks that have been completed or are not needed.

Example

# View information about scheduled AP upgrade task.

<HUAWEI> display ap update schedule-task
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Task-ID  Task-State  Start-Time        Stop-Time         AP-Type  AP-Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1        IDLE        2016/11/01 11:11  2017/01/01 11:12  54       -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-36 Description of the display ap update schedule-task command output

Item	Description
Task-ID	ID of a scheduled AP upgrade task.
Task-State	Status of the scheduled AP upgrade task. DEAD: The start time of the task is earlier than the system time, or the task stops unexpectedly. DONE: The task is executed. IDLE: The task has not been activated. OVERTIME: The task times out. RUNNING: The task is running. WAITING: The task is in waiting state because the start time of the task has reached but a task is running.
Start-Time	Start time of the scheduled AP upgrade task.
Stop-Time	End time of the scheduled AP upgrade task.
AP-Type	Type of the APs to be upgraded.
AP-Group	AP group to which the APs to be upgraded belong.

Related Topics

ap update schedule-task

display ap update status

Function

The display ap update status command displays AP upgrade progress.

Format

display ap update status { all | downloading | failed | succeed | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | ap-type ap-type | ap-group ap-group }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays upgrade progress of all APs.	-
downloading	Displays APs that are upgrading.	-
failed	Displays APs that failed to be upgraded.	-
succeed	Displays APs that have been successfully upgraded.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays upgrade progress of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays upgrade progress of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ap-type ap-type	Displays upgrade progress of APs of a specified type.	The value is an integer. To view all RU types, run the display ap-type all command.
ap-group ap-group	Displays upgrade progress of APs in a specified AP group.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 characters.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can use this command to check upgrade progress of all APs or a specified AP, and check information about APs in specified upgrade status.

Example

# Display upgrade progress of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap update status all
FT : File Type
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   Name   AP Type       AP Group   AP MAC          FT     Update Version     Last Update Time   Update Status      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    hw0    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e320  FIT    V200R008C10B008    2016/08/22 18:51   succeed
1    hw1    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e340  FIT    V200R008C10B008    2016/08/22 18:51   downloading(progress: 80%/0%)
2    hw2    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e360  FIT    V200R008C10B008    2016/08/22 18:51   downloading(progress: 100%/50%)
3    hw3    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e380  FIT    -                  -                   -
4    hw4    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e3a0  FIT    -                  -                   -
5    hw5    AP6010DN-AGN  default    60de-4476-e3c0  FIT    -                  -                   -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 6

Table 11-37 Description of the display ap update status all command

Item	Description
ID	AP ID.
Name	AP name.
AP Type	AP type.
AP Group	AP group.
AP MAC	MAC address of the AP.
FT	Type of the AP upgrade file.
Update Version	Target version that an AP is upgraded to.
Last Update Time	Last end time when an AP is upgraded.
Update Status	AP upgrade progress. downloading (progress: 80%/0%): The AP is downloading the system software package, with 80% downloaded. downloading (progress: 100%/50%): The system software package is successfully downloaded and is being written to the flash memory, with 50% written. failed(AC global caching): The upgrade failed. When an AP is downloading system software package during an in-service upgrade, the system displays this message if the AP starts automatic upgrade which triggers a new process for downloading the software package. When multiple RUs automatically upgrade at the same time, this message may also be displayed. In this situation, the actual RU upgrade result depends on that displayed in the display ap update status all command output. failed(alloc memory for file): The upgrade failed because the AP failed to apply for memory resources. failed(AP is updating now. Please wait.): The upgrade failed. Before VRRP switchover, the AP upgrades online in AC mode. After VRRP switchover, the AP upgrade is not complete and the AC delivers the upgrade command again. Therefore, the system prompts that the upgrade fails. failed(AP type in the EFS mismatch): The upgrade failed because the AP type in the EFS file trailer of the current AP version does not match the AP. failed(AP type mismatch batch upgrade AP type): The upgrade failed because the AP type is different from the batch upgrade AP type. failed(AP wait file timeout): The upgrade failed because the time that the AP waits for fragment data expired. failed(block full): The upgrade failed because the number of APs simultaneously upgraded in AC mode reaches the maximum. failed(change to standby): The upgrade failed due a revertive switchover failure. failed(fail to download the file): The upgrade failed because the system software failed to be downloaded. failed(file content error): The upgrade failed due to incorrect system software file contents. failed(file version inconsistent): The upgrade failed because the AP type in the EFS file trailer does not match the AP type contained in the system software package name. failed(invalid file name): The upgrade failed because the name of the AP version file is incorrect. failed(link down): The upgrade failed because the AP failed to communicate with the AC. failed(mode changed): The upgrade failed because the AP upgrade mode is changed during the AP automatic upgrade. failed(nospace in AP memory): The upgrade failed because the AP memory resources were insufficient. failed(not receive update result): The upgrade failed because the AC receives no AP upgrade result. failed(over max upgrade time): The upgrade failed because the upgrade duration exceeds the maximum upgrade time allowed. failed(server password is too long): The upgrade failed because the FTP/SFTP server password is too long. failed(read file): The upgrade failed because no upgrade file is available in the flash memory. failed(receive file failed): The upgrade failed because fragments failed to be received. failed(retransfer over times): The upgrade failed because the number of fragment retransmissions exceeds the threshold. failed(send first file failed): The upgrade failed because the first fragment failed to be sent. failed(other reason): The upgrade failed due to an unknown error. failed(upgrade timeout): The upgrade timed out and failed. failed(user canceled): The upgrade failed because the user canceled the upgrade. failed(waited for next batch): The upgrade failed. The AP has to wait for the next upgrade. failed(write flash error): The upgrade failed because the system software package failed to be written to the flash memory. failed(file changed): The upgrade failed because the upgrade file was modified during the automatic upgrade. failed(age time out): The upgrade failed because the state machine aged out. succeed: The upgrade succeeded. succeed(auto resetting): The upgrade failed, and the AP is being restarted. succeed(need reset): The upgrade succeeded. The AP must be restarted. succeed(resetting): The upgrade succeeded and the AP is being manually restarted. succeed(no need to update): The upgrade succeeded. There is no need to upgrade the AP. succeed(need mode switch): The upgrade succeeded. The AP mode needs to be switched. failed(send upgrade configuration): The upgrade failed because the upgrade configuration failed to be sent. failed(send upgrade request): The upgrade failed because the upgrade request failed to be sent. failed(upgrade configuration response error): The upgrade failed because there was an error in the AP's upgrade response. failed(process upgrade filename): The upgrade failed because the AC failed to process the upgrade file name. failed(cannot get AP type): The upgrade failed because the AC failed to obtain the AP type. failed(analyze the version by upgrade filename): The upgrade failed because the device failed to analyze the version number in the file name. failed(age time out): The upgrade failed because the state machine aged out. failed(state transition check failed for the update module): The upgrade failed because the AC failed to check the status transition of the upgrade module. -: The AP requires no upgrade. failed(flash component change): The upgrade failed because the flash model is not supported. failed (Backing up the system software): The upgrade failed because the system software is being synchronized from the main area to the standby area. -: The AP requires no upgrade.

Related Topics

ap update load

ap-system-profile (WLAN view)

display ap username

Function

The display ap username command displays information about users logged in to the AP.

Format

display ap username

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

The display ap username command to view information about users logged in to the AP.

Example

# Display information about users logged in to the AP.

<HUAWEI> display ap username
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP username: admin
AP password: ******
Password control                   : Disable
Is original password               : YES
Password set time                  : 1970-01-01 00:00:00
  Password expiration              : Disable (90 days)
  Password history                 : Disable  (5)
  Password alert before expiration : 30 days
  Password alert original          : Enable
  Password expired                 : NO
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-38 Description of the display ap username command output

Item	Description
AP username	User name for logging in to the AP. To configure the parameter, run the ap username command.
AP password	Password for logging in to the AP. To configure the parameter, run the ap username command.
Password control	Whether to enable the password policy function.
Is original password	Whether a password is the initial password.
Password set time	Password setting time
Password expiration	Password validity period.
Password history	Number of historical passwords recorded for each user.
Password alert before expiration	Number of password expiration prompt days.
Password alert original	Whether to enable the initial password change prompt function.
Password expired	Whether a password expires.

Related Topics

ap username

display ap version

Function

The display ap version command displays AP version information.

Format

display ap version { all | { ap-group ap-group-name | version-name version-name } ^* }

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

all

Displays version information about all APs.

ap-group ap-group-name

Displays version information about all APs of a specified AP group.

The AP group must exist.

version-name version-name

Displays version information about a specified AP.

The value is string of 11 to 17 characters, in the format of VxxxRxxxCxxx or VxxxRxxxCxxxSPCxxx.

For example, V200R006C00 or V200R005C10SPC200.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap version command to view AP version information.

Example

# Display version information about all APs.

<HUAWEI> display ap version all
Compatible version : V200R008 V200R007 V200R006C10 V200R006C20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID    Name           Group   Type            Version            state
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0    60de-4476-e360 default AP6010DN-AGN    V200R007C20        normal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-39 Description of the display ap version command output

Item	Description
Compatible version	Compatible version.
ID	Index
Name	AP name.
Group	AP group name.
Type	AP type.
Version	AP version name.
state	AP state. For details, see Table 11-5.

Table 11-40 AP state list

AP State	Description	Possible Cause	Handling Suggestion
commit-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are performed for the AP. If the link between the AP and AC is disconnected or the peer end has no response, the AP enters the commit-failed state.	Check the network connection.
committing	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are being delivered to the AP.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. During this process, the AP is in config state.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. If the configuration delivery fails due to various reasons (such as link disconnection), the AP enters the config-failed state.	Check the network connection.
download	An AP is in upgrade state.	When the AP is performing an upgrade, it enters the download state.	When the AP upgrade is complete, check the AP state.
fault	An AP fails to go online.	The AP fails to go online, which is usually caused by the following: The AP fails to obtain an IP address or obtains an incorrect IP address. The network between the AP and AC is faulty. The AP fails to be authenticated. The number of APs on an AC has reached the maximum value. The AP is faulty.	Handle the AP online failure. For details, see AP Online Failure in the Troubleshooting Insights.
idle	It is the initialization state of an AP before it establishes a link with the AC for the first time.	The AP has not established a CAPWAP link with the AC, the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual ones, or license resources are insufficient.	Perform the following operations. Check whether the AP is connected to the network. If the AP connection is normal, go to next step. Check the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual MAC address and SN of the AP. If not, perform the following operations: Run the display ap all command to obtain AP information. Run the undo ap { ap-name ap-name \| ap-id ap-id \| ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-group group-name \| all } command to delete the AP. Run the ap-id ap-id [ [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] { ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-sn ap-sn \| ap-mac ap-mac ap-sn ap-sn } ] or ap-mac ap-mac [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] [ ap-id ap-id ] [ ap-sn ap-sn ] command to add correct AP information. If the fault persists, expand the license capacity. Note that RUs managed by the AC do not occupy license resources of the AC.
name-conflicted	The name of an AP conflicts with that of an existing AP.	The name of an AP conflicts with the name of another AP that has been online on the same AC.	Run the ap-rename ap-id ap-id new-name ap-new-name command to change the AP name.
normal	An AP is working properly.	An AP successfully goes online on an AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
standby	The AP is in normal state on the standby AC.	In the HSB, dual-link cold backup, or N+1 backup scenario, if the link between the active and standby ACs is established properly, the AP is in standby state on the standby AC and in normal state on the active AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
ver-mismatch	The version of an AP does not match that of an AC on which the AP is to go online.	The versions of the AP and the AC mismatch.	Log in to Huawei technical support website and download the release notes. Based on the version mapping, upgrade the AP or AC to the matching version. Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com
countryCode-mismatch	The country code of an AP does not match that of the AC on which the AP is about to go online.	The current version of the AP does not support the country code configured on the AC.	The AP does not support the country code. Upgrade the AP or change the country code configured on the AC.
unauthed	The AP is not authenticated.	The AP fails to be authenticated.	Run the ap-confirm command to confirm unauthenticated APs and allow them to go online.

display ap whitelist

Function

The display ap whitelist command displays information about an AP whitelist.

Format

display ap whitelist { mac | sn }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
sn	Displays serial numbers (SNs) in the AP whitelist.	-
mac	Displays MAC addresses in the AP whitelist.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

When the AP authentication mode is set to MAC authentication or SN authentication using the ap auth-mode command, you can run the ap whitelist command to configure an AP whitelist. Only APs on the whitelist are allowed to go online. To check information about APs in the whitelist, run the display ap whitelist command.

Example

# Display MAC addresses in the AP whitelist.

<HUAWEI> display ap whitelist mac
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index  MAC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0      1047-80b1-56a0
1      0023-0024-0080
2      dcd2-fc9d-0bb0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 3

Table 11-41 Description of the display ap whitelist mac command output

Item

Description

Index

Index.

MAC

MAC address of an AP.

To add a MAC address to the AP whitelist, run the ap whitelist mac ap-mac1 [ to ap-mac2 ] command.

# Display SNs in the AP whitelist.

<HUAWEI> display ap whitelist sn
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index  SN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0      210235449210CB000011
1      S0001
2      210235568010D1000032
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 3

Table 11-42 Description of the display ap whitelist sn command output

Item

Description

Index

Index.

SN of an AP.

To add an SN to the AP whitelist, run the ap whitelist sn ap-sn1 [ to ap-sn2 ] command.

Related Topics

ap whitelist

display ap wired-port

Function

The display ap wired-port command displays AP wired interface configuration.

Format

display ap wired-port interface-type interface-number { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
interface-type interface-number	Specifies the type and number of an AP wired interface.	The interface type and number need to be selected according to the actual device.
ap-name ap-name	Specifies an AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Specifies an AP ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can use this command to view configurations on the AP wired interface.

Example

# Display GE interface configuration of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap wired-port gigabitethernet 0 ap-name huawei
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wired port number             : 0
Wired port type               : GigabitEthernet
Wired port description        :
Wired port STP                : disable
Wired port user isolate       : disable
Wired port PVID VLAN          : -
Wired port VLAN tagged        : -
Wired port VLAN untagged      : -
Wired port Eth-trunk          : -
Wired port LLDP               : enable
Wired port LLDP basic TLV management address: enable
Wired port LLDP basic TLV port description  : enable
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system capability : enable
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system description: enable
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system name       : enable
Wired port CRC warn switch    : No
Wired port CRC warn high threshold : 50
Wired port CRC warn low threshold  : 20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  AppliedRecord                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-filter                      inbound    IPv4 ACL 3012                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  RemarkType  RemarkValue  AppliedRecord    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-remark                      outbound   802.1p      2            IPv6 ACL 3011    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-43 Description about the display ap wired-port gigabitethernet 0 ap-name command output

Item	Description
Wired port number	Number of the wired interface.
Wired port type	Type of the wired interface.
Wired port description	Description of the wired interface.
Wired port STP	Whether to enable STP on the wired interface.
Wired port user isolate	Whether to enable user isolation on the wired interface.
Wired port PVID VLAN	PVID of the wired interface.
Wired port VLAN tagged	VLAN to which the interface is added in tagged mode.
Wired port VLAN untagged	VLAN to which the interface is added in untagged mode.
Wired port Eth-trunk	Trunk ID to which the wired interface is bound.
Wired port LLDP	Whether to enable LLDP on the wired interface.
Wired port LLDP basic TLV management address	Management IP address of the wired interface.
Wired port LLDP basic TLV port description	Wired interface description.
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system capability	Wired interface capability set.
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system description	Wired interface system description.
Wired port LLDP basic TLV system name	Wired interface system name.
Wired port CRC warn switch	Whether to enable the alarm function for CRC errors on the wired interface.
Wired port CRC warn high threshold	Upper alarm threshold for CRC errors on the wired interface.
Wired port CRC warn low threshold	Lower alarm threshold for CRC errors on the wired interface.
Wired port IPv4 inbound ACL number	IPv4-based ACL in the inbound direction.
Wired port IPv4 outbound ACL number	IPv4-based ACL in the outbound direction.
Traffic Type	ACL-based packet filtering and re-marking implemented by the AP wired port. traffic-filter traffic-remark
Direction	Incoming or outgoing packets.
AppliedRecord	IPv4/IPv6/L2 packet filtering and re-marking based on ACLs.
RemarkType	Protocol type. dscp dot1p
RemarkValue	Protocol type value. dscp: 0-63 dot1p: 0-7

# Display Eth-trunk interface configuration of AP huawei.

<HUAWEI> display ap wired-port eth-trunk 0 ap-name huawei
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eth-trunk ID                        : 0
Eth-trunk description               : -
STP                                 : disable
User isolate                        : disable
PVID VLAN                           : -
VLAN tagged                         : -
VLAN untagged                       : -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  AppliedRecord                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-filter                      inbound    IPv4 ACL 3012                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  RemarkType  RemarkValue  AppliedRecord    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-remark                      outbound   802.1p      2            IPv6 ACL 3011    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-44 Description about the display ap wired-port eth-trunk 0 ap-name command output

Item	Description
Eth-trunk ID	ID of the Eth-trunk interface.
Eth-trunk description	Description of the Eth-trunk interface.
STP	Whether to enable STP on the Eth-trunk interface.
User isolate	Whether to enable user isolation on the Eth-trunk interface.
PVID VLAN	PVID of the Eth-trunk interface.
VLAN tagged	VLAN to which the Eth-trunk interface is added in tagged mode.
VLAN untagged	VLAN to which the Eth-trunk interface is added in untagged mode.
Traffic Type	ACL-based packet filtering and re-marking implemented by the AP wired port. traffic-filter traffic-remark
Direction	Incoming or outgoing packets.
AppliedRecord	IPv4/IPv6/L2 packet filtering and re-marking based on ACLs.
RemarkType	Protocol type. dscp dot1p
RemarkValue	Protocol type value. dscp: 0-63 dot1p: 0-7

display ap-group

Function

The display ap-group command displays configuration and reference information about an AP group.

Format

display ap-group { all | name group-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all AP groups.	-
name group-name	Displays information about a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap-group command to view configuration and reference information about an AP group.

Example

# Display information about all AP groups.

<HUAWEI> display ap-group all
----------------------------------------------------------
Name                           APs
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
ap-group1                      0
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-45 Description of the display ap-group all command output

Item	Description
Name	Name of an AP group.
APs	Number of APs in an AP group.

# Display information about the AP group default.

<HUAWEI> display ap-group name default
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP system profile          : default
Regulatory domain profile  : default
WIDS profile               : default
BLE profile                :
UUID                       :
AP wired port profile
 Interface FE0             : default
 Interface FE1             : default
 Interface FE2             : default
 Interface FE3             : default
 Interface GE0             : default
 Interface GE1             : default
 Interface GE2             : default
 Interface GE3             : default
 Interface GE4             : default
 Interface GE5             : default
 Interface GE6             : default
 Interface GE7             : default
 Interface GE8             : default
 Interface GE9             : default
 Interface GE10            : default
 Interface GE11            : default
 Interface GE12            : default
 Interface GE13            : default
 Interface GE14            : default
 Interface GE15            : default
 Interface GE16            : default
 Interface GE17            : default
 Interface GE18            : default
 Interface GE19            : default
 Interface GE20            : default
 Interface GE21            : default
 Interface GE22            : default
 Interface GE23            : default
 Interface GE24            : default
 Interface GE25            : default
 Interface GE26            : default
 Interface GE27            : default
 Interface MultiGE0        : default
 Interface XGE0            : default
 Interface XGE1            : default
 Interface XGE2            : default
 Interface XGE3            : default
 Interface Eth-trunk0      : default
Radio 0
 Radio 2.4G profile        : default
 Radio 5G profile          : default
 VAP profile               
  WLAN 15                  : default(VLAN 15) 
 Mesh profile              :
 WDS profile               : default
 Mesh whitelist profile    :
 WDS whitelist profile     :
 Location profile          :
 Radio switch              : enable
 Channel                   : -
 Channel bandwidth         : 20mhz
 EIRP(dBm)                 : 127
 Antenna gain(dB)          : -
 Coverage distance(100 m)  : 3
 Work mode                 : normal
 Radio frequency           : 2.4G
 Spectrum analysis         : disable
 WIDS device detect        : disable
 WIDS attack detect        : -
 WIDS contain switch       : disable
 Beacon switch             : enable                                             
 CTS switch                : enable                                             
 CTS delay time(us)        : none
Radio 1
 Radio 5G profile          : default
 VAP profile               
  WLAN 15                  : default(VLAN pool a)
 Mesh profile              :
 WDS profile               :
 Mesh whitelist profile    :
 WDS whitelist profile     :
 Location profile          :
 Radio switch              : enable
 Channel                   : -
 Channel bandwidth         : 20mhz
 EIRP(dBm)                 : 127
 Antenna gain(dB)          : -
 Coverage distance(100 m)  : 3
 Work mode                 : normal
 Radio frequency           : 5G
 Spectrum analysis         : disable
 WIDS device detect        : disable
 WIDS attack detect        : -
 WIDS contain switch       : disable
 Beacon switch             : enable                                             
 CTS switch                : enable                                             
 CTS delay time(us)        : none
Radio 2
 Radio 5G profile          : default
 VAP profile               :
 Mesh profile              :
 WDS profile               :
 Mesh whitelist profile    :
 WDS whitelist profile     :
 Location profile          :
 Radio switch              : enable
 Channel                   : -
 Channel bandwidth         : 20mhz
 EIRP(dBm)                 : 127
 Antenna gain(dB)          : -
 Coverage distance(100 m)  : 3
 Work mode                 : normal
 Radio frequency           : 5G
 Spectrum analysis         : disable
 WIDS device detect        : disable
 WIDS attack detect        : -
 WIDS contain switch       : disable
Card 1
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -
Card 2
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -
Card 3
 Serial profile            : preset-enjoyor-toeap
 Iot profile               :
 UDP Port                  : -

Table 11-46 Description of the display ap-group name command output

Item	Description
AP system profile	AP system profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the ap-system-profile (AP group view and AP view) command.
Regulatory domain profile	Regulatory domain profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the regulatory-domain-profile command.
WIDS profile	WIDS profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the wids-profile (AP group view and AP view) command.
BLE profile	BLE profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the ble-profile (AP group view and AP view) command.
UUID	UUID of a BLE broadcast frame sent by the AP's built-in Bluetooth module. To configure the parameter, run the broadcasting-content (AP group view and AP view) command.
AP wired port profile	AP wired port profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the wired-port-profile (AP group view and view) command.
Interface Interface-name	Interface name.
Radio 0/Radio 1/Radio 2	Radio ID.
Radio 2.4G profile	2G radio profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the radio-2g-profile command.
Radio 5G profile	5G radio profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the radio-5g-profile command.
VAP profile	VAP profile referenced by an AP group. The displayed format is "VAP ID:VAP profile name (service VLAN defined when binding to the VAP profile, single VLAN, or VLAN pool)." To configure the parameter, run the vap-profile command.
Mesh profile	Mesh profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-profile radio command.
WDS profile	WDS profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the wds-profile radio command.
Mesh whitelist profile	Mesh whitelist profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-whitelist-profile (AP group radio view or AP radio view) command.
WDS whitelist profile	WDS whitelist profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the wds-whitelist-profile (AP group radio view or AP radio view) command.
Location profile	Location profile referenced by an AP group. To configure the parameter, run the location-profile command.
Radio switch	Whether a radio is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the radio disable command.
Channel	Working channel of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the channel command.
Channel bandwidth	Operating bandwidth of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the channel command.
EIRP(dBm)	Transmit power of a radio, in dBm. To configure the parameter, run the eirp command.
Antenna gain(dB)	Antenna gain of a radio, in dBm. To configure the parameter, run the antenna-gain command.
Coverage distance(100 m)	Radio coverage distance parameter ( unit: 100 m). To configure the parameter, run the coverage distance command.
Work mode	Working mode of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the work-mode command.
Radio frequency	Working frequency of a radio. To configure the parameter, run the frequency command.
Spectrum analysis	Whether spectrum analysis is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the spectrum-analysis enable command.
WIDS device detect	Whether wireless device detection is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids device detect enable command.
WIDS attack detect	Whether attack detection is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids attack detect enable command.
WIDS contain switch	Whether rogue device containment is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the wids contain enable command.
Beacon switch	Whether RUs are enabled to send Beacon frames. To configure this parameter, run the beacon disable command.
CTS switch	Whether RUs are enabled to respond to STAs with CTS packets. To configure this parameter, run the cts disable command.
CTS delay time(us)	Delay time after which RUs respond to STAs with CTS packets. To configure this parameter, run the cts delay command.
Card 1/Card 2/Card 3/Card usb	IoT card.
Serial profile	Bound serial profile. To configure the parameter, run the serial-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
Iot profile	Bound IoT profile. To configure the parameter, run the iot-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
UDP Port	UDP port.
Wired port profile	Bound AP wired port profile. To configure the parameter, run the wired-port-profile (IoT card interface view) command.
TCP Port	TCP port.

Related Topics

ap-group

display ap-system-profile

Function

The display ap-system-profile command displays reference and configuration information about an AP system profile.

Format

display ap-system-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all AP system profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified AP system profile.	The AP system profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap-system-profile command to view configuration and reference information about an AP system profile.

Example

# Display information about all AP system profiles.

<HUAWEI> display ap-system-profile all
----------------------------------------------------------
Profile name                   Reference
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
ap-system1                     0
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-47 Description of the display ap-system-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Name of an AP system profile.
Reference	Number of times an AP system profile is referenced.

# Display information about the AP system profile default.

<HUAWEI> display ap-system-profile name default
------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
AC priority                                    : -
Protect AC IP address                          : -
Primary AC                                     : -
Backup AC                                      : -
AP management VLAN                             : -
Keep service                                   : disable
Keep service allow new access                  : disable
Keep service allow new access no auth          : disable
Temporary management switch                    : disable
Card connect type                              : serial
Mesh role                                      : mesh-node
STA access mode                                : disable
STA whitelist profile                          : -
STA blacklist profile                          : -
EAPOL start mode                               : multicast
EAPOL start transform                          : equal-bssid
EAPOL response mode                            : unicast learning
EAPOL response transform                       : equal-bssid
AP LLDP message transmission delay time(s)     : 2
AP LLDP message transmission hold multiplier   : 4
AP LLDP message transmission interval time(s)  : 30
AP LLDP restart delay time(s)                  : 2
AP LLDP admin status                           : txrx
AP LLDP report interval time(s)                : 30
AP LLDP report enable                          : disable
AP high temperature threshold(degree C)        : -
AP low temperature threshold(degree C)         : -
AP CPU usage threshold(%)                      : 90
AP memory usage threshold(%)                   : 80
Alarm restriction                              : enable
Alarm restriction period(s)                    : 60
Log server IP address                          : -
Log record level                               : info
Ethernet port MTU(byte)                        : 1500
Telnet                                         : disable
STelnet server                                 : enable 
SFTP server                                    : enable
Console                                        : enable
Antenna output mode                            : split
Led                                            : on
Led off time range                             : -
Report disassoc request                        : enable
Sample time(s)                                 : 30
Dynamic blacklist aging time(s)                : 600
MPP active reselection                         : disable
AP report to                                   : server
Server IP                                      : 0.0.0.0
Server port                                    : -
AC port                                        : -
Device aging-time(minute)                      : 3
PoE max power(mW)                              : 380000
PoE power reserved(%)                          : -
PoE power threshold(%)                         : -
PoE af inrush                                  : disable
PoE high inrush                                : disable
USB                                            : disable
SSH config                                                                      
  Client first time                            : disable                        
  User interface vty 0                                                          
    Idle timeout                               : 5min 0s                        
    Screen length                              : 24                             
  User interface vty 1                                                          
    Idle timeout                               : 5min 0s                        
    Screen length                              : 24                             
  User interface vty 2                                                          
    Idle timeout                               : 5min 0s                        
    Screen length                              : 24                             
  User interface vty 3                                                          
    Idle timeout                               : 5min 0s                        
    Screen length                              : 24                             
  User interface vty 4                                                          
    Idle timeout                               : 5min 0s                        
    Screen length                              : 24   
AC protect link switch mode                    : priority
AC protect link switch packet loss echo probe time           : 20
AC protect link switch packet loss start threshold(%)        : 20
AC protect link switch packet loss gap threshold(%)          : 15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-48 Description of the display ap-system-profile name profile-name command output

Item	Description
AC priority	AC priority. To configure the parameter, run the priority command.
Protect AC IP address	IP address of the standby AC. To configure the parameter, run the protect-ac command.
Primary AC	IP address of the primary AC. To configure the parameter, run the primary-access command.
Backup AC	IP address of the backup AC. To configure the parameter, run the backup-access command.
AP management VLAN	Management VLAN of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the management-vlan command.
Keep service	Whether service endurance upon CAPWAP link disconnection between the AP and AC is enabled. enable: This function is enabled. disable: This function is disabled. To configure the parameter, run the keep-service enable command.
Keep service allow new access	Whether new STAs are allowed to go online when an AP is offline. enable: This function is enabled. disable: This function is disabled. To configure the parameter, run the keep-service enable allow new-access command.
Keep service allow new access no auth	Whether the offline AP allows access of new STAs using Portal or MAC address authentication. enable: This function is enabled. disable: This function is disabled. To configure the parameter, run the keep-service enable allow new-access no auth command.
Temporary management switch	Status of the offline management and antenna alignment VAPs. enable: This function is enabled. disable: This function is disabled.
Card connect type	Communication connection type between IoT cards and APs. To configure the parameter, run the card connect-type command.
Mesh role	Mesh role. To configure the parameter, run the mesh-role command.
STA access mode	STA access mode. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
STA whitelist profile	Name of a STA whitelist profile referenced by an AP system profile. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
STA blacklist profile	Name of a STA blacklist profile referenced by an AP system profile. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
EAPOL start mode	Eapol-start packet encapsulation mode. To configure the parameter, run the eapol-start dest-address transform-to command.
EAPOL start transform	Eapol-start packet conversion mode. To configure the parameter, run the eapol-start dest-address transform-condition command.
EAPOL response mode	Eapol-response packet encapsulation mode. To configure the parameter, run the eapol-response dest-address transform-to command.
EAPOL response transform	Eapol-response packet conversion mode. To configure the parameter, run the eapol-response dest-address transform-condition command.
AP LLDP message transmission delay time(s)	Delay for an AP to send LLDP packets to neighbors. To configure the parameter, run the lldp message-transmission delay (AP system profile view) command.
AP LLDP message transmission hold multiplier	Hold time multiplier of AP information on neighbors. To configure the parameter, run the lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier (AP system profile view) command.
AP LLDP message transmission interval time(s)	Interval at which an AP sends LLDP packets to neighbors. To configure the parameter, run the lldp message-transmission interval (AP system profile view) command.
AP LLDP restart delay time(s)	Delay in re-enabling LLDP. To configure the parameter, run the lldp restart-delay command.
AP LLDP admin status	LLDP mode on an AP. tx: The AP sends but does not receive LLDP packets. rx: The AP receives but does not send LLDP packets. txrx: The AP sends and receives LLDP packets. To configure the parameter, run the lldp admin-status command.
AP LLDP report enable	Whether an AP is enabled to report information about its LLDP neighbors. To configure the parameter, run the lldp report enable command.
AP high temperature threshold(degree C)	High temperature alarm threshold of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the high-temperature threshold command.
AP low temperature threshold(degree C)	Low temperature alarm threshold of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the low-temperature threshold command.
AP CPU usage threshold(%)	CPU usage alarm threshold of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the cpu-usage threshold command.
AP memory usage threshold(%)	Memory usage alarm threshold of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the memory-usage threshold command.
Alarm restriction	Alarm suppression status of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the alarm-restriction disable command.
Alarm restriction period(s)	Alarm suppression period of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the alarm-restriction period command.
Log server IP address	IP address of the log server. To configure the parameter, run the log-server command.
Log record level	Level of AP logs to be backed up. To configure the parameter, run the log-record-level command.
Ethernet port MTU(byte)	MTU of Ethernet interfaces. To configure the parameter, run the mtu command.
Telnet	Whether AP Telnet login is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the telnet enable command.
STelnet server	STelnet server status of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the stelnet server disable command.
SFTP server	SFTP server status of an AP. To configure the parameter, run the sftp server disable command.
Console	Whether AP console port login is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the console disable command.
Antenna output mode	Output mode of the AP's 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz antenna. To configure the parameter, run the antenna-output command.
Led	Whether AP indicators are allowed to turn on. on: The AP indicators are allowed to turn on. off: The AP indicators are forbidden to turn on.
Report disassoc request	Whether an AP is enabled to report disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC. To configure the parameter, run the report-disassoc-request disable command.
Sample time(s)	AP's sampling interval. To configure the parameter, run the sample-time command.
Dynamic blacklist aging time(s)	Aging time of a dynamic blacklist entry. To configure the parameter, run the dynamic-blacklist aging-time command.
MPP active reselection	Active MPP reselection. To configure the parameter, run the mpp-active-reselection enable command.
AP report to	Mode in which an AP reports spectrum data. server: The AP reports spectrum data to a spectrum server directly. AC: The AP reports spectrum data to a spectrum server via the AC. To set the mode in which an AP reports spectrum data, run the spectrum-analysis server command.
Server IP	IP address of the spectrum server. To set the IP address of the spectrum server, run the spectrum-analysis server command.
Server port	Port number (UDP port number) of the spectrum server. To set the port number (UDP port number) of the spectrum server, run the spectrum-analysis server command.
AC port	Port number used by the AC to receive spectrum data (in UDP packets) from the AP. To set the port number, run the spectrum-analysis server command.
Device aging-time(minute)	Aging time of non-Wi-Fi device data on an AC. To set the aging time, run the spectrum-analysis non-wifi-device aging-time command.
PoE max power(mW)	Maximum output power of the central AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe max-power (AP system profile view) command.
PoE power reserved(%)	Percentage of reserved PoE power to the available PoE power on the central AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe power-reserved (AP system profile view) command.
PoE power threshold(%)	Alarm threshold of PoE power consumption percentage on the central AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe power-threshold (AP system profile view) command.
PoE af inrush	PoE standard of the central AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe af-inrush enable (AP system profile view) command.
PoE high inrush	Whether the central AP is enabled to allow high inrush current during power-on. To configure the parameter, run the poe high-inrush enable (AP system profile view) command.
Group address start	Start multicast group address. To configure the parameter, run the igmp-snooping group-bandwidth (AP system profile view) command.
Group address end	End multicast group address. To configure the parameter, run the igmp-snooping group-bandwidth (AP system profile view) command.
Bandwidth(kbps)	Bandwidth of global multicast groups on an AP. To configure the parameter, run the igmp-snooping group-bandwidth (AP system profile view) command.
USB	USB status. To configure the parameter, run the usb enable (AP system profile view) command.
SSH config	SSH configurations.
Client first time	Whether initial authentication is enabled on the SSH client. To configure this parameter, run the ssh client first-time enable (AP system profile view) command.
User interface vty X	VTY user interface X. The value of X ranges from 0 to 4.
Idle timeout	Timeout period of user connections. To configure this parameter, run the user-interface vty idle-timeout command.
Screen length	Number of lines on each terminal screen. To configure this parameter, run the user-interface vty screen-length command.
AC protect link switch mode	Active/standby link switchover mode. To configure the parameter, run the ac protect link-switch mode command.
AC protect link switch packet loss echo probe time	Number of Echo probe packets sent within a statistics collection interval. To configure the parameter, run the ac protect link-switch packet-loss echo-probe-time command.
AC protect link switch packet loss start threshold(%)	Packet loss rate start threshold for an active/standby link switchover. To configure the parameter, run the ac protect link-switch packet-loss command.
AC protect link switch packet loss gap threshold(%)	Packet loss rate difference threshold for an active/standby link switchover. To configure the parameter, run the ac protect link-switch packet-loss command.

Related Topics

display ap-type

Function

The display ap-type command displays AP type information.

Format

display ap-type { all | id type-id | type ap-type }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays all supported AP types.	-
id type-id	Specifies the AP type ID.	The AP type ID must exist.
type ap-type	Specifies the AP type name.	The AP type name must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ap-type command to view all AP types supported by the device and information about an AP of the specified type.

Example

# Display all AP types supported by the device.

<HUAWEI> display ap-type all 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID     Type
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17     AP6010SN-GN
19     AP6010DN-AGN
21     AP6310SN-GN
23     AP6510DN-AGN
25     AP6610DN-AGN
27     AP7110SN-GN
28     AP7110DN-AGN
29     AP5010SN-GN
30     AP5010DN-AGN
31     AP3010DN-AGN
33     AP6510DN-AGN-US
34     AP6610DN-AGN-US
35     AP5030DN
36     AP5130DN
37     AP7030DE
38     AP2010DN
39     AP8130DN
40     AP8030DN
42     AP9330DN
43     AP4030DN
44     AP4130DN
45     AP3030DN
46     AP2030DN
47     AP9131DN
48     AP9132DN
49     AP5030DN-S
50     AP3010DN-V2
51     AP4030DN-E
52     AD9430DN-24
53     AD9430DN-12
54     R230D
55     R240D
56     AP6050DN
57     AP6150DN
58     AP7050DE
59     AP7050DN-E
60     AP4030TN
61     AP4050DN-E
62     AP4050DN-HD
64     AP430-E
65     R250D
66     R250D-E
68     AP1010SN
69     AP2050DN
70     AP2050DN-E
71     AP8130DN-W
73     AP2050DN-S
75     AP4050DN
76     AP4051DN
77     AP4151DN
78     AP4050DN-S
79     AP4051DN-S
80     AP8050DN
81     AP8150DN
82     AP8050DN-S
83     AD9431DN-24X                                                             
84     R450D                                                                    
85     AP1050DN-S 
86     AP4051TN                                                                 
87     AP6052DN                                                                 
88     AP7052DN                                                                 
89     AP7052DE                                                                 
91     AP7152DN                                                                 
92     AP8050TN-HD                                                              
93     AP8082DN                                                                 
94     AP8182DN 
103    AP100EC                                                                  
104    AP200EC                                                                  
105    AP300EC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 69

Table 11-49 Description of the display ap-type all command output

Item	Description
ID	ID of an AP.
Type	Type of an AP.

# Display information about AP type 19.

<HUAWEI> display ap-type id 19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type                                   : AP6010DN-AGN
AP wired port number                   : 1
AP wired port 0 type                   : GE
Radio number                           : 2
Radio 0 type                           : 802.11bgn
  Maximal spatial streams              : 2
  Maximal antenna number               : 2
  Maximal VAP number                   : 16
  Antenna gain                         : 4
  Frequency switching                  : N
Radio 1 type                           : 802.11an
  Maximal spatial streams              : 2
  Maximal antenna number               : 2
  Maximal VAP number                   : 16
  Antenna gain                         : 5
  Frequency switching                  : N
  Dual-5G high/low band support        : All band(36~165)
Maximum station number                 : 128
AP high temperature threshold(degree C): 102
AP low temperature threshold(degree C) : -13
Outdoor                                : N
BLE                                    : N
Number of IoT cards                    : 0
PMF                                    : Y
Optical module                         : N
Optical module information query       : N
Spectrum analysis                      : Y
Mesh                                   : Y
WDS                                    : Y
Eth-Trunk                              : N
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-50 Description of the display ap-type id command output

Item	Description
Type	AP type.
AP wired port number	Number of wired interfaces.
AP wired port 0 type	Type of wired interfaces.
Radio number	Number of radios.
Radio 0 type	Type of the radio. The value 0 indicates the radio ID.
Maximal spatial streams	Maximum number of spatial streams on the radio.
Maximal antenna number	Maximum number of antennas on the radio.
Maximal VAP number	Maximum number of VAPs on the radio.
Antenna gain	Antenna gain of the radio, in dB. When the antenna gain of an AP is not an integer, the AC rounds the value off and delivers the integer antenna gain. For example, if the 5G antenna gain of an AP2010DN is 2.5 dB, the 5G antenna gain of 3 dB is displayed on the AC.
Frequency switching	Whether the radio frequency can be switched. Yes No
Dual-5G high/low band support	Working frequency band of the 5 GHz radio. Low band (36-64): The 5 GHz radio works at a low frequency band. High band (100-165): The 5GHz radio works at a high frequency band. All band (36-165): The 5GHz radio works at any frequency band.
Maximum station number	Maximum number of STAs supported by the AP type.
AP high temperature threshold(degree C)	High temperature alarm threshold.
AP low temperature threshold(degree C)	Low temperature alarm threshold.
Outdoor	Type of an AP. Y: Outdoor AP N: Indoor AP
BLE	Whether Bluetooth is supported. Yes No
Number of IoT cards	Number of IoT cards.
PMF	Whether PMF is supported. Yes No
Optical module	Whether the optical module is supported. Yes No
Optical module information query	Whether optical module information can be queried. Yes No
Spectrum analysis	Whether spectrum analysis is supported. Yes No
Mesh	Whether the Mesh function is supported. Yes No
WDS	Whether the WDS function is supported. Yes No
Eth-Trunk	Whether the Eth-Trunk is supported. Yes No
Channel mode switching	Whether channel mode switching is supported. Yes No
External antenna	Whether external antennas are supported. Yes No

display capwap configuration

Function

The display capwap configuration command displays the CAPWAP configuration.

Format

display capwap configuration

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view the interval for sending Keepalive packets, number of times for sending Keepalive packets, and priority of CAPWAP management packets.

Example

# Display the CAPWAP configuration.

<HUAWEI> display capwap configuration
  ------------------------------------------------------------
  Source interface                             : vlanif100
  Echo interval(seconds)                       : 25
  Echo times                                   : 6
  Control priority(server to client)           : 7
  Control priority(client to server)           : 7
  Control-link DTLS encrypt                    : disable
  DTLS PSK value                               : ******
  PSK mandatory match switch                   : enable
  Message-integrity PSK value                  : ****** 
  Message-integrity check switch                : enable
  Sensitive-info PSK value                     : ******
  ------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-51 Description of the display capwap configuration command output

Item	Description
Source interface	AC's source interface. To configure the parameter, run the capwap source interface command.
Echo interval(seconds)	Interval for sending Keepalive packets. To specify the interval for sending Keepalive packets, run the capwap echo interval command.
Echo times	Number of times for sending Keepalive packets. If the AC or APs receive no response from each other after the Keepalive packets are sent for the specified number of times, the AC or APs consider that they are disconnected from their peer devices. To specify the number of times for sending Keepalive packets, run the capwap echo times command.
Control priority(server to client)	Priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP. To configure the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AC to an AP, run the capwap control-link-priority local priority-value command.
Control priority(client to server)	Priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AP to an AC. To configure the priority of CAPWAP management packets from an AP to an AC, run the capwap control-link-priority remote priority-value command.
Control-link DTLS encrypt	Whether CAPWAP control tunnel encryption using DTLS is enabled. To enable CAPWAP control tunnel encryption using DTLS, run the capwap dtls control-link encrypt command.
DTLS PSK value	PSK for DTLS encryption. To configure the PSK for DTLS encryption, run the capwap dtls psk command.
PSK mandatory match switch	Whether an AP is enabled to perform DTLS sessions with the AC using the default PSK. To enable an AP to perform DTLS sessions with the AC using the default PSK, run the capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable command.
Message-integrity PSK value	PSK used for checking integrity of CAPWAP packets. To configure the parameter, run the capwap message-integrity psk command.
Message-integrity check switch	Whether integrity check of CAPWAP packets is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the capwap message-integrity check disable command.
Sensitive-info PSK value	PSK used for encrypting sensitive information. To configure the parameter, run the capwap sensitive-info psk command.

Related Topics

capwap control-link-priority

capwap dtls control-link encrypt

capwap dtls psk

capwap dtls psk-mandatory-match enable

capwap echo

capwap message-integrity psk

capwap sensitive-info psk

display channel switch-record

Function

The display channel switch-record command displays channel switching records on the device.

Format

display channel switch-record { all | calibrate | ap-name ap-name radio radio-id | ap-id ap-id radio radio-id | reason reason }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays all channel switching records.	-
calibrate	Displays channel switching records for radio calibration.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays channel switching records of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
radio radio-id	Displays channel switching records of a specified AP radio.	The radio ID must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays channel switching records of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
reason reason	Displays records of channel switching caused by a specified reason.	The enumerated values are: calibration: channel switching caused by radio calibration configuration: channel switching caused by configuration dfs: channel switching performed to avoid radar channels mesh: channel switching caused by channel negotiation on a Mesh network unsupported: channel switching performed because the AP does not support the channel delivered from the AC wds: channel switching caused by channel negotiation on a WDS network

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

This command enables you to view channel switching records on a device.

Run the display channel switch-record calibrate command to query channel or power switching records caused by radio calibration to check the calibration results.

Example

# Display all channel switching records.

<HUAWEI> display channel switch-record all
Old/New: Old channel/New channel
RfID   : Radio ID
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP ID  AP name  RfID      Old/New  Switch reason  Switch time
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1      L2-4f     0        1/6      wds            11:03:30 2014/9/28
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1, printed : 1

Table 11-52 Description of the display channel switch-record all command output

Item	Description
AP ID	AP ID.
AP name	Name of an AP where channel switching has occurred.
RfID	Radio ID.
Old/New	Channels used before and after switching.
Switch reason	Reason for channel switching. calibration: channel switching caused by radio calibration configuration: channel switching caused by configuration dfs: channel switching performed to avoid radar channels dfs(In AC): channel switching caused by channel delivery by the AC to avoid radar channels dfs recover: channel switching caused by DFS channel switchback mesh: channel switching caused by channel negotiation on a Mesh network unsupported: channel switching performed because the AP does not support the channel delivered from the AC wds: channel switching caused by channel negotiation on a WDS network
Switch time	Time when channel switch occurred.

# Display channel calibration records.

<HUAWEI> display channel switch-record calibrate
PCH : Pre channel 
CCH : Current channel
PBW : Pre bandwidth                                                                                                                
CBW : Current bandwidth
PE  : Pre EIRP (dBm)
CE  : Current EIRP (dBm)
PR  : Pre RSSI (dBm)
CR  : Current RSSI (dBm)
RfID: Radio ID
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP ID AP name   RfID  PCH/CCH  PBW/CBW  PE/CE   PR/CR    Reason         Time
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0     AP1       0     11/6     80M/40M+ 27/127  -32/-40  Period recheck 19:30:00 2016/04/11
0     AP2       0     6/11     20M/20M  27/127  -40/-48  Bad env        19:21:53 2016/04/11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total : 2

Table 11-53 Description of the display channel switch-record calibrate command output

Item	Description
AP ID	AP ID.
AP name	AP name.
RfID	Radio ID.
PCH/CCH	Channels before and after calibration. NOTE: PCH/CCH changes may be discontinuous for a radio.
PBW/CBW	Bandwidth before and after calibration.
PE/CE	Power before and after calibration. NOTE: PE/CE changes may be discontinuous for a radio.
PR/CR	Interference values before and after calibration.
Reason	Reason for triggering calibration. Period recheck: periodic calibration Bad env: environment deterioration Non-Wi-Fi report: non-Wi-Fi report Rogue AP report: rogue ap report Noise interfere: noise interfere Global plan: network-wide plan AP online: AP online AP offline: AP offline Unknown: unknown reason
Time	Time when calibration is triggered.

Related Topics

reset channel switch-record

display distribute-ap

Function

The display distribute-ap command displays information about RUs.

Format

display distribute-ap { all | ap-id ap-id | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-name ap-name | central-ap-id central-ap-id | central-ap-mac central-ap-mac | central-ap-name central-ap-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all RUs.	-
ap-id ap-id	Displays information about the RU of a specified ID.	The RU ID must exist.
ap-mac ap-mac	Displays information about the RU of a specified MAC address.	The MAC address must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays information about the RU of a specified name.	The RU name must exist.
central-ap-id central-ap-id	Displays information about the RUs connected to the central AP of a specified ID.	The central AP ID must exist.
central-ap-mac central-ap-mac	Displays information about the RUs connected to the central AP of a specified MAC address.	The MAC address of the central AP must exist.
central-ap-name central-ap-name	Displays information about the RUs connected to the central AP of a specified name.	The central AP name must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to check RU information.

Example

# Display information about all RUs.

<HUAWEI> display distribute-ap all
Total AP information: 
nor : normal           [3] 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ID   MAC            Name           Group   IP         Type  State  Central-AP ID  Central-AP MAC  Central-AP name
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1    fcb6-98f5-ec20 fcb6-98f5-ec20 240D-1  10.1.1.182 R240D nor    0              88cf-9837-98a0  88cf-9837-98a0 
2    fcb6-98f5-7280 fcb6-98f5-7280 240D    10.1.1.158 R240D nor    0              88cf-9837-98a0  88cf-9837-98a0 
3    fcb6-98f6-0ce0 ap1            default 10.1.1.181 R240D nor    0              88cf-9837-98a0  88cf-9837-98a0 
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 3

Table 11-54 Description of the display distribute-ap all command output

Item	Description
ID	RU ID.
MAC	MAC address of the RU.
Name	Name of the RU.
Group	AP group to which an RU belongs.
IP	IP address of the RU.
Type	RU type.
State	RU state, which is the same as a common AP. For details, see Table 11-5.
Central-AP ID	ID of the central AP.
Central-AP MAC	MAC address of the central AP.
Central-AP name	Name of the central AP.

Table 11-55 AP state list

AP State	Description	Possible Cause	Handling Suggestion
commit-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are performed for the AP. If the link between the AP and AC is disconnected or the peer end has no response, the AP enters the commit-failed state.	Check the network connection.
committing	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP after the AP goes online on an AC.	After the AP goes online on the AC, WLAN service configurations are being delivered to the AP.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config	WLAN service configurations are being delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. During this process, the AP is in config state.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
config-failed	WLAN service configurations fail to be delivered to an AP when the AP is going online on an AC.	After the AP establishes a link with the AC, WLAN service configurations are delivered to the AP. If the configuration delivery fails due to various reasons (such as link disconnection), the AP enters the config-failed state.	Check the network connection.
download	An AP is in upgrade state.	When the AP is performing an upgrade, it enters the download state.	When the AP upgrade is complete, check the AP state.
fault	An AP fails to go online.	The AP fails to go online, which is usually caused by the following: The AP fails to obtain an IP address or obtains an incorrect IP address. The network between the AP and AC is faulty. The AP fails to be authenticated. The number of APs on an AC has reached the maximum value. The AP is faulty.	Handle the AP online failure. For details, see AP Online Failure in the Troubleshooting Insights.
idle	It is the initialization state of an AP before it establishes a link with the AC for the first time.	The AP has not established a CAPWAP link with the AC, the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual ones, or license resources are insufficient.	Perform the following operations. Check whether the AP is connected to the network. If the AP connection is normal, go to next step. Check the MAC address and SN of the AP that is added offline are different from the actual MAC address and SN of the AP. If not, perform the following operations: Run the display ap all command to obtain AP information. Run the undo ap { ap-name ap-name \| ap-id ap-id \| ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-group group-name \| all } command to delete the AP. Run the ap-id ap-id [ [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] { ap-mac ap-mac \| ap-sn ap-sn \| ap-mac ap-mac ap-sn ap-sn } ] or ap-mac ap-mac [ type-id type-id \| ap-type ap-type ] [ ap-id ap-id ] [ ap-sn ap-sn ] command to add correct AP information. If the fault persists, expand the license capacity. Note that RUs managed by the AC do not occupy license resources of the AC.
name-conflicted	The name of an AP conflicts with that of an existing AP.	The name of an AP conflicts with the name of another AP that has been online on the same AC.	Run the ap-rename ap-id ap-id new-name ap-new-name command to change the AP name.
normal	An AP is working properly.	An AP successfully goes online on an AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
standby	The AP is in normal state on the standby AC.	In the HSB, dual-link cold backup, or N+1 backup scenario, if the link between the active and standby ACs is established properly, the AP is in standby state on the standby AC and in normal state on the active AC.	This is a normal state, and no action is required.
ver-mismatch	The version of an AP does not match that of an AC on which the AP is to go online.	The versions of the AP and the AC mismatch.	Log in to Huawei technical support website and download the release notes. Based on the version mapping, upgrade the AP or AC to the matching version. Enterprise technical support website: http://support.huawei.com/enterprise Carrier technical support website: http://support.huawei.com
countryCode-mismatch	The country code of an AP does not match that of the AC on which the AP is about to go online.	The current version of the AP does not support the country code configured on the AC.	The AP does not support the country code. Upgrade the AP or change the country code configured on the AC.
unauthed	The AP is not authenticated.	The AP fails to be authenticated.	Run the ap-confirm command to confirm unauthenticated APs and allow them to go online.

display mac-address ap-all

Function

The display mac-address ap-all command displays MAC address entries on all APs.

Format

display mac-address mac-address [ verbose ] ap-all

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
mac-address	Displays MAC address entries on all APs.	The value is in H-H-H format, where H is a hexadecimal number of 1 to 4 digits.
verbose	Displays detailed information of the dynamic entries. If verbose is not specified, brief information of the dynamic entries is displayed.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

When errors or attacks occur on the network, you can run the display mac-address ap-all command to locate the attack sources based on the displayed MAC addresses.

Example

# Display dynamic MAC address entries of all APs.

<HUAWEI> display mac-address 00e0-fc09-bcf9 ap-all
Info: Waiting for AP response...done.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAC Address    VLAN/VSI        Learned-From               Type        AP ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
00e0-fc09-bcf9    1/-          GigabitEthernet0/0/0       dynamic     1
00e0-fc09-bcf9    1/-          GigabitEthernet0/0/0       dynamic     0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-56 Description of the display mac-address mac-address ap-all command output

Item	Description
MAC Address	MAC address.
VLAN/VSI	ID of the VLAN or name of the VSI that a MAC address belongs to.
Learned-From	Interface on which the MAC address is learned.
Type	Type of a MAC address entry.
AP ID	AP ID.

display mac-address { ap-id | ap-name }

Function

The display mac-address { ap-id | ap-name} command displays all dynamic MAC address entries on an AP's wired interface.

Format

display mac-address { ap-id ap-id | ap-name ap-name } interface-type interface-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-id ap-id	Displays all dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with the specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays all dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with the specified name.	The AP name must exist.
interface-type interface-number	Displays dynamic MAC address entries on a specified interface. interface-type specifies the interface type. interface-number specifies the number of the outbound interface.	The following types of outbound interfaces are supported: Eth-Trunk Ethernet Gigabitethernet MultiGE

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display mac-address { ap-id | ap-name} command to check all dynamic MAC address entries on an AP's wired interface, including the MAC addresses and VLANs that the AP learns on specified interfaces.

Example

# Display dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with ID 1.

<HUAWEI> display mac-address ap-id 1 ethernet 0
---------------------------------------------------------- 
MAC Address    VLAN/VSI   Learned-From        Type       
----------------------------------------------------------
1051-7254-5a80 1/-        Ethernet0/0/0       dynamic 
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-57 Description of the display mac-address ap-id ap-id interface-type interface-number command output

Item	Description
MAC Address	MAC address.
VLAN/VSI	VLAN or VSI to which the device belongs.
Learned-From	Interface on which the MAC address is learned.
Type	Type of a MAC address entry.

Related Topics

reset mac-address { ap-id | ap-name }

display port-link-profile

Function

The display port-link-profile command displays reference and configuration information about an AP wired port link profile.

Format

display port-link-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all AP wired port link profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified AP wired port link profile.	The AP wired port link profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display port-link-profile command to view configuration and reference information about an AP wired port link profile.

Example

# Display information about all AP wired port link profiles.

<HUAWEI> display port-link-profile all
----------------------------------------------------------
Profile name                   Reference
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
port-link-profile-1            0
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-58 Description of the display port-link-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Name of an AP wired port link profile.
Reference	Number of times an AP wired port link profile is referenced.

# Display information about the AP wired port link profile default.

<HUAWEI> display port-link-profile name default
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LLDP enable                : enable
Management address         : enable
Port description           : enable
System capability          : enable
System description         : enable
System name                : enable
802.3 TLV power            : enable
802.3 TLV power format     : 802.3bt
Legacy TLV four pair power : enable
CRC error alarm            : disable
CRC error high threshold(%): 50
CRC error Low threshold(%) : 20
PoE enable                 : enable
PoE legacy                 : disable
PoE power off time range   : -
PoE priority               : low
PoE force power            : disable
Shutdown switch            : disable
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-59 Description of the display port-link-profile name profile-name command output

Item	Description
LLDP enable	Whether LLDP is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the lldp enable command.
Management address	Whether an AP's wired interface is allowed to advertise the Management-address TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
Port description	Whether an AP's wired interface is allowed to advertise the Port-description TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
System capability	Whether an AP's wired interface is allowed to advertise the System-capability TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
System description	Whether an AP's wired interface is allowed to advertise the System-description TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
System name	Whether an AP's wired interface is allowed to advertise the System-name TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
802.3 TLV power	Whether an AP's wired port is allowed to advertise the Power via MDI TLV. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
802.3 TLV power format	802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised by an AP's wired port. 802.1ab: The 802.3 Power via MDI TLV sent by the port conforms to 802.1ab. 802.3at: The 802.3 Power via MDI TLV sent by the port conforms to 802.3at. 802.3bt: The 802.3 Power via MDI TLV sent by the port conforms to 802.3bt. -: Default value. To configure the parameter, run the lldp dot3-tlv power (AP wired port link profile view)command.
Legacy TLV four pair power	Whether an AP's wired port is allowed to advertise Cisco's proprietary TLVs. To configure the parameter, run the lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power (AP wired port link profile view)command.
CRC error alarm	Whether the alarm function for CRC errors is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the crc-alarm enable command.
CRC error high threshold(%)	Alarm threshold for CRC errors on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the crc-alarm enable command.
CRC error Low threshold(%)	Clear alarm threshold for CRC errors on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the crc-alarm enable command.
PoE enable	Whether the PoE function is enabled on the AP's interfaces. To configure the parameter, run the poe disable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
PoE legacy	Whether PD compatibility check is enabled on the AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe legacy enable (AP wired port link profile view) command.
PoE power off time range	PoE power-off time range. To configure the parameter, run the poe power-off time-range (AP wired port link profile view) command.
PoE priority	Power priority of PoE interfaces on the AP. To configure the parameter, run the poe priority (AP wired port link profile view) command.
PoE force power	Whether forcible PoE power supply is enabled on the AP's interfaces. To configure the parameter, run the poe force-power (AP wired port link profile view) command.
Shutdown switch	Whether the AP's wired interface function is disabled. To configure the parameter, run the shutdown (AP wired port link profile view) command.

Related Topics

crc-alarm enable

lldp enable

lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view)

port-link-profile (WLAN view)

display provision-ap parameter-list

Function

The display provision-ap parameter-list command displays AP provisioning parameters in the AP provisioning view.

Format

display provision-ap parameter-list

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Before running the commit command to deliver the AP provisioning parameters configured in the AP provisioning view, you can run the display provision-ap parameter-list command to check whether the parameters are correct and complete.

If a parameter is displayed as - in the command output, the parameter of the APs is not changed after the configuration is committed.

Example

# Display AP provisioning parameters in the AP provisioning view.

<HUAWEI> display provision-ap parameter-list
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP name              : -
AP group             : -
AP address mode      : -
IPv4 address         : -
IPv4 mask address    : -
IPv4 gateway address : -
IPv4 AC list         : -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-60 Description of the display provision-ap parameter-list command output

Item	Description
AP name	AP name. To set this parameter, run the ap-name (AP provisioning view) command.
AP group	Group that an AP joins. To set this parameter, run the ap-group (AP provisioning view) command.
AP address mode	Mode in which an AP obtains an IP address. To set this parameter, run the address-mode (AP provisioning view) command.
IPv4 address	Static IPv4 address of an AP. To set this parameter, run the ip-address (AP provisioning view) command.
IPv4 mask address	Static IPv4 address mask of an AP. To set this parameter, run the ip-address (AP provisioning view) command.
IPv4 gateway address	IPv4 address gateway of the AP. To set this parameter, run the ip-address (AP provisioning view) command.
IPv4 AC list	AC IPv4 address list of an AP. To set this parameter, run the ac-list(AP provisioning view) command.

Related Topics

ac-list(AP provisioning view)

address-mode (AP provisioning view)

ap-group (AP provisioning view)

ap-name (AP provisioning view)

ip-address (AP provisioning view)

display radio

Function

The display radio command displays AP radio information.

Format

display radio { all | ap-group ap-group-name | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays radio information about all APs.	-
ap-group ap-group-name	Displays radio information about all APs in a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays radio information about the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays radio information about the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display radio command to view current working status of an AP radio.

Example

# Display radio information about all APs.

<HUAWEI> display radio all
CH/BW:Channel/Bandwidth
CE:Current EIRP (dBm)
ME:Max EIRP (dBm)
CU:Channel utilization
ST:Status 
WM:Working Mode (normal/monitor/monitor dual-band-scan) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP ID Name            RfID  Band  Type    ST  CH/BW    CE/ME   STA     CU    WM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1     60de-4474-9640  0     2.4G  bgn     on  6/20M    24/24   0       55%   normal
1     60de-4474-9640  1     5G    an      on  56/20M   25/25   0       3%    normal
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:2

Table 11-61 Description of the display radio command output

Item	Description
AP ID	AP ID.
Name	AP name.
RfID	Radio ID of an AP.
Band	Working frequency of an AP radio.
Type	Protocol type of an AP radio. b: 802.11b radio type bg: 802.11b/g radio type bgn: 802.11b/g/n radio type a: 802.11a radio type an: 802.11a/n radio type an11ac: 802.11a/n/ac radio type
ST	Working status of an AP radio.
CH/BW	Channel/Bandwidth of an AP radio. This item is displayed as "-" if the radio has no VAP profile bound.
CE/ME	Current power of an AP radio/Maximum power of an AP radio. This item is displayed as "-" if the radio has no VAP profile bound. NOTE: The value is calculated based on the typical gain of the antenna used by the AP.
STA	Number of STAs connected to an AP radio.
CU	Channel usage. When the working mode of an AP radio is the monitor mode, this parameter is displayed as -. In the AC+central AP+RU networking: RUs do not proactively report the channel usage to the AC. To query the channel usage of RUs, enable the RU data buffer function on the AC. NOTE: The ap data-collection enable command enables the RU data buffer function on the AC. After this command is executed, a large data buffer occupies the device memory and affects device performance. It is recommended that the undo ap data-collection enable command be executed to disable data buffer after the query. In the AC+Fit AP networking: A Fit AP periodically reports the channel usage to the AC. Therefore, the AC does not need to query the channel usage of APs.
WM	Working mode of an AP radio. normal monitor monitor dual-band-scan: inter-band scanning mode

display radio-2g-profile

Function

The display radio-2g-profile command displays configuration and reference information about a 2G radio profile.

Format

display radio-2g-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all 2G radio profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified 2G radio profile.	The 2G radio profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view configuration and reference information about a 2G radio profile.

Example

# Display information about all 2G radio profiles.

<HUAWEI> display radio-2g-profile all
----------------------------------------------------------
Profile name                   Reference
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-62 Description of the display radio-2g-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Name of a 2G radio profile.
Reference	Number of times a 2G radio profile is referenced.

# Display information of the 2G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> display radio-2g-profile name default
------------------------------------------------------------
Radio type                             : 802.11n
Power auto adjust                      : disable
Beacon interval(TUs)                   : 100
Beamforming switch                     : disable
Support short preamble                 : support
Fragmentation threshold(Byte)          : 2346
Channel switch announcement            : enable
Channel switch mode                    : continue
Guard interval mode                    : normal
HT A-MPDU switch                       : enable
HT A-MPDU length limit                 : 3
RTS-CTS-mode                           : cts-to-self
RTS-CTS-threshold                      : 2347
802.11bg basic rate                    : 1 2
802.11bg support rate                  : 1 2 5 6 9 11 12 18 24 36 48 54
Multicast rate 2.4G                    : 11
Interference detect switch             : disable
Co-channel frequency interference threshold(%)        : 50
Adjacent-channel frequency interference threshold(%)  : 50
Station interference threshold         : 32
WMM switch                             : enable
Mandatory switch                       : disable
Auto-off start time                    : -
Auto-off end time                      : -
Wifi-light mode                        : signal-strength
Utmost power switch                    : enable
Rrm-profile                            : default
Air-scan-profile                       : default
Smart-antenna                          : disable
Agile-antenna-polarization             : disable
CCA threshold(dBm)                     : -
High PER threshold(%)                           : 80
Low PER threshold(%)                            : 20
Training interval(s)                            : auto
Training mpdu num                               : 640
Throughput trigger training threshold (%)       : 10
------------------------------------------------------------
AP EDCA parameters:
------------------------------------------------------------
       ECWmax  ECWmin  AIFSN  TXOPLimit(32us)  Ack-Policy
AC_VO  3       2       1      47               normal
AC_VI  4       3       1      94               normal
AC_BE  6       4       3      0                normal
AC_BK  10      4       7      0                normal
------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-63 Description of the display radio-2g-profile name command output

Item	Description
Radio type	Radio type. To configure this parameter, run the radio-type (2G radio profile view) command.
Power auto adjust	Whether automatic per packet power adjustment is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the power auto-adjust enable command.
Beacon interval(TUs)	Interval at which an AP sends Beacon frames, in TU. To configure this parameter, run the beacon-interval command.
Beamforming switch	Whether the beamforming function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the beamforming enable command.
Support short preamble	Whether the short preamble is supported. To configure this parameter, run the short-preamble disable command.
Fragmentation threshold(Byte)	Packet fragmentation threshold, in bytes. To configure this parameter, run the fragmentation-threshold command.
Channel switch announcement	Whether channel switch announcement is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the channel-switch announcement disable command.
Channel switch mode	Channel switch announcement mode. To configure this parameter, run the channel-switch mode command.
Guard interval mode	GI mode. To configure this parameter, run the guard-interval-mode command.
HT A-MPDU switch	Whether the MPDU aggregation function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the ht a-mpdu disable command.
HT A-MPDU length limit	Maximum length of the aggregated MPDU frame. To configure this parameter, run the ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command.
RTS-CTS-mode	RTS/CTS mode. To configure this parameter, run the rts-cts-mode command.
RTS-CTS-threshold	RTS/CTS threshold. To configure this parameter, run the rts-cts-threshold command.
802.11bg basic rate	802.11bg basic rate set. To configure this parameter, run the dot11bg basic-rate command.
802.11bg support rate	802.11bg supported rate set. To configure this parameter, run the dot11bg supported-rate command.
Multicast rate 2.4G	Multicast rate of wireless packets on the 2.4GHz radio. To configure this parameter, run the multicast-rate command.
Interference detect switch	Whether interference detection is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the interference detect-enable command.
Co-channel frequency interference threshold(%)	Alarm threshold for co-channel interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference co-channel threshold command.
Adjacent-channel frequency interference threshold(%)	Alarm threshold for adjacent-channel interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference adjacent-channel threshold command.
Station interference threshold	Alarm threshold for STA interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference station threshold command.
WMM switch	Whether the WMM function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the wmm disable command.
Mandatory switch	Whether to allow STAs that do not support WMM to connect to a WMM-enabled AP. To configure this parameter, run the wmm mandatory enable command.
Auto-off start time	Start time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure this parameter, run the auto-off service command.
Auto-off end time	End time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure this parameter, run the auto-off service command.
Wifi-light mode	Information reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED. To configure this parameter, run the wifi-light command.
Rrm-profile	Name of the RRM profile referenced by a radio profile. To configure this parameter, run the rrm-profile (radio profile view) command.
Air-scan-profile	Name of the air scan profile referenced by a radio profile. To configure this parameter, run the air-scan-profile (radio profile view) command.
Smart-antenna	Status of the smart antenna function. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna { enable \| disable } command.
Agile-antenna-polarization	Status of the self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas. To configure this parameter, run the agile-antenna-polarization command.
CCA threshold(dBm)	CCA threshold for APs. To configure this parameter, run the cca-threshold command.
High PER threshold(%)	Upper valid PER threshold in the smart antenna algorithm. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna valid-per-scope command.
Low PER threshold(%)	Lower valid PER threshold in the smart antenna algorithm. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna valid-per-scope command.
Training interval(s)	Smart antenna training interval. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna training-interval command.
Training mpdu num	Number of MPDUs sent by an AP to STAs during smart antenna training. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna training-mpdu-number command.
Throughput trigger training threshold (%)	Sudden throughput change threshold that triggers smart antenna training. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna throughput-triggered-training command.
Utmost power switch	Whether a radio is enabled to send packets at maximum power. To configure this parameter, run the utmost-power disable command.
AP EDCA parameters	EDCA parameters and ACK policy on an AP. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_VO	AC_VO packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_VI	AC_VI packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_BE	AC_BE packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_BK	AC_BK packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
ECWmax	Exponent form of the maximum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
ECWmin	Exponent form of the minimum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AIFSN	Arbitration inter frame spacing number (AIFSN), which determines the channel idle time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
TXOPLimit(32us)	Transmission opportunity limit (TXOPLimit), which determines the maximum duration in which a STA can occupy a channel. A larger value indicates a longer duration. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
Ack-Policy	ACK policy. It includes: normal: During 802.11 packet exchange, the receiver sends an ACK packet to confirm the receiving of a packet from the sender. noack: The receiver sends no ACK packet to confirm the receiving of a packet from the sender. It applies to scenarios where communication quality is good and interference is low. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.

display radio-5g-profile

Function

The display radio-5g-profile command displays configuration and reference information about a 5G radio profile.

Format

display radio-5g-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all 5G radio profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified 5G radio profile.	The 5G radio profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view configuration and reference information about a 5G radio profile.

Example

# Display information about all 5G radio profiles.

<HUAWEI> display radio-5g-profile all
----------------------------------------------------------
Profile name                   Reference
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-64 Description of the display radio-5g-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Name of a 5G radio profile.
Reference	Number of times a 5G radio profile is referenced.

# Display information of the 5G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> display radio-5g-profile name default
------------------------------------------------------------                    
Radio type                             : 802.11ac
Power auto adjust                      : disable                                
Beacon interval(TUs)                   : 100                                    
Beamforming switch                     : disable                                
Fragmentation threshold(Byte)          : 2346                                   
Channel switch announcement            : support                                
Channel switch mode                    : continue                               
Guard interval mode                    : normal                                 
HT A-MPDU switch                       : disable                                
HT A-MPDU length limit                 : 3                                      
VHT A-MPDU length limit                : 7                                      
VHT A-MSDU switch                      : disable                                
VHT A-MSDU Max frame number            : 2                                      
RTS-CTS-mode                           : CTS-TO-SELF                            
RTS-CTS-threshold                      : 2347                                   
802.11a basic rate                     : 6 12 24                                
802.11a support rate                   : 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54                  
Multicast rate 5G                      : 6                                      
VHT mcs                                : 9 9 9                                  
Interference detect switch             : disable                                
Co-channel frequency interference threshold(%)        : 50                      
Adjacent-channel frequency interference threshold(%)  : 50                      
Station interference threshold         :32                                      
WMM switch                             : enable                                 
Mandatory switch                       : disable                                
Auto-off start time                    : -
Auto-off end time                      : -
WiFi-light mode                        : signal-strength                        
Utmost power switch                    : enable
Rrm-profile                            : default                                
Air-scan-profile                       : default                                
Smart-antenna                          : disable
Agile-antenna-polarization             : disable
CCA threshold(dBm)                     : -
High PER threshold(%)                           : 80
Low PER threshold(%)                            : 20
Training interval(s)                            : auto
Training mpdu num                               : 640
Throughput trigger training threshold (%)       : 10
------------------------------------------------------------                    
AP EDCA parameters:                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------
       ECWmax  ECWmin  AIFSN  TXOPLimit(32us)  Ack-Policy
AC_VO  3       2       1      47               normal
AC_VI  4       3       1      94               normal
AC_BE  6       4       3      0                normal
AC_BK  10      4       7      0                normal
------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-65 Description of the display radio-5g-profile name command output

Item	Description
Radio type	Radio type. To configure this parameter, run the radio-type (5G radio profile view) command.
Power auto adjust	Whether automatic per packet power adjustment is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the power auto-adjust enable command.
Beacon interval(TUs)	Interval at which an AP sends Beacon frames, in TU. To configure this parameter, run the beacon-interval command.
Beamforming switch	Whether the beamforming function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the beamforming enable command.
Fragmentation threshold(Byte)	Packet fragmentation threshold, in bytes. To configure this parameter, run the fragmentation-threshold command.
Channel switch announcement	Whether channel switch announcement is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the channel-switch announcement disable command.
Channel switch mode	Channel switch announcement mode. To configure this parameter, run the channel-switch mode command.
Guard interval mode	GI mode. To configure this parameter, run the guard-interval-mode command.
HT A-MPDU switch	Whether the MPDU aggregation function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the ht a-mpdu disable command.
HT A-MPDU length limit	Maximum length of the aggregated MPDU frame. To configure this parameter, run the ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command.
VHT A-MPDU length limit	Maximum length of the frame aggregated in A-MSDU mode. To configure this parameter, run the vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command.
VHT A-MSDU switch	Whether to enable the function of sending 802.11 packets in A-MSDU mode. To configure this parameter, run the vht a-msdu enable command.
VHT A-MSDU Max frame number	Maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU. To configure this parameter, run the vht a-msdu max-frame-num command.
RTS-CTS-mode	RTS/CTS mode. To configure this parameter, run the rts-cts-mode command.
RTS-CTS-threshold	RTS/CTS threshold. To configure this parameter, run the rts-cts-threshold command.
802.11a basic rate	802.11a basic rate set. To configure this parameter, run the dot11a basic-rate command.
802.11a support rate	802.11a supported rate set. To configure this parameter, run the dot11a supported-rate command.
Multicast rate 5G	Multicast rate of wireless packets on the 5 GHz radio. To configure this parameter, run the multicast-rate command.
VHT mcs	Maximum MCS value corresponding to a specific number of 802.11ac spatial streams. To configure this parameter, run the vht mcs-map command.
Interference detect switch	Whether interference detection is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the interference detect-enable command.
Co-channel frequency interference threshold(%)	Alarm threshold for co-channel interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference co-channel threshold command.
Adjacent-channel frequency interference threshold(%)	Alarm threshold for adjacent-channel interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference adjacent-channel threshold command.
Station interference threshold	Alarm threshold for STA interference. To configure this parameter, run the interference station threshold command.
WMM switch	Whether the WMM function is enabled. To configure this parameter, run the wmm disable command.
Mandatory switch	Whether to allow STAs that do not support WMM to connect to a WMM-enabled AP. To configure this parameter, run the wmm mandatory enable command.
Auto-off start time	Start time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure this parameter, run the auto-off service command.
Auto-off end time	End time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure this parameter, run the auto-off service command.
WiFi-light mode	Information reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED. To configure this parameter, run the wifi-light command.
Rrm-profile	Name of the RRM profile referenced by a radio profile. To configure this parameter, run the rrm-profile (radio profile view) command.
Air-scan-profile	Name of the air scan profile referenced by a radio profile. To configure this parameter, run the air-scan-profile (radio profile view) command.
Utmost power switch	Whether a radio is enabled to send packets at maximum power. To configure this parameter, run the utmost-power disable command.
Smart-antenna	Status of the smart antenna function. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna { enable \| disable } command.
Agile-antenna-polarization	Status of the self-adaptive polarization for agile antennas. To configure this parameter, run the agile-antenna-polarization command.
CCA threshold(dBm)	CCA threshold for APs. To configure this parameter, run the cca-threshold command.
High PER threshold(%)	Upper valid PER threshold in the smart antenna algorithm. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna valid-per-scope command.
Low PER threshold(%)	Lower valid PER threshold in the smart antenna algorithm. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna valid-per-scope command.
Training interval(s)	Smart antenna training interval. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna training-interval command.
Training mpdu num	Number of MPDUs sent by an AP to STAs during smart antenna training. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna training-mpdu-number command.
Throughput trigger training threshold (%)	Sudden performance change threshold that triggers smart antenna training. To configure this parameter, run the smart-antenna throughput-triggered-training command.
AP EDCA parameters	EDCA parameters and ACK policy on an AP. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_VO	AC_VO packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_VI	AC_VI packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_BE	AC_BE packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AC_BK	AC_BK packets. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
ECWmax	Exponent form of the maximum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
ECWmin	Exponent form of the minimum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
AIFSN	Arbitration inter frame spacing number (AIFSN), which determines the channel idle time. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
TXOPLimit(32us)	Transmission opportunity limit (TXOPLimit), which determines the maximum duration in which a STA can occupy a channel. A larger value indicates a longer duration. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.
Ack-Policy	ACK policy. It includes: normal: During 802.11 packet exchange, the receiver sends an ACK packet to confirm the receiving of a packet from the sender. noack: The receiver sends no ACK packet to confirm the receiving of a packet from the sender. It applies to scenarios where communication quality is good and interference is low. To configure this parameter, run the wmm edca-ap command.

display references ap-system-profile

Function

The display references ap-system-profile command displays reference information about an AP system profile.

Format

display references ap-system-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified AP system profile.	The AP system profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references ap-system-profile command to view reference information about an AP system profile.

Example

# Display reference information of the AP system profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references ap-system-profile name default
--------------------------------------------------------------------------      
Reference type               Reference name                                     
--------------------------------------------------------------------------      
AP group                     ap-group1                    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------      
Total: 1

Table 11-66 Description of the display references ap-system-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which an AP system profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which an AP system profile is referenced.

display references port-link-profile

Function

The display references port-link-profile command displays reference information about an AP wired port link profile.

Format

display references port-link-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified AP wired port link profile.	The AP wired port link profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references port-link-profile command to view reference information about an AP wired port link profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the AP wired port link profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references port-link-profile name default
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type                  Reference name
-------------------------------------------------------------------
AP wiredport profile            wired-port1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:1

Table 11-67 Description of the display references port-link-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which an AP wired port link profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which an AP wired port link profile is referenced.

display references radio-2g-profile

Function

The display references radio-2g-profile command displays reference information about a 2G radio profile.

Format

display references radio-2g-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified 2G radio profile.	The 2G radio profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references radio-2g-profile command to view reference information about a 2G radio profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the 2G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references radio-2g-profile name default
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type  Reference name                       Reference radio
----------------------------------------------------------------------
AP-group        ap-group1                            Radio-0
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:1

Table 11-68 Description of the display references radio-2g-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which a 2G radio profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which a 2G radio profile is referenced.
Reference radio	Radio to which a 2G radio profile is referenced.

display references radio-5g-profile

Function

The display references radio-5g-profile command displays reference information about a 5G radio profile.

Format

display references radio-5g-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified 5G radio profile.	The 5G radio profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references radio-5g-profile command to view reference information about a 5G radio profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the 5G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references radio-5g-profile name default
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type  Reference name                       Reference radio
----------------------------------------------------------------------
AP-group        ap-group1                            Radio-0
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:1

Table 11-69 Description of the display references radio-5g-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which a 5G radio profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which a 5G radio profile is referenced.
Reference radio	Radio to which a 5G radio profile is referenced.

display references regulatory-domain-profile

Function

The display references regulatory-domain-profile command displays reference information about a regulatory domain profile.

Format

display references regulatory-domain-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified regulatory domain profile.	The regulatory domain profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references regulatory-domain-profile command to view reference information about a regulatory domain profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the regulatory domain profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references regulatory-domain-profile name default
------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type           Reference name
------------------------------------------------------------
AP-group                 default
AP-group                 hw
------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-70 Description of the display references regulatory-domain-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which a regulatory domain profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which a regulatory domain profile is referenced.

display references ssid-profile

Function

The display references ssid-profile command displays reference information about an SSID profile.

Format

display references ssid-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified SSID profile.	The SSID profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references ssid-profile command to view reference information about an SSID profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the SSID profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references ssid-profile name default
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type                  Reference name
-------------------------------------------------------------------
VAP profile                     vap-profile1
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total:1

Table 11-71 Description of the display references ssid-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which an SSID profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which an SSID profile is referenced.

display references vap-profile

Function

The display references vap-profile command displays reference information about a VAP profile.

Format

display references vap-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified VAP profile.	The VAP profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references vap-profile command to view reference information about a VAP profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the VAP profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references vap-profile name default
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reference type     Reference name                       Reference radio  WLAN ID
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP group           group1                               Radio-0          1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-72 Description of the display references vap-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which a VAP profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which a VAP profile is referenced.
Reference radio	AP radio by which a VAP profile is referenced.
WLAN ID	WLAN ID of a VAP.

display references vlan pool

Function

The display references vlan pool command displays reference information about a VLAN pool.

Format

display references vlan pool pool-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
pool-name	Displays reference information about a specified VLAN pool.	The VLAN pool must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references vlan pool command to view profiles by which a VLAN pool is referenced.

Example

# Display reference information about the VLAN pool pool1.

<HUAWEI> display references vlan pool pool1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Reference type     Reference name                       Reference radio  WLAN ID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
AP group           default                              Radio-0          1
AP group           default                              Radio-1          1
AP group           default                              Radio-2          1
AP group           default                              Radio-0          2
AP group           default                              Radio-1          2
AP group           default                              Radio-2          2
AP ID              0                                    Radio-0          2
AP ID              0                                    Radio-1          2
VAP profile        1
user group         123
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 10

Table 11-73 Description of the display references vlan pool command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which a VLAN pool is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which a VLAN pool is referenced.
Reference radio	Radio by which a VLAN pool is referenced. This item is displayed only when a VAP profile is bound to radios of an AP group or an AP, and VLANs in a VLAN pool are configured as service VLANs.
WLAN ID	ID of the WLAN by which a VLAN pool is referenced. This item is displayed only when a VAP profile is bound to radios of an AP group or an AP, and VLANs in a VLAN pool are configured as service VLANs.

Related Topics

service-vlan (VAP profile view)

display references wired-port-profile

Function

The display references wired-port-profile command displays reference information about an AP wired port profile.

Format

display references wired-port-profile name profile-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Displays reference information about a specified AP wired port profile.	The AP wired port profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display references wired-port-profile command to view reference information about an AP wired port profile.

Example

# Display reference information about the AP wired port profile default.

<HUAWEI> display references wired-port-profile name default
----------------------------------------------------------------------------    
Reference type     Reference name                      Reference port           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------    
AP group           default                             Ethernet0                
AP group           default                             Ethernet1                
AP group           default                             Ethernet2                
AP group           default                             Ethernet3                
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet0         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet1         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet2         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet3         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet4         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet5         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet6         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet7         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet8         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet9         
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet10        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet11        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet12        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet13        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet14        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet15        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet16        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet17        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet18        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet19        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet20        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet21        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet22        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet23        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet24        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet25        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet26        
AP group           default                             GigabitEthernet27        
AP group           default                             MultiGE0                 
AP group           default                             XGigabitEthernet0
AP group           default                             XGigabitEthernet1
AP group           default                             XGigabitEthernet2
AP group           default                             XGigabitEthernet3 
AP group           default                             Ethernet-Trunk0          
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 41

Table 11-74 Description of the display references wired-port-profile command output

Item	Description
Reference type	Type of the profile by which an AP wired port profile is referenced.
Reference name	Name of the profile by which an AP wired port profile is referenced.
Reference port	Interface by which an AP wired port profile is referenced.

display regulatory-domain-profile

Function

The display regulatory-domain-profile command displays configuration and reference information about a regulatory domain profile.

Format

display regulatory-domain-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all regulatory domain profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified regulatory domain profile.	The regulatory domain profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display regulatory-domain-profile command to view configuration and reference information about a regulatory domain profile.

Example

# Display information about all regulatory profiles.

<HUAWEI> display regulatory-domain-profile all
------------------------------------------------------------
Profile name        Reference
------------------------------------------------------------
default             6
------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-75 Description of the display regulatory-domain-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Regulatory domain profile name.
Reference	Number of times a regulatory domain profile is referenced.

# Display information about the regulatory domain profile default.

<HUAWEI> display regulatory-domain-profile name default
------------------------------------------------------------
Profile name          : default
Country code          : CN
2.4G dca channel-set  : 1,6,11
5G dca bandwidth      : 20mhz
5G dca channel-set    : 149,153,157,161,165
Wideband switch       : enable
Channel load mode     : outdoor
------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-76 Description of the display regulatory-domain-profile name command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Regulatory domain profile name.
Country code	Country code. To configure the parameter, run the country-code command.
2.4G dca channel-set	2.4G radio calibration channel set. To configure the parameter, run the dca-channel channel-set command.
5G dca bandwidth	5G radio calibration bandwidth. To configure the parameter, run the dca-channel bandwidth command.
5G dca channel-set	5G radio calibration channel set. To configure the parameter, run the dca-channel channel-set command.
Wideband switch	Indicates whether the wideband function, that is, the 4.9 GHz frequency band, of the regulatory domain profile is enabled. enable: The wideband function is enabled. disable: The wideband function is disabled. To configure this parameter, run the wideband enable command.
Channel load mode	Channel load mode. outdoor: outdoor mode indoor: indoor mode To configure this parameter, run the channel-load-mode indoor command.

Related Topics

country-code

dca-channel bandwidth

dca-channel channel-set

display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all

Function

The display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all command displays the status of all traps on the WLAN module.

Format

display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the trap function of a specified feature is enabled, you can run the display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all command to check the status of all traps of WLAN. You can use the snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan command to enable the trap function of WLAN.

Prerequisites

SNMP has been enabled. See snmp-agent.

Example

# Display all the traps of the WLAN module.

<HUAWEI>display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Feature name: WLAN
Trap number : 121
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trap name                       Default switch status   Current switch status
hwApFaultNotify                 on                      on
hwApNormalNotify                on                      on
hwApTypeNotMatchNotify          on                      on
hwApPingResultNotify            on                      on
hwApUpdateBeginNotify           on                      on
......
hwApVersionMismatchNotify       on                      on

Table 11-77 Description of the display snmp-agent trap feature-name wlan all command output

Item	Specification
Feature name	Name of the module that the trap belongs to.
Trap number	Number of traps.
Trap name	Name of traps.
Default switch status	Default status of the trap function: on: indicates that the trap function is enabled by default. off: indicates that the trap function is disabled by default.
Current switch status	Status of the trap function: on: indicates that the trap function is enabled. off: indicates that the trap function is disabled.

display ssid-profile

Function

The display ssid-profile command displays configuration and reference information about an SSID profile.

Format

display ssid-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all SSID profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified SSID profile.	The SSID profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display ssid-profile command to view configuration and reference information about an SSID profile.

Example

# Display information about all SSID profiles.

<HUAWEI> display ssid-profile all
---------------------------------------------------------------
Profile name  Beacon 2.4G/5G rate(Mbps)  Reference  SSID
---------------------------------------------------------------
default       1/6                        2          HUAWEI-WLAN
---------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-78 Description of the display ssid-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	SSID profile name.
Beacon 2.4G/5G rate(Mbps)	Rate at which 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Beacon frames are sent.
Reference	Number of times an SSID profile is referenced.
SSID	SSID name.

# Display information about the SSID profile default.

<HUAWEI> display ssid-profile name default
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile ID                  : 0
SSID                        : HUAWEI-WLAN
SSID hide                   : disable
Association timeout(min)    : 5
Max STA number              : 64
Reach max STA SSID hide     : enable
Legacy station              : enable
DTIM interval               : 1
Beacon 2.4G rate(Mbps)      : 1
Beacon 5G rate(Mbps)        : 6
Deny-broadcast-probe        : disable
Probe-response-retry num    : 1
802.11r                     : disable
  802.11r authentication    : - 
  Reassociation timeout (s) : -
QOS CAR inbound CIR(kbit/s) : -
QOS CAR inbound PIR(kbit/s) : -
QOS CAR inbound CBS(byte)   : -
QOS CAR inbound PBS(byte)   : -
U-APSD                      : enable
Active dull client          : disable
MU-MIMO                     : disable
MU-MIMO optimize            : disable
QBSS load                   : disable
Single txchain              : disable
Advertise AP name           : disable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
WMM EDCA client parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
       ECWmax  ECWmin  AIFSN  TXOPLimit
AC_VO  3       2       2      47
AC_VI  4       3       2      94
AC_BE  10      4       3      0
AC_BK  10      4       7      0
-------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-79 Description of the display ssid-profile name command output

Item	Description
Profile ID	ID of an SSID profile.
SSID	SSID name. To configure the parameter, run the ssid command.
SSID hide	SSID hiding. To configure the parameter, run the ssid-hide enable command.
Association timeout(min)	Association timeout period. To configure the parameter, run the association-timeout command.
Max STA number	Maximum number of users. To configure the parameter, run the max-sta-number (SSID profile view) command.
Reach max STA SSID hide	Whether to automatically hide SSIDs when the number of users reaches the maximum. To configure the parameter, run the reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable command.
Legacy station	Whether to permit access of non-HT STAs. To configure the parameter, run the legacy-station disable command.
DTIM interval	DTIM interval. To configure the parameter, run the dtim-interval command.
Beacon 2.4G rate(Mbps)	Rate at which 2.4 GHz Beacon frames are sent. To configure the parameter, run the beacon-2g-rate command.
Beacon 5G rate(Mbps)	Rate at which 5 GHz Beacon frames are sent. To configure the parameter, run the beacon-5g-rate command.
Deny-broadcast-probe	Whether an AP is configured not to respond to broadcast Probe Request frames. To configure the parameter, run the deny-broadcast-probe enable command.
Probe-response-retry num	Number of times Probe Response packets are retransmitted. To configure the parameter, run the probe-response-retry command.
802.11r	802.11r roaming. To configure the parameter, run the dot11r enable command.
802.11r authentication	802.11r authentication mode.
Reassociation timeout (s)	802.11r reassociation timeout interval. To configure the parameter, run the dot11r enable command.
QOS CAR inbound CIR(kbit/s)	CIR in the QoS CAR profile applied to the inbound direction of an interface, which is the allowed rate at which traffic can pass through. To configure the parameter, run the qos car (SSID profile view) command.
QOS CAR inbound PIR(kbit/s)	PIR in the QoS CAR profile applied to the inbound direction of an interface, which is the maximum rate of traffic that can pass through an interface. To configure the parameter, run the qos car (SSID profile view) command.
QOS CAR inbound CBS(byte)	CBS in the QoS CAR profile applied to the inbound direction of an interface, which is the average volume of burst traffic that can pass through an interface. To configure the parameter, run the qos car (SSID profile view) command.
QOS CAR inbound PBS(byte)	PBS in the QoS CAR profile applied to the inbound direction of an interface, which is the maximum volume of burst traffic that can pass through an interface. To configure the parameter, run the qos car (SSID profile view) command.
U-APSD	Whether the U-APSD function is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the u-apsd enable command.
Active dull client	Whether the function of preventing terminals from entering energy-saving mode is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the active-dull-client enable command.
MU-MIMO	Whether the MU-MIMO function is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the mu-mimo disable command.
MU-MIMO optimize	Whether the MU-MIMO optimization function is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the mu-mimo optimize enable command.
QBSS load	Whether the QBSS load function is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the qbss-load enable command.
Single txchain	Whether to enable the single-antenna transmission mode. To configure the parameter, run the single-txchain enable command.
Advertise AP name	Whether Beacon frames are enabled to carry the AP name. To configure the parameter, run the advertise-ap-name enable command.
AC_VO	AC_VO packets. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
AC_VI	AC_VI packets. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
AC_BE	AC_BE packets. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
AC_BK	AC_BK packets. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
ECWmax	Exponent form of the maximum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
ECWmin	Exponent form of the minimum contention window. ECWmin and ECWmax determine the average backoff time. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
AIFSN	Arbitration inter frame spacing number (AIFSN), which determines the channel idle time. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.
TXOPLimit	Transmission opportunity limit (TXOPLimit), which determines the maximum duration in which a STA can occupy a channel. A larger value indicates a longer duration. To configure the parameter, run the wmm edca-client (SSID profile view) command.

display sta-offline-delay configuration

Function

The display sta-offline-delay configuration command displays the STA offline delay configuration.

Format

display sta-offline-delay configuration

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to view the STA offline delay configuration.

Example

# Display the STA offline delay configuration.

<HUAWEI> display sta-offline-delay configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enable switch                         : disable
Aging time(s)                         : 180
Full station reject switch            : disable
Max number                            : 2048
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-80 Description of the display sta-offline-delay configuration command output

Item	Description
Enable switch	Whether to enable the STA offline delay function. To configure the parameter, run the sta-offline-delay enable command.
Aging time(s)	Aging time of the STA offline delay state To configure the parameter, run the sta-offline-delay aging-time command.
Full station reject switch	Whether to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum. To configure the parameter, run the sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable command.
Max number	Maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline. To configure the parameter, run the sta-offline-delay max-number command.

display station

Function

The display station command displays access information about STAs.

Format

display station { ap-group ap-group-name | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | ssid ssid | sta-mac sta-mac-address | vlan vlan-id | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-group ap-group-name	Displays STA access information about a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays STA access information of the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays STA access information of the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ssid ssid	Displays STA access information about a specified SSID.	The SSID must exist.
sta-mac sta-mac-address	Displays access information about a STA with the specified MAC address.	The STA's MAC address must exist.
vlan vlan-id	Displays STA access information about a specified VLAN.	The VLAN ID must exist.
all	Displays access information about all STAs.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display station command to view access information about STAs. Access information about STAs can be filtered based on AP groups, APs, and SSIDs. You can run the display access-user command to view access information about online wired and wireless users. The information includes users' authentication, authorization, and accounting information. Access information about wireless users can be filtered based on SSIDs. To view details about user authentication, authorization, and accounting information, run the display access-user command.

Example

# Display access information about all STAs.

<HUAWEI> display station all
Rf/WLAN: Radio ID/WLAN ID
Rx/Tx: link receive rate/link transmit rate(Mbps)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STA MAC          AP ID Ap name         Rf/WLAN  Band  Type  Rx/Tx      RSSI  VLAN  IP address  SSID      Status
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14cf-9208-9abf   0     1047-8007-6f80  0/2      2.4G  11n   3/8        -70   10    10.10.10.253 tap1     Normal
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1 2.4G: 1 5G: 0

Table 11-81 Description of the display station all command output

Item	Description
STA MAC	STA's MAC address.
AP ID	AP ID.
Ap name	AP name.
Rf/WLAN	Radio ID/WLAN ID of a VAP.
Band	Frequency band of a radio.
Type	Protocol type of a radio.
Rx/Tx	Rate at which the AP receives packets from the STA/Rate at which the AP sends packets to the STA.
RSSI	RSSI of signals received by an APfrom a STA.
VLAN	VLAN ID of a STA.
IP address	IP address of a STA.
SSID	SSID name.
Status	Status of a STA. Normal indicates that the STA is in normal state, and Delay indicates that the STA is in offline delay state.

# Display access information about a specified STA.

<HUAWEI> display station sta-mac b878-2eb4-2689
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Station MAC-address                       : b878-2eb4-2689
Station IP-address                        : 10.10.10.254
                                          : FE80::C87:23F4:A6D:8D03
Station gateway                           : 10.10.10.2
Associated SSID                           : jsldoc
Station online time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)         : 000:00:03:14
The upstream SNR(dB)                      : 80.0
The upstream aggregate receive power(dBm) : -28.0
Station connect rate(Mbps)                : 61
Station connect channel                   : 36
Station inactivity time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)     : 000:00:00:00
Station current state
  Authorized for data transfer            : YES
  QoS enabled                             : YES
  ERP enabled                             : No
  HT rates enabled                        : YES
  Power save mode enabled                 : YES
  Auth reference held                     : No
  UAPSD enabled                           : No
  UAPSD triggerable                       : No
  UAPSD SP in progress                    : No
  This is an ATH node                     : No
  WDS workaround req                      : No
  WDS link                                : No
  PMF negotiation                         : No
Station's HT capability                   : WQ
Station capabilities                      : E
Station PMF capabilities                  : PMFC=0,PMFR=0
Station VHT capabilities
  256QAM capabilities                     :YES
  VHT explicit beamforming capabilities   :YES
  MU-MIMO capabilities                    :YES
Station's RSSI(dBm)                       : -28
Station's radio mode                      : 11n
Station's AP ID                           : 0
Station's AP Name                         : area_3
Station's Radio ID                        : 1
Station's Authentication Method           : OPEN
Station's Cipher Type                     : NO CIPHER
Station's User Name                       : b8782eb42689
Station's Vlan ID                         : 22
Station's Channel Band-width              : 20MHz
Station's asso BSSID                      : dcd2-fc04-b513
Station's state                           : Asso with auth
Station's QoS Mode                        : WMM
Station's HT Mode                         : HT20
Station's MCS value                       : 9
Station's NSS value                       : 2
Station's Short GI                        : nonsupport
Station's roam state                      : No
Station supported band                    : 2.4G/5G
Station support 802.11k                   : Yes
Station support 802.11r                   : Yes
Station support 802.11v                   : No
Available to trigger roam                 : Yes
Is sticky client now                      : No
Trigger aimless roam while sticky         : Yes
Neighbor list:
------------------------------------------
AP name             RfID  SNR     RCPI
------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------
total: 0
U-APSD list:
-------------------------------------------------------
AC-VI          AC-VO        AC-BE         AC-BK
-------------------------------------------------------
not-support  not-support  not-support  not-support
-------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-82 Description of the display station sta-mac sta-mac-address command output

Item	Description
Station MAC-address	MAC address of a STA.
Station IP-address	IP address of a STA.
Station gateway	Gateway address of a STA. NOTE: If the device obtains the STA's gateway address through DHCP, the parameter displays as the obtained gateway address; otherwise, the parameter displays as 0.0.0.0.
Associated SSID	SSID of a service set with which a STA is associated.
Station online time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)	Online duration of a STA, in the format of ddd:hh:mm:ss.
The upstream SNR(dB)	SNR of a STA received by an AP, in dB.
The upstream aggregate receive power(dBm)	Transmit power of a STA received by an AP, in dBm.
Station connect rate(Mbps)	Connection rate of a STA, in Mbit/s. Affected by wireless environments, antenna angles, and other factors, the actual connection rate of a STA cannot reach the upper limit.
Station connect channel	Channel used by a STA.
Station inactivity time(ddd:hh:mm:ss)	Idle duration of a STA, in the format of ddd:hh:mm:ss.
Station current state	Current status of a STA.
Authorized for data transfer	Whether a STA is authenticated.
QoS enabled	Whether QoS is enabled on a STA.
ERP enabled	Whether Effective radiated power (ERP) is enabled on a STA to increase the physical-layer transmission speed.
HT rates enabled	Whether 802.11n is enabled on a STA.
Power save mode enabled	Whether the power saving mode is enabled on a STA.
Auth reference held	Whether the authentication reference flag is set.
UAPSD enabled	Whether UAPSD is enabled.
UAPSD triggerable	UAPSD can be triggered, waiting for a STA to send a trigger frame to the AP.
UAPSD SP in progress	Whether the UAPSD mode is in the service period (SP).
This is an ATH node	Whether the wireless network adapter uses the atheros chip.
WDS workaround req	Whether a patch is used to fix bugs of atheros owl series chips in WDS scenarios.
WDS link	STA that is a node on the WDS link.
PMF negotiation	Whether a STA implements the PMF negotiation.
Station's HT capability	HT capability of a STA. A: Advanced coding W: HT40 channel width P: MIMO power save disabled Q: Static MIMO power save R: Dynamic MIMO power save G: Greenfield preamble S: Short GI enabled (HT40) D: Delayed block ACK M: Max AMSDU size
Station capabilities	Capabilities of a STA.
Station PMF capabilities	PMF capability of a STA.
Station VHT capabilities	Whether a STA supports 802.11ac.
256QAM capabilities	Whether a STA supports 256QAM.
256QAM capabilities	Whether a STA supports 256QAM.
VHT explicit beamforming capabilities	Whether a STA supports 802.11ac explicit beamforming.
MU-MIMO capabilities	Whether a STA supports MU-MIMO
Station's RSSI(dBm)	RSSI of signals received by an AP from a STA, in dBm.
Station's radio mode	Radio mode of a STA.
Station's AP ID	AP ID associated with a STA.
Station's AP Name	Name of the AP which a STA associates with.
Station's Radio ID	Radio ID of a STA.
Station's Authentication Method	Authentication mode of a STA.
Station's Cipher Type	Encryption mode of a STA.
Station's User Name	User name of a STA.
Station's Vlan ID	VLAN ID of a STA.
Station's Channel Band-width	Channel bandwidth of a STA.
Station's asso BSSID	BSSID that the STA associates with.
Station's state	Status of the STA.
Station's QoS Mode	QoS mode of the STA.
Station's HT Mode	HT mode of the STA. VHT: 802.11ac. HT: 802.11n. -: 802.11a/b/g.
Station's MCS value	The maximum MCS value of the STA.
Station's NSS value	NSS value of the STA. NOTE: The NSS value is displayed for STAs working only in 802.11ac mode or STAs working in 802.11n mode and supporting 256QAM.
Station's Short GI	Whether the STA supports the short GI.
Station's roam state	Roaming state of a STA.
Station supported band	Bandwidth supported by a STA.
Station support 802.11k	Whether a STA supports 802.11k.
Station support 802.11r	Whether a STA supports 802.11r.
Station support 802.11v	Whether a STA supports 802.11v.
Available to trigger roam	Whether a STA can trigger the roaming process.
Is sticky client now	Whether a STA is a sticky terminal.
Trigger aimless roam while sticky	Whether a STA is forced to roam aimlessly.
Neighbor list	Neighboring AP list of a STA.
AP name	Name of a STA's neighboring AP.
RfID	Radio ID of a STA's neighboring AP.
SNR	SNR of a STA's neighboring AP.
RCPI	RCPI of a STA's neighboring AP.
U-APSD list	U-APSD list.
AC-VI	Whether U-APSD takes effect on AC_VI packets.
AC-VO	Whether U-APSD takes effect on AC_VO packets.
AC-BE	Whether U-APSD takes effect on AC_BE packets.
AC-BK	Whether U-APSD takes effect on AC_BK packets.

Related Topics

display access-user (All views)

display station assoc-info ap-offline-record

Function

The display station assoc-info ap-offline-record command displays information about STAs that connect to the APs in fault state.

Format

display station assoc-info ap-offline-record { all | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio radio-id ] }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about STAs that connect to all APs in fault state.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays information about STAs that go online on the AP with a specified name in fault state.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays information about STAs that go online on the AP with a specified ID in fault state.	The AP ID must exist.
radio radio-id	Displays information about STAs that connect to a specified radio of an AP in fault state.	The radio ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When link faults occur between the APs and AC, the APs in fault state allow access of new STAs and log the STA information. When the link between the APs and AC is re-established, the APs disconnect these STAs and send the STA information to the AC. You can run the display station assoc-info ap-offline-record command on the AC to check information about the STAs that connect to the APs in fault state.

Prerequisite

The APs in fault state have been enabled to allow access of new STAs using the keep-service enable allow new-access command.

Example

# Display information about STAs that connect to all APs in fault state.

<HUAWEI> display station assoc-info ap-offline-record all
Offline Station information list: 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STA MAC          AP name   RADIO ID  SSID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
286E-D488-B74F   Huawei    0         SSID_MYWLAN
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-83 Description of the display station assoc-info ap-offline-record command output

Item	Description
STA MAC	MAC address of a STA.
AP name	Name of the AP that the STA connects to.
RADIO ID	ID of the radio that the STA connects to.
SSID	SSID that the STA connects to.

Related Topics

keep-service enable allow new-access

reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record

display station online-fail-record

Function

The display station online-fail-record command displays STA online failure records.

Format

display station online-fail-record { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | sta-mac sta-mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays online failure records of all STAs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays online failure records of STAs on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays online failure records of STAs on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
sta-mac sta-mac-address	Displays online failure records of the STA with the specified MAC address.	The STA's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

If a STA fails to go online, you can run the command to check the failure reason, which helps locate the fault.

After the number of STA online failure records reaches the maximum that can be stored, new records overwrite existing ones.

Example

# Display online failure records of all STAs.

<HUAWEI> display station online-fail-record all
Rf/WLAN: Radio ID/WLAN ID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STA MAC         AP ID Ap name  Rf/WLAN    Last record time
                Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14cf-9202-13dc  0     area_11  0/1        2015-03-11/15:53:18
                The STA is in the VAP's blacklist.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stations: 1 Total records: 1

Table 11-84 Description of the display station online-fail-record command output

Item	Description
Radio ID/WLAN ID	Radio/VAP that the STA fails to connect to.
STA MAC	MAC address of the STA that fails to go online.
AP ID	ID of the AP on which the STA fails to go online.
Ap name	Name of the AP on which the STA fails to go online.
Last record time	Time of the STA online failure.
Reason STA	Reason for the STA online failure. For details about STA online failure reasons and handling suggestions, see Table 11-85. For troubleshooting methods, see STAs Fail to Associate with a WLAN.

Table 11-85 STA online failure reasons and handling suggestions

Reason Why a STA Fails to Go Online	Remarks	Handling Suggestion
STA authentication times out.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Invalid association request packet.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, the STA may be incompatible with the AP. Contact technical support personnel.
The encryption mode is inconsistent on the STA and AP.	-	Ensure that the encryption mode is consistent on the STA and AP.
Authentication fails in the association stage.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA is not authenticated.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The AP does not support the rate set specified in the association request packet of the STA.	-	Change the basic rate set in the radio profile and reassociate the STA with the network.
The encryption algorithm is inconsistent on the STA and AP.	-	Ensure that the encryption algorithm is consistent on the STA and AP.
Failed to decrypt the challenge packet.	-	Verify that the STA works properly and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Access from legacy STAs is denied.	-	Verify that access from legacy STAs is denied. To allow access from legacy STAs, run the undo legacy-station disable command.
The number of STAs exceeds the physical specifications allowed by the AP.	-	Expand the network capacity or retain the current configuration as required.
The WMM capability of the STA and VAP does not match.	-	Check whether the VMM function is enabled in the radio profile or check the WMM configuration on the STA.
STAs have a compatibility issue(Incorrect network type flag carried by STAs).	-	Verify that the STA works properly and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
STAs have a compatibility issue(STAs do not support short timeslots).	-	Check whether the STA supports 802.11g.
STAs have a compatibility issue(STAs do not support DFS.)	-	Check whether the STA supports 802.11h.
The number of associated STAs exceeds the maximum allowed by the AC.	The number of associated STAs on the AC exceeds the maximum.	Expand the network capacity or retain the current configuration as required.
The STA is not in the global whitelist.	-	Check whether the STA needs to be added to the global whitelist.
The STA is in the global blacklist.	-	Check whether the STA needs to be added to the global blacklist.
The STA is not in the VAP's whitelist.	-	Check whether the STA needs to be added to the VAP's whitelist.
The STA is in the VAP's blacklist.	-	Check whether the STA needs to be added to the VAP's blacklist.
The STA associates with a heavily loaded radio.	-	Check whether the threshold for load balancing is proper.
The STA is in the dynamic blacklist.	-	Check the attack records and check whether the STA has initiated attacks.
The association or reassociation packet check fails.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The number of users exceeds the maximum allowed on the VAP	-	Expand the network capacity or run the max-sta-number command to increase the maximum number of STAs associated with the VAP.
The STA uses a static IP address.	-	Check whether the STA uses a static IP address. If not required, configure the STA to obtain an IP address dynamically.
The STA's SNR is below the user CAC threshold.	-	Check whether the SNR-based user CAC threshold is proper. To change the threshold, run the uac client-snr threshold command. Reassociate the STA with the network. Alternatively, determine the STA location and provide coverage to the location.
The number of STAs exceeds the UAC threshold of the radio.	The number of associated STAs exceeds the user CAC threshold based on the number of users.	Check whether the user CAC threshold based on the number of users is properly set. If not, modify the threshold by running the uac client-number threshold command and reassociate the STA with the network.
The channel utilization of the radio has reached the upper threshold.	-	Check whether the user CAC threshold based on the channel utilization is proper. To change the threshold, run the uac channel-utilization threshold command. Reassociate the STA with the radio.
The STA does not send an authentication request before associating with the network.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The key is incorrect or the STA uses the cached PMK.	-	Ensure that the STA uses the correct key and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Failed to receive the handshake packet (2/4) from the STA.	-	Ensure that the STA uses the correct key and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Failed to receive the handshake packet (4/4) from the STA.	-	Ensure that the STA uses the correct key and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
WAPI authentication times out.	-	Check the network quality and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Reauthentication fails.	-	Check the intermediate network connectivity between the AP and AC, and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Authentication fails.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
The authentication request times out.	-	Reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Key negotiation fails.	-	Ensure that the STA uses the correct key and reassociate the STA with the network. If the failure persists, contact technical support personnel.
Key negotiation fails(the length of the key data(2/4) is invalid).	-	Verify that the correct password is entered on the STA. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Key negotiation fails(the length of the key data(4/4) is invalid).	-	Verify that the correct password is entered on the STA. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Key negotiation fails(fail to send the handshake packet).	-	Verify that the correct password is entered on the STA. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Key negotiation fails(the key information of the handshake packet is invalid).	-	Verify that the correct password is entered on the STA. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The radio type is inconsistent between the AC and AP.	-	Run the display ap config-info command to verify the AP radio configuration.

Related Topics

reset station online-fail-record

display station offline-record

Function

The display station offline-record command displays STA offline records.

Format

display station offline-record { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | sta-mac sta-mac }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays all STA offline records.	-
ap-name ap-name	Displays STA offline records on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays STA offline records on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
sta-mac sta-mac	Displays logout records of a specified STA.	The STA's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

After a STA goes offline, you can use this command to check the reason why the STA goes offline.

Example

# Display all STA offline records.

<HUAWEI> display station offline-record all
Rf/WLAN: Radio ID/WLAN ID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STA MAC         AP ID Ap name        Rf/WLAN    Last record time
                Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14cf-9208-9abf  0     area_1         0/2        2015-09-18/09:38:50
                The VAP goes down because the configuration is modified.
14cf-9202-13dc  1     60de-4474-9640 0/1        2015-09-18/09:28:52
                The VAP goes down because the configuration is modified.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stations: 2 Total records: 2

Table 11-86 Description of the display station offline-record command output

Item	Description
STA MAC	MAC address of a STA.
AP ID	AP ID.
Ap name	AP name.
Radio ID/WLAN ID	ID of the radio or WLAN ID of the VAP from which a STA goes offline.
Last record time	Time when the STA went offline last time.
Reason	Reason why the STA went offline. For description of offline reasons and handling suggestions, see Table 11-87. For troubleshooting methods, see A STA Goes Offline Unexpectedly.
Total stations	Total number of STAs.
Total records	Total number of STA offline records.

Table 11-87 Possible reasons and suggestions for STAs to go offline

Reason Why a STA Goes Offline	Suggestion
A STA goes offline properly.	No action is required.
STA entry addition times out or fails.	Check the intermediate network between the AP and AC or reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Authentication fails in the association stage.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The configuration is modified.	Check whether configuration change records exist.
Roaming check failed (on the eSAP).	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Roaming failed (because of a roaming entry failure on the forwarding side or a failure to obtain the configuration).	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The AP is faulty.	Check the reason why the AP goes offline, and rectify the fault accordingly. For reasons why an AP goes offline, see display ap offline-record.
The AP is deleted.	No action is required.
Failed to synchronize user entries between the AP and AC.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Failed to synchronize user entries in a mobility group.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Failed to synchronize user entries between WMP and eSAP.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
A tunnel between ACs goes Down.	Check the network between the ACs.
The home AP goes offline or a network fault occurs.	Reassociate the STA with another AP. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The home AP is deleted.	Reassociate the STA with another AP. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The home VAP is deleted.	Reassociate the STA with another VAP. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The AC forcibly disconnects idle STAs.	Check whether this function is required. If so, no action is required. If not, run the undo idle-cut command to modify the configuration as required.
The STA roams out of the device.	No action is required.
The keepalive packet on the home AP times out.	Check the intermediate network between the AP and AC or reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The keepalive packet between ACs times out.	Check the intermediate network between the ACs or reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Layer 3 roaming is disabled.	Reassociate the STA with the network or enable Layer 3 roaming.
The STA fails the roaming security check: APs before and after roaming use different security policies.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA fails the roaming status check.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA fails the roaming check due to other reasons.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Failed to add FPI item: Authorization information fails to be delivered.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA MAC is added to the STA blacklist.	Check whether the STA needs to be added to the blacklist.
Users go offline due to WDS link disconnection or other unknown reasons (reported by Wi-Fi).	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA disassociates with the network.	Check whether the user actively goes offline or whether the terminal is faulty.
The STA is deauthenticated.	Check whether the user actively goes offline or whether the terminal is faulty.
The STA ages out.	No action is required.
The VAP goes down because the configuration is modified.	Check whether configuration change records exist in the log.
The number of users exceeds the specifications (insufficient key slots).	Expand the AP capacity or reassociate the STA with another AP.
A user exception is detected.	Rectify the fault and reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA does not respond.	Check whether the STA works properly.
The STA is added to the dynamic blacklist.	Check whether the STA is an attacker.
The signal strength is too low.	Check whether the threshold for quickly disconnecting STAs by smart roaming is correctly configured, and check whether the WLAN coverage area is sufficient.
The STA rate is too low.	Check whether the threshold for quickly disconnecting STAs by smart roaming is correctly configured, and check whether the WLAN coverage area is sufficient.
The STA uses a bogus IP address.	Configure the STA to automatically obtain an IP address.
No control entry exists.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The AP goes online again.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
No Wi-Fi entry exists.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA roams between ACs.	No action is required.
The STA reassociates with the network but does not send a DHCP request message.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Multicast key handshake failure.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
Reporting the PMK negotiation result to the AC times out.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
The STA disassociates with the network (delay aging offline).	Check whether the user actively goes offline or whether the terminal is faulty.
The STA is deauthenticated (delay aging offline).	Check whether the user actively goes offline or whether the terminal is faulty.
The STA ages out (delay aging offline).	No action is required.
The STA IP address changes after roaming.	Reassociate the STA with the network. If this fault persists, contact technical support personnel.
RADIUS authentication reject.	Check whether the login user name or password and that on the RADIUS server are the same. If not the same, change them to be the same and reapply for login.

Related Topics

reset station offline-record

display station statistics

Function

The display station statistics command displays statistics information about STAs.

Format

display station statistics [ sta-mac sta-mac-address | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
sta-mac sta-mac-address	Displays statistics information about a STA with a specified MAC address.	The STA's MAC address must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays statistics information about STAs on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays statistics information about STAs on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to view statistics information about STAs.

If no parameter is specified, statistics information about all STAs associated with the AC is displayed.
If an AP is specified, the number of STAs associated with, disassociated from, and reassociated with the AP is displayed.
If a STA is specified, the number of packets and packet transmission rate between the STA and an AP are displayed.

Prerequisites

To view statistics information about a specified STA, ensure that the STA has been associated with an AP.
To view statistics information about STAs associated with a specified AP, ensure that the AP has been added to the AC and is in normal state.

Example

# Display statistics information about all STAs.

<HUAWEI> display station statistics
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AC link auth successful                                            :0
  AC auth failed because of password error                           :0
  AC auth failed because of invalid calc                             :0
  AC auth failed because of timeout                                  :0
  AC auth failed because of being refused                            :0
  AC auth failed because of other reasons                            :0
  Sticky stations detected                                           :0
  Trigger sticky stations roam total                                 :0
  Trigger sticky stations roam success                               :0
  Trigger sticky stations roam success rate(%)                       :-
  Unavailable to trigger roam                                        :0
  Online sticky stations                                             :0
  Stations supporting dual band                                      :0
  Online stations                                                    :0
      Stations associated with 2.4G band                             :0
      Stations associated with 5G band                               :0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-88 Description of the display station statistics command output

Item	Description
AC link auth successful	Total number of successful link authentications on the AC. Every time a STA initiates a link authentication request and passes the authentication, the counter is incremented by 1. If the same STA initiates multiple authentication requests and passes all authentications, the counter is incremented cumulatively.
AC auth failed because of password error	Number of authentication failures due to the incorrect password.
AC auth failed because of invalid calc	Number of authentication failures due to the invalid authentication algorithm.
AC auth failed because of timeout	Number of authentication failures due to timeout.
AC auth failed because of being refused	Number of authentication failures due to rejected access to the AC.
AC auth failed because of other reasons	Number of authentication failures due to other reasons.
Sticky stations detected	Number of sticky STAs.
Trigger sticky stations roam total	Total number of the triggered smart roaming times.
Trigger sticky stations roam success	Number of the successfully triggered smart roaming times.
Trigger sticky stations roam success rate(%)	Success rate of triggered smart roaming.
Unavailable to trigger roam	Number of STAs that cannot implement smart roaming on the AC.
Online sticky stations	Number of online sticky STAs.
Stations supporting dual band	Number of STAs that support only dual bands.
Online stations	Number of online STAs.
Stations associated with 2.4G band	Number of STAs associated with the 2.4 GHz band.
Stations associated with 5G band	Number of STAs associated with the 5 GHz band.

# Display statistics information about a STA with MAC address 0025-86aa-0d1c.

<HUAWEI> display station statistics sta-mac 0025-86aa-0d1c
-----------------------------------------------------------------
  Packets sent to the station                            : 7
  Packets received from the station                      : 40
  Bytes sent to the station                              : 1170
  Bytes received from the station                        : 3911
  Wireless data rate sent to the station(kbps)           : 0
  Wireless data rate received from the station(kbps)     : 0
  Trigger roam total                                     : 0
  Trigger roam failed                                    : 0
  STA power save percent                                 : 0%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-89 Description of the display station statistics sta-mac sta-mac-address command output

Item	Description
Packets sent to the station	Number of packets sent to the STA.
Packets received from the station	Number of packets sent by the STA.
Bytes sent to the station	Number of bytes sent to the STA.
Bytes received from the station	Number of bytes sent by the STA.
Wireless data rate sent to the station(kbps)	Rate at which packets are sent to the STA, in kbit/s.
Wireless data rate received from the station(kbps)	Rate at which packets are received from the STA, in kbit/s.
Trigger roam total	Total number of smart roaming times.
Trigger roam failed	Number of smart roaming failures.
STA power save percent	Percentage of power saved on the STA.

# Display STA statistics information of a specified AP.

<HUAWEI> display station statistics ap-name N1-2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total stations online time(seconds)                                :2713
  Stations associated with the AP                                    :1
  Association request                                                :5
  Successful association request                                     :5
  Reject association request                                         :0
  Failed association request                                         :0
  Reassociation request                                              :0
  Successful reassociation request                                   :0
  Reject reassociation request                                       :0
  Failed reassociation request                                       :0
  Disassociations because of users notified                          :3
  Disassociations because of users roam                              :0
  Disassociations because of users left without notification         :0
  Disassociations because of other reasons                           :0
  Disassociations because of linkauthfail                            :0
  Authentication request                                             :5
  Deauth request                                                     :0
  Stations work in power save mode                                   :0
  Stations work in HT mode                                           :1
  Stations work in B mode                                            :0
  Stations work in G mode                                            :0
  Stations work in A mode                                            :0
  Stations work in N mode                                            :1
  Stations work in AC mode                                           :0
  Stations only support 2.4G band                                    :1
  Stations only support 5G band                                      :0
  Stations support dual band                                         :0
      Stations associated with 2.4G band                             :1
      Stations associated with 5G band                               :0
  Band steer success rate(%)                                         :0
  Load balancing status between dual band                            :Balanced
  Detected as sticky clients                                         :0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-90 Description of the display station statistics ap-name ap-name command output

Item	Description
Total stations online time(seconds)	Total online duration of all STAs, in seconds.
Stations associated with the AP	Number of STAs currently associated with the AP, not including the number of STAs in aging status.
Association request	Number of association requests sent to the AP.
Successful association request	Number of successful associations.
Reject association request	Number of association requests denied by the AP.
Failed association request	Number of failed associations.
Reassociation request	Number of reassociation requests sent to the AP.
Successful reassociation request	Number of successful reassociations.
Reject reassociation request	Number of reassociation requests rejected by the AP.
Failed reassociation request	Number of failed reassociations.
Disassociations because of users notified	Number of times STAs are disassociated from the AP because users go offline.
Disassociations because of users roam	Number of times STAs are disassociated from the AP because users roam to other regions.
Disassociations because of users left without notification	Number of times STAs are disassociated from the AP because users go offline abnormally.
Disassociations because of other reasons	Number of times STAs are disassociated from the AP for other reasons.
Disassociations because of linkauthfail	Number of times STAs are disassociated from the AP due to link authentication failures.
Authentication request	Number of link authentication request times.
Deauth request	Number of disassociation times.
Stations work in power save mode	Number of STAs working in power saving mode.
Stations work in HT mode	Number of STAs working in HT mode.
Stations work in B mode	Number of STAs working in 802.11b mode.
Stations work in G mode	Number of STAs working in 802.11g mode.
Stations work in A mode	Number of STAs working in 802.11a mode.
Stations work in N mode	Number of STAs working in 802.11n mode.
Stations work in AC mode	Number of STAs working in 802.11ac mode.
Stations only support 2.4G band	Number of STAs that support only the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Stations only support 5G band	Number of STAs that support only the 5 GHz frequency band.
Stations support dual band	Number of STAs that support both 2.4 and 5 GHz frequency bands.
Stations associated with 2.4G band	Number of STAs that associate with the 2.4 GHz frequency band.
Stations associated with 5G band	Number of STAs that associate with the 5 GHz frequency band.
Band steer success rate(%)	Band steering success rate.
Load balancing status between dual band	Status of load balancing between the 2.4 and 5 GHz frequency bands.

display vap

Function

The display vap command displays information about service VAPs.

Format

display vap { ap-group ap-group-name | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio radio-id ] } [ ssid ssid ]

display vap { all | ssid ssid }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-group ap-group-name	Displays information about all service VAPs in a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Displays information about service VAPs on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Displays information about service VAPs on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
radio radio-id	Displays information about service VAPs of a specified AP radio.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2. Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.
ssid ssid	Displays information about service VAPs of a specified SSID.	The SSID must exist.
all	Displays information about all service VAPs.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display vap command to view information about service VAPs.

Example

# Display information about all service VAPs.

<HUAWEI> display vap all
WID : WLAN ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP ID AP name        RfID WID  BSSID          Status  Auth type  STA   SSID
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3     ap1            0    1    0023-0024-0080 ON      Open       0     ag
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-91 Description of the display vap command output

Item	Description
AP ID	AP ID.
AP name	AP name.
RfID	Radio ID.
WID	WLAN ID of a VAP.
SSID	SSID name.
BSSID	MAC address of a VAP.
Status	Current status of a VAP. ON: The VAP service is enabled. OFF: The VAP service is disabled.
Auth type	Authentication mode of a VAP.
STA	Number of terminals connected to a VAP.

display vap create-fail-record

Function

The display vap create-fail-record command displays records about VAP creation failures.

Format

display vap create-fail-record { ap-mac ap-mac | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-mac ap-mac	Displays records about VAP creation failures on an AP with the specified MAC address.	The specified MAC address must exist.
all	Displays records about VAP creation failures on an AP with the specified MAC address.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display vap create-fail-record all command to check records about VAP creation failures.

Example

# Display all records about VAP creation failures.

<HUAWEI> display vap create-fail-record all
Rf/WLAN: Radio ID/WLAN ID    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AP MAC          Rf/WLAN  Profile Name  Source Type  
VAP Type        Reason      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
e468-a350-8a60  0/4      1             ap-group     
Service         Preshared key is not configured.
e468-a350-8a60  1/4      1             ap-group     
Service         Preshared key is not configured.
e468-a350-8a60  0/6      1             ap-group     
Service         Preshared key is not configured.
e468-a350-8a60  1/6      1             ap-group     
Service         Preshared key is not configured.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total records: 4

Table 11-92 Description of the display vap create-fail-record all command output

Item	Description
AP MAC	MAC address of the AP.
Rf/WLAN	Radio ID/WLAN ID.
Profile Name	VAP profile name.
Source Type	Object to which the VAP is bound, including: ap-group: AP group ap-id: AP
VAP Type	VAP type, including Service: Service VAP WDS: WDS VAP Mesh: Mesh VAP
Reason	Reason why the VAP fails to be created. Table 11-93 describes detailed reasons.

Table 11-93 Reasons for VAP creation failures

Reason for VAP Creation Failures	Remarks
The VAPs using WEP encryption on an AP cannot use the same key ID.	-
Invalid WEP key index.	-
Preshared key is not configured.	-
Only one management VAP profile can be bound.	-
Radio is not exists.	-
VAP already exists.	-
VAP quantity on the Radio reaches the maximum value.	-
The bridge is enable. Please undo first.	WLAN IDs 13 and 14 are used to set up a WDS bridge. Select other WLAN IDs or delete the WDS configuration.
WLAN ID(16) is used. Please undo first.	WLAN ID 16 is used to set up a Mesh link. Select another WLAN ID or delete the Mesh configuration.
Only one temporary management vap-profile can be bound to an AP.	-
The current country code does not support 5GHz frequency band.	-
The current country code does not support 2.4GHz frequency band.	-
The AP type does not support the wlan id.	-
This AP type does not support WDS function.	-
This AP type does not support Mesh function.	-
The number of VAPs has reached the upper limit.	-
The AP does not support 5GHz frequency band.	-
The AP does not support 2.4GHz frequency band.	-

display vap-profile

Function

The display vap-profile command displays configuration and reference information about a VAP profile.

Format

display vap-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all VAP profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified VAP profile.	The VAP profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display vap-profile command to view configuration and reference information about a VAP profile.

Example

# Display information about all VAP profiles.

<HUAWEI> display vap-profile all
FMode   : Forward mode
STA U/D : Rate limit client up/down
VAP U/D : Rate limit VAP up/down
BR2G/5G : Beacon 2.4G/5G rate
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name          FMode    VLAN    AuthType  STA U/D(Kbps)  VAP U/D(Kbps)  BR2G/5G(Mbps)  Reference  SSID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
default       direct   VLAN 1  Open      -/-            -/-            1/6            0          HUAWEI-WLAN
vap-profile1  direct   VLAN 1  Open      -/-            -/-            1/6            0          HUAWEI-WLAN
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-94 Description of the display vap-profile all command output

Item	Description
Name	VAP profile name.
FMode	Data forwarding mode.
VLAN	Service VLAN ID.
AuthType	User authentication mode.
STA U/D(Kbps)	Uplink/downlink rate limit of a single STA.
VAP U/D(Kbps)	Uplink/downlink rate limit of all STAs on a specified VAP.
BR2G/5G(Mbps)	Rate at which 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Beacon frames are sent.
Reference	Number of times a VAP profile is referenced.
SSID	SSID profile referenced by a VAP profile.

# Display information about the VAP profile default.

<HUAWEI> display vap-profile name default
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile ID                                      : -
Service mode                                    : enable
Type                                            : service
Forward mode                                    : direct-forward
Offline management                              : disable
Service VLAN ID                                 : 1
Service VLAN Pool                               : -
Permit VLAN ID                                  : 2 to 4
Auto off service switch                         : disable
Auto off starttime                              : -
Auto off endtime                                : -
STA access mode                                 : disable
STA blacklist profile                           :
STA whitelist profile                           :
Band steer                                      : enable
Sta network detect                              : enable
Learn client IPv4 address                       : enable
Learn client DHCP strict                        : disable
Learn client DHCP blacklist                     : disable
IP source check                                 : disable
ARP anti-attack check                           : disable
DHCP option82 insert                            : disable
DHCP option82 remote id format                  : insert AP-MAC
  MAC format                                    : default
DHCP option82 circuit id format                 : insert AP-MAC
  MAC format                                    : default
DHCP trust port                                 : disable
SFN roam                                        : disable
Anti-attack broadcast-flood                     : enable
  Anti-attack broadcast-flood sta-rate-threshold: 10
  Anti-attack broadcast-flood blacklist         : disable
SSID profile                                    : default
Security profile                                : default
Traffic profile                                 : default
Authentication profile                          :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-95 Description of the display vap-profile name command output

Item	Description
Profile ID	VAP profile ID.
Service mode	Status of the VAP service. To configure the parameter, run the service-mode disable command.
Type	VAP type. service: indicates the service type. ap-management: indicates the management AP type. To configure the parameter, run the type (VAP profile view) command.
Forward mode	Data forwarding mode. direct-forward: Indicates direct forwarding. tunnel: Indicates tunnel forwarding. To configure the parameter, run the forward-mode command.
Offline management	Whether to enable management VAP and antenna alignment VAP for offline APs. To configure the parameter, run the temporary-management enable (VAP profile view) command.
Service VLAN ID	Service VLAN ID. To configure the parameter, run the service-vlan (VAP profile view) command.
Service VLAN Pool	VLAN pool to which a service VLAN belongs. To configure the parameter, run the service-vlan (VAP profile view) command.
Permit VLAN ID	VLAN from which packets are allowed to pass through after when the authorization VLAN verification function is enabled.
Auto off service switch	Status of the scheduled VAP auto-off function. To configure the parameter, run the auto-off service command.
Auto off starttime	Start time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure the parameter, run the auto-off service command.
Auto off endtime	End time for scheduled VAP auto-off. To configure the parameter, run the auto-off service command.
STA access mode	STA access control mode. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
STA blacklist profile	STA blacklist profile. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
STA whitelist profile	STA whitelist profile. To configure the parameter, run the sta-access-mode command.
Band steer	Status of the band steering function. To configure the parameter, run the band-steer disable command.
Sta network detect	Whether to forcibly disconnect STAs without traffic. To configure the parameter, run the sta-network-detect disable command.
Learn client IPv4 address	Status of STA IPv4 address learning. To configure the parameter, run the learn-client-address disable (VAP profile view) command.
Learn client DHCP strict	Status of strict STA IP address learning through DHCP. To configure the parameter, run the learn-client-address dhcp-strict command.
Learn client DHCP blacklist	Whether to add STAs with bogus IP addresses to a dynamic blacklist. To configure the parameter, run the learn-client-address dhcp-strict command.
IP source check	Status of IP source guard. To configure the parameter, run the ip source check user-bind enable command.
ARP anti-attack check	Status of dynamic ARP probing. To configure the parameter, run the arp anti-attack check user-bind enable command.
DHCP option82 insert	Whether to enable an AP to insert the Option 82 field in DHCP packets sent from a STA. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp option82 insert enable command.
DHCP option82 remote id format	Format of the remote-ID in the Option 82 field inserted in DHCP packets sent from a STA. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp option82 remote-id format command.
DHCP option82 circuit id format	Format of the circuit-ID in the Option 82 field inserted in DHCP packets sent from a STA. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp option82 circuit-id format command.
MAC format	Format of the AP MAC address in the Option 82 field. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp option82 format (vap profile view) command.
DHCP trust port	Status of the DHCP trusted interface function. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp trust port command.
SFN roam	Whether agile distributed SFN roaming is enabled. To configure the parameter, run the sfn-roam enable command.
Anti-attack broadcast-flood	Status of broadcast flood attack detection. To configure the parameter, run the anti-attack broadcast-flood disable command.
Anti-attack broadcast-flood sta-rate-threshold	Broadcast flood threshold. To configure the parameter, run the anti-attack broadcast-flood sta-rate-threshold command.
Anti-attack broadcast-flood blacklist	Status of broadcast flood blacklist. To configure the parameter, run the anti-attack broadcast-flood blacklist enable command.
SSID profile	Name of the SSID profile referenced by a VAP profile. To configure the parameter, run the ssid-profile (VAP profile view) command.
Security profile	Name of the security profile referenced by a VAP profile. To configure the parameter, run the security-profile (VAP profile view) command.
Traffic profile	Name of the traffic profile referenced by a VAP profile. To configure the parameter, run the traffic-profile (VAP profile view) command.
Authentication profile	Name of the authentication profile referenced by a VAP profile.

Related Topics

vap-profile (WLAN view)

display vlan pool

Function

The display vlan pool command displays configuration information about a VLAN pool.

Format

display vlan pool { name pool-name | all [ verbose ] }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name pool-name	Displays detailed information about a specified VLAN pool.	The VLAN pool must exist.
all	Displays brief information about all VLAN pools.	-
verbose	Displays detailed information about all VLAN pools.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display vlan pool command to view configuration information about VLAN pools, which facilitates VLAN pool management and maintenance.

Example

# Display brief configuration information about all VLAN pools.

<HUAWEI> display vlan pool all
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name                            Assignment                      VLAN total
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pool1                           hash                            2
pool2                           hash                            0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

# Display detailed configuration information about the VLAN pool pool1.

<HUAWEI> display vlan pool name pool1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name       : pool1
Total      : 2
Assignment : hash
VLAN ID    : 2 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-96 Description of the display vlan pool command output

Item	Description
Name	Name of a VLAN pool. To configure the parameter, run the vlan pool command.
Assignment	VLAN assignment algorithm in a VLAN pool. To configure the parameter, run the assignment command.
VLAN total	Number of VLANs added to a VLAN pool.
Total	Total number of VLAN pools.
VLAN ID	VLANs added to a VLAN pool. To configure the parameter, run the vlan (VLAN pool view) command.

Related Topics

assignment

vlan pool

vlan (VLAN pool view)

display wired-port-profile

Function

The display wired-port-profile command displays reference and configuration information about an AP wired port profile.

Format

display wired-port-profile { all | name profile-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Displays information about all AP wired port profiles.	-
name profile-name	Displays information about a specified AP wired port profile.	The AP wired port profile must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the display wired-port-profile command to view configuration and reference information about an AP wired port profile.

Example

# Display information about all AP wired port profiles.

<HUAWEI> display wired-port-profile all
----------------------------------------------------------
Profile name                   Reference
----------------------------------------------------------
default                        1
wired-port-profile-1           0
----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

Table 11-97 Description of the display wired-port-profile all command output

Item	Description
Profile name	Name of an AP wired port profile.
Reference	Number of times an AP wired port profile is referenced.

# Display information about the AP wired port profile default (Eth-trunk is not configured).

<HUAWEI> display wired-port-profile name default
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port link profile                              : default
Description                                    :
STP                                            : disable
Port work mode                                 : -
Port Tagged VLAN                               : -
Port untagged VLAN                             : 1
Port PVID VLAN                                 : -
User isolate mode                              : disable
DHCP trust port                                : enable
ND trust port                                  : enable
IPSG switch                                    : disable
DAI switch                                     : disable
STP auto shutdown switch                       : disable
Auto shutdown recovery time                    : 600
Learn client ipv4 address switch               : disable
IGMP-Snooping switch                           : disable
Traffic optimize broadcast suppression(pps)    : -
Traffic optimize unicast suppression(pps)      : -
Traffic optimize multicast suppression(pps)    : -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  AppliedRecord                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-filter                      inbound    IPv4 ACL 3012                            
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic Type                        Direction  RemarkType  RemarkValue  AppliedRecord    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
traffic-remark                      outbound   802.1p      2            IPv6 ACL 3011    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

# Display information about the AP wired port profile dj (Eth-trunk is configured).

<HUAWEI> display wired-port-profile name dj
----------------------------------------------------------------------------    
Port link profile             : default                                         
Description                   :                                                 
Ethernet trunk ID             : 0                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table 11-98 Description of the display wired-port-profile name profile-name command output

Item	Description
Port link profile	Name of the AP wired port link profile referenced by an AP wired port profile. To configure the parameter, run the port-link-profile (AP wired port profile view) command.
Description	Interface description. To configure the parameter, run the description (AP wired port profile view) command.
STP	STP status on a wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the stp enable (AP wired port profile view) command.
Port work mode	Working mode of a wired interface. root: indicates the root mode. endpoint: indicates the endpoint mode. middle: indicates the middle mode. -: indicates that the working mode of wired interfaces is not changed. To configure the parameter, run the mode (AP wired port profile view) command.
Port Tagged VLAN	VLAN to which a wired interface is added in tagged mode. To configure the parameter, run the vlan (AP wired port profile view) command.
Port untagged VLAN	VLAN to which a wired interface is added in untagged mode. To configure the parameter, run the vlan (AP wired port profile view) command.
Port PVID VLAN	PVID of a wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the vlan pvid (AP wired port profile view) command.
User isolate mode	User isolation status on a wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the user-isolate (AP wired port profile view) command.
DHCP trust port	Status of the DHCP trusted interface function. To configure the parameter, run the dhcp trust port command.
ND trust port	Status of the ND trusted interface function.
Ethernet trunk ID	ID of the Eth-Trunk interface.
IPSG switch	Whether IP source guard (IPSG)is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the ipsg enable (AP wired port profile view) command.
DAI switch	Whether DAI is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the dai enable (AP wired port profile view) command.
STP auto shutdown switch	Whether STP-triggered port shutdown is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the stp auto-shutdown enable (AP wired port profile view) command.
Auto shutdown recovery time	Recovery time of the shutdown port triggered by STP. To configure the parameter, run the stp auto-shutdown recovery-time (AP wired port profile view) command.
Learn client IPv4 address switch	Whether terminal IPv4 address learning is enabled on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the learn-client-address enable (AP wired port profile view) command.
IGMP-Snooping switch	Whether IGMP snooping is enabled on an AP's wired port.
Traffic optimize broadcast suppression(pps)	Maximum broadcast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the traffic-optimize (AP wired port profile view) command.
Traffic optimize unicast suppression(pps)	Maximum unknown unicast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the traffic-optimize (AP wired port profile view) command.
Traffic optimize multicast suppression(pps)	Maximum multicast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface. To configure the parameter, run the traffic-optimize (AP wired port profile view) command.
Traffic Type	ACL-based packet filtering and re-marking implemented by the AP wired port. traffic-filter traffic-remark
Direction	Incoming or outgoing packets.
AppliedRecord	IPv4/IPv6/L2 packet filtering and re-marking based on ACLs.
RemarkType	Protocol type. dscp dot1p
RemarkValue	Protocol type value. dscp: 0-63 dot1p: 0-7

Related Topics

wired-port-profile (WLAN view)

display wlan config-errors

Function

The display wlan config-errors command displays WLAN configuration errors.

Format

display wlan config-errors

Parameters

None

Views

All views

Default Level

1: Monitoring level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to check WLAN configuration errors.

Example

# Display WLAN configuration errors.

<HUAWEI> display wlan config-errors
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile                                         Error                           
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vap-profile 1                                   The authentication type specifie
d in the authentication-profile 1 does not match that in the security-profile 1.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

Table 11-99 Description of the display wlan config-errors command output

Item	Description
Profile	Profile name.
Error	Cause of a configuration error.

dot11a basic-rate

Function

The dot11a basic-rate command configures a basic rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile.

The undo dot11a basic-rate command restores the default basic rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile.

By default, a basic rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile includes rates 6 Mbps, 12 Mbps, and 24 Mbps.

Format

dot11a basic-rate { dot11a-rate-value &<1-8> | all }

undo dot11a basic-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11a-rate-value	Specifies an 802.11a basic rate set.	Enumerated type: 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps
all	Supports all basic rates.	-

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The rates specified in the basic rate set must be supported by both the AP and STA; otherwise, the STA cannot associate with the AP. For example, if you configure the basic rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps and deliver the configuration to an AP, only STAs supporting the two rates can associate with the AP. The AP and STA select a rate from the basic rate set or the supported rate set to transmit packets.

After you run this command to configure a basic rate set in a radio profile, bind the radio profile to an AP or AP group. If a STA associates with the AP in 802.11a mode, the STA must support all rates specified by the basic rate set; otherwise, the STA cannot associate with the AP.

Precautions

This configuration applies only to STAs associated with an AP in 802.11a mode but does not take effect on STAs associated with the AP in other modes.

The basic rate set and supported rate set cannot be empty simultaneously.

Example

# Configure the 802.11a basic rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps in the 5G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] dot11a basic-rate 6 9

Related Topics

dot11a supported-rate

Function

The dot11a supported-rate command configures a supported rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile.

The undo dot11a supported-rate command restores the default supported rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile.

By default, the supported rate set of the 802.11a protocol in a 5G radio profile includes rates 6 Mbps, 9 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 18 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 36 Mbps, 48 Mbps, and 54 Mbps.

Format

dot11a supported-rate { dot11a-rate-value &<1-8> | all }

undo dot11a supported-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11a-rate-value	Specifies an 802.11a supported rate set.	Enumerated type: 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps
all	Supports all rates.	-

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The supported rate set contains rates supported by the AP except the basic rates. The AP and STA can transmit data at all rates specified by the supported rate set. The AP and STA select a rate from the basic rate set or the supported rate set to transmit packets.

When a STA supports rates specified in the basic rate set, the STA can associate with the AP regardless of whether the STA supports rates specified in the supported rate set. In this case, the AP and STA can only select a rate from the basic rate set to transmit packets. For example, assume that you configure the basic rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps and the supported rate set to contain rates 48 Mbps and 54 Mbps. After you deliver the configurations to an AP, the STA supporting 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps can associate with the AP, and select either of the two rates to transmit packets with the AP. However, if the STA supports 6 Mbps, 9 Mbps, and 54 Mbps, the STA and AP select any of the three rates to transmit packets after the STA associates with the AP.

After you run this command to configure a supported rate set in a radio profile, bind the radio profile to an AP or AP group. If a STA associates with the AP in 802.11a mode, the AP and STA select a rate from the basic rate set or supported rate set to transmit packets.

Precautions

This configuration applies only to STAs associated with an AP in 802.11a mode but does not take effect on STAs associated with the AP in other modes.

The basic rate set and supported rate set cannot be empty simultaneously.

Example

# Configure the 802.11a supported rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps in the 5G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] dot11a supported-rate 6 9

Related Topics

dot11a basic-rate

dot11bg basic-rate

Function

The dot11bg basic-rate command configures a basic rate set of the 802.11bg protocol in a 2G radio profile.

The undo dot11bg basic-rate command restores the default basic rate set of the 802.11bg protocol in a 2G radio profile.

By default, the basic rate set of the 802.11bg protocol includes rates 1 Mbps and 2 Mbps in a 2G radio profile.

Format

dot11bg basic-rate { dot11bg-rate-value &<1-12> | all }

undo dot11bg basic-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11bg-rate-value	Specifies an 802.11bg basic rate set.	Enumerated type: 1: 1 Mbps 2: 2 Mbps 5: 5.5 Mbps 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 11: 11 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps
all	Supports all basic rates.	-

Views

2G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you run this command to configure a basic rate set in a radio profile, bind the radio profile to an AP or AP group. If a STA associates with the AP in 802.11bg mode, the STA must support all rates specified by the basic rate set; otherwise, the STA cannot associate with the AP.

Precautions

This configuration applies only to STAs associated with an AP in 802.11bg mode but does not take effect on STAs associated with the AP in other modes.

The basic rate set and supported rate set cannot be empty simultaneously.

Example

# Configure the 802.11bg basic rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps in the 2G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] dot11bg basic-rate 6 9

Related Topics

dot11bg supported-rate

Function

The dot11bg supported-rate command configures a supported rate set of the 802.11bg protocol in a 2G radio profile.

The undo dot11bg supported-rate command restores the default supported rate set of the 802.11bg protocol in a 2G radio profile.

By default, the supported rate set of the 802.11bg protocol in a 2G radio profile includes rates 1 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 5.5 Mbps, 6 Mbps, 9 Mbps, 11 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 18 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 36 Mbps, 48 Mbps, and 54 Mbps.

Format

dot11bg supported-rate { dot11bg-rate-value &<1-12> | all }

undo dot11bg supported-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11bg-rate-value	Specifies an 802.11bg supported rate set.	Enumerated type: 1: 1 Mbps 2: 2 Mbps 5: 5.5 Mbps 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 11: 11 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps
all	Supports all rates.	-

Views

2G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you run this command to configure a supported rate set in a radio profile, bind the radio profile to an AP or AP group. If a STA associates with the AP in 802.11bg mode, the AP and STA select a rate from the basic rate set or supported rate set to transmit packets.

Precautions

This configuration applies only to STAs associated with an AP in 802.11bg mode but does not take effect on STAs associated with the AP in other modes.

The basic rate set and supported rate set cannot be empty simultaneously.

Example

# Configure the 802.11bg supported rate set to contain rates 6 Mbps and 9 Mbps in the 2G radio profile default.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] dot11bg supported-rate 6 9

Related Topics

dot11bg basic-rate

dtim-interval

Function

The dtim-interval command sets the delivery traffic indication map (DTIM) interval in an SSID profile.

The undo dtim-interval command restores the default DTIM interval in an SSID profile.

By default, the DTIM interval is 1.

Format

dtim-interval dtim-interval

undo dtim-interval

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dtim-interval	Specifies the DTIM interval.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 255, in Beacons.

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

DTIM refers to delivery traffic indication map. After a STA enters the dormancy mode, the associated AP saves the broadcast and multicast frames for the STA. When a Beacon frame sent to the STA by the AP contains DTIM, the saved broadcast and multicast frames will be transmitted to the STA. The DTIM interval refers to the number of Beacon frames sent before the Beacon frame that contains the DTIM. To set the interval for sending Beacon frames in an SSID profile, run the beacon-interval command.

When the STA is in the dormancy status, the AP saves data transmitted to the STA and notifies the STA with a bit in broadcast Beacon frames. The STA receives data according to this bit. You can run this command to set the DTIM interval in the specified SSID profile.
The DTIM interval specifies how many Beacon frames are sent before the Beacon frame that contains the DTIM. A long DTIM interval lengthens the dormancy time of the STA and saves power, but degrades the transmission capability of the STA. A short interval helps transmitting data in a timely manner, but the STA is waken up frequently, causing high power consumption.

Example

# Set the DTIM interval to 5 in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] dtim-interval 5

Related Topics

eapol-response dest-address transform-condition

Function

The eapol-response dest-address transform-condition command specifies the EAPOL-response packets to be encapsulated by an AP.

The undo eapol-response dest-address transform-condition command restores the default settings.

By default, an AP encapsulates only the EAPOL-response packets with the destination MAC addresses being the AP's BSSID.

Format

eapol-response dest-address transform-condition { always | equal-bssid }

undo eapol-response dest-address transform-condition

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
always	Configures the AP to encapsulate all EAPOL-response packets.	-
equal-bssid	Configures the AP to encapsulate only the EAPOL-response packets with the destination MAC address being the AP's BSSID.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

The destination MAC addresses of the EAPOL-response packets sent by some STAs are APs' BSSIDs, but the destination MAC addresses of the EAPOL-response packets sent by other STAs are not APs' BSSIDs. You need to run this command to specify the EAPOL-response packets to be encapsulated.

Example

# Configure the AP to encapsulate all EAPOL-response packets.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] eapol-response dest-address transform-condition always

Related Topics

eapol-response dest-address transform-to

Function

The eapol-response dest-address transform-to command configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into broadcast, multicast, or unicast packets.

The undo eapol-response dest-address transform-to command restores the default settings.

By default, an AP encapsulates EAPOL-response packets into unicast packets and actively learns the destination MAC address.

Format

eapol-response dest-address transform-to { broadcast | multicast | mac mac-address | learning }

undo eapol-response dest-address transform-to

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
broadcast	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into broadcast packets.	-
multicast	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into multicast packets.	-
mac mac-address	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into unicast packets with a specified destination MAC address.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of four digits.
learning	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into unicast packets and actively learn the destination MAC address.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If the authentication server can only process EAP multicast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into multicast packets.
If the authentication server can only process EAP broadcast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into broadcast packets.
If the authentication server can only process EAP unicast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into unicast packets. When the AP is configured to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into unicast packets, a unicast MAC address must be configured.

Example

# Configure an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-response packets into broadcast packets.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] eapol-response dest-address transform-to broadcast

Related Topics

eapol-start dest-address transform-condition

Function

The eapol-start dest-address transform-condition command specifies the EAPOL-start packets to be encapsulated by an AP.

The undo eapol-start dest-address transform-condition command restores the default settings.

By default, an AP encapsulates only the EAPOL-start packets with the destination MAC addresses being the AP's BSSID.

Format

eapol-start dest-address transform-condition { always | equal-bssid }

undo eapol-start dest-address transform-condition

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
always	Configures the AP to encapsulate all EAPOL-start packets.	-
equal-bssid	Configures the AP to encapsulate only the EAPOL-start packets with the destination MAC address being the AP's BSSID.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The destination MAC addresses of the EAPOL-start packets sent by some STAs are APs' BSSIDs, but the destination MAC addresses of the EAPOL-start packets sent by other STAs are not APs' BSSIDs. You need to run this command to specify the EAPOL-start packets to be encapsulated.

Precautions

The packet types specified by the eapol-start dest-address transform-condition and eapol-start dest-address transform-to commands must be the same.

Example

# Configure the AP to encapsulate all EAPOL-start packets.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] eapol-start dest-address transform-condition always

Related Topics

eapol-start dest-address transform-to

Function

The eapol-start dest-address transform-to command configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into broadcast, multicast, or unicast packets.

The undo eapol-start dest-address transform-to command restores the default settings.

By default, an AP encapsulates EAPOL-start packets into multicast packets.

Format

eapol-start dest-address transform-to { broadcast | multicast | mac mac-address }

undo eapol-start dest-address transform-to

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
broadcast	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into broadcast packets.	-
multicast	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into multicast packets.	-
mac mac-address	Configures an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into unicast packets.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of four digits.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If the authentication server can only process EAP multicast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into multicast packets.
If the authentication server can only process EAP broadcast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into broadcast packets.
If the authentication server can only process EAP unicast packets, configure the AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into unicast packets. When the AP is configured to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into unicast packets, a unicast MAC address must be configured.

Example

# Configure an AP to encapsulate EAPOL-start packets into broadcast packets.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] eapol-start dest-address transform-to broadcast

Related Topics

eirp

Function

(AP group radio view) The eirp command configures the transmit power for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo eirp command restores the default transmit power for all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The eirp command configures the transmit power for an AP radio.

(AP radio view) The undo eirp command cancels the configuration of the transmit power on an AP radio. The transmit power on the AP radio is then determined by that configured in the AP group radio view.

By default, the transmit power of a radio is 127 dBm. The transmit power that takes effect on APs is related to the AP type, country code, channel, and channel bandwidth. It is the maximum transmit power that the AP radio supports under the current configuration. Run the display radio { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } command to check the maximum value.

Format

eirp eirp

undo eirp

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
eirp	Specifies the transmit power.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 127, in dBm.

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can configure the transmit power for a radio based on actual network environments, enabling radios to provide the required signal strength and improving signal quality on WLANs.

Precautions

The value of antenna-gain in the antenna-gain antenna-gain command must be consistent with the gain of the antenna connected to an AP.

If automatic transmit power selection is enabled by running the undo calibrate auto-txpower-select disable command, the transmit power configured by running the eirp command does not take effect. The automatically selected transmit power prevails.

If automatic transmit power selection is disabled by running the calibrate auto-txpower-select disable command, the transmit power configured by running the eirp command takes effect depending on the following principles:

The actual transmit power of an AP radio is determined by the configured transmit power of the radio, requirements of local laws and regulations, as well as the transmit power range supported by the AP. The actual transmit power of a radio cannot exceed the maximum transmit power required by local laws and regulations.

If the configured transmit power of a radio is in compliance with local laws and regulations and within the transmit power range supported by the AP, the configured transmit power is the actual transmit power of the radio.
If the configured transmit power of a radio is smaller than the minimum transmit power supported by the AP, the smaller one between the minimum transmit power supported by the AP and maximum transmit power required by local laws and regulations is the actual transmit power of the radio.
If the configured transmit power of a radio is larger than the maximum transmit power supported by the AP, the smaller one between the maximum transmit power supported by the AP and maximum transmit power required by local laws and regulations is the actual transmit power of the radio.

The configuration in the AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group radio view.

Example

# Set the transmit power to 30 dBm for radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] eirp 30
Info: The EIRP value takes effect only when automatic transmit power selection i
s disabled, and the value depends on the AP specifications and local laws and re
gulations.

Related Topics

display ap config-info

display radio

eth-trunk (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The eth-trunk command adds an AP interface to an Eth-Trunk.

The undo eth-trunk command removes an AP interface from an Eth-Trunk.

By default, an AP interface is not added to any Eth-Trunk.

Format

eth-trunk trunk-id

undo eth-trunk

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
trunk-id	Specifies the ID of an Eth-Trunk.	The value is an integer, and the value is 0.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To improve the connection reliability and increase the bandwidth, you can run this command to bind multiple interfaces into an Eth-Trunk.

Prerequisite

The physical interface to be added to an Eth-Trunk cannot have other configurations. Before adding a physical interface to an Eth-Trunk, clear all configurations on it except the interface status, descriptions, LLDP function, and alarm function for CRC errors.

Precautions

After the configuration, you need to restart the AP to make the configured Eth-Trunk on the AP's wired interfaces take effect.

APs that have only one physical uplink network interface do not support this command.

Downlink interfaces on an AP do not support the Eth-Trunk function.

This command takes effect only on the AP8130DN-W, AP5030DN, AP5130DN, AP8030DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP8130DN, AP7030DE, AP9330DN, AD9431DN-24X, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AD9430DN-24, AD9430DN-12, AP4030TN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, and AP7050DN-E.

Example

# Add the AP interface to Eth-Trunk 0.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] eth-trunk 0

Related Topics

forward-mode

Function

The forward-mode command sets the data forwarding mode in a VAP profile.

The undo forward-mode command restores the default data forwarding mode in a VAP profile.

By default, the forwarding mode is direct-forward in the VAP profile.

Format

forward-mode { direct-forward | tunnel }

undo forward-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
direct-forward	Indicates the direct forwarding mode.	-
tunnel	Indicates the tunnel forwarding mode.	-

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the forward-mode command to configure the forwarding mode in a VAP profile. The forwarding modes of VAP profiles can be different.

Example

# Create the VAP profile vap1 and set the forwarding mode to tunnel forwarding in the profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] forward-mode tunnel
Warning: This action may cause service interruption. Continue?[Y/N]y

Related Topics

fragmentation-threshold

Function

The fragmentation-threshold command sets the fragmentation threshold in a radio profile.

The undo fragmentation-threshold command restores the default fragmentation threshold in a radio profile.

By default, the packet fragmentation threshold is 2346 bytes.

Format

fragmentation-threshold fragmentation-threshold

undo fragmentation-threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
fragmentation-threshold	Specifies the fragment threshold. If the length of a frame to be sent by the MAC layer exceeds this threshold, the frame is fragmented before being sent.	The value is an integer that ranges from 256 to 2346, in bytes. It must be an integral multiple of 2.

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A proper packet fragmentation threshold can improve channel bandwidth usage. Set the fragmentation threshold as required. A large threshold is recommended.

Precautions

When the packet fragmentation threshold is too small, packets are fragmented into smaller frames. These frames are transmitted at a high extra cost, resulting in low channel efficiency.

When the packet fragmentation threshold is too large, long packets are usually not fragmented, which increases the transmission time and error probability. If an error occurs, packets are retransmitted, resulting in a waste of channel bandwidth.

Example

# Set the fragmentation threshold to 1500 bytes in the 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] fragmentation-threshold 1500

Related Topics

frequency

Function

(AP group radio view) The frequency command sets the working frequency of radios for all APs in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo frequency command restores the default working frequency of radios for all APs in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The frequency command sets the working frequency of radios for an AP.

(AP radio view) The undo frequency command restores the working frequency of the radio on an AP to the working frequency configured in the AP group radio view.

By default, radio 0 works on the 2.4 GHz frequency band, and radio 2 works on the 5 GHz frequency band.

Format

frequency { 2.4g | 5g }

undo frequency

Parameters

None.

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Radio 0s of the AP2010DN, AP8130DN-W, , AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP8182DN, AP8150DN and AP8130DN support 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands but they can work on one frequency band at a time. You can configure the working frequency band of the AP based on the frequency band of STAs.

Precautions

The configuration of the 5 GHz frequency band for radio 0 takes effect only on the AP2010DN, AP4030TN supporting three radios, AP8130DN-W, , AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP8182DN, AP8150DN and AP8130DN.

The three radios of the AP4051TN and AP8050TN-HD are fixed. Radio 0 works on the 2.4 GHz frequency band, while radios 1 and 2 work on the 5 GHz frequency band.

In dual-5G scenarios, each 5G radio of the AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP8182DN, AP8050TN-HD, and AP4051TN supports only the low-frequency channels (36 to 64) or high-frequency channel (100 to 165).

On the AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, and AP8182DN, radio 1 works on high-frequency channels, and radio 0 works on low-frequency channels.
On the AP8050TN-HD and AP4051TN, radio 1 works on high-frequency channels, and radio 2 works on low-frequency channels.

Changing the working frequency of radio 0 and radio 2 will delete the channel, power, and antenna gain configurations on radio 0 and radio 2. If an AP uses an external antenna, run the antenna-gain antenna-gain command to reconfigure the antenna gain to be consistent with the gain of the external antenna connected to the AP.

If the working frequency band of the AP radio set using the preceding commands is the same as that of the AP's actual working frequency band, the AP will not restart. Otherwise, the AP restarts after the preceding commands are run.

Only the AP4030TN supports three radios.

The configuration in the AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group radio view.

If an AP works in dual-5G mode, the channels of the two 5G radios must be separated by at least one channel.

Example

# Set the working frequency to the 5 GHz frequency band for radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] frequency 5g
Warning: Modifying the frequency band will delete the channel, power, and antenn
a gain configurations of the current radio on the AP and reboot the AP. Continue?[Y/N]:Y

Related Topics

guard-interval-mode

Function

The guard-interval-mode command configures the guard interval (GI) mode.

The undo guard-interval-mode command restores the default GI mode.

By default, the GI mode is short.

Format

guard-interval-mode { short | normal }

undo guard-interval-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
short	Sets the GI mode to short GI.	-
normal	Sets the GI mode to normal GI.	-

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

During data transmission, the receive and transmit ends do not receive and send data at all times. There is an interval between the first and second data receiving or transmission or among multiple transmissions. The interval is called Guard Interval (GI) and can improve the transmission effect.

The GI mode consists of the short interval and common interval. The common interval is 800 ns whereas the short interval is 400 ns. The short interval is applicable to 802.11n and 802.11ac specifications, which can raise the transmission rate of 802.11n and 802.11ac packets.

Example

# Set the GI mode to short.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] guard-interval-mode short

Related Topics

high-temperature threshold

Function

The high-temperature threshold command sets the upper temperature alarm threshold for APs.

The undo high-temperature threshold command restores the default upper temperature alarm threshold for APs.

Table 11-100 Default upper temperature alarm threshold for APs

AP Model	Default Value (°C)
AP4030DN/AP4050DN-S/AP4051DN/AP4151DN	55
AP4050DN/AP1050DN-S	96
AP5030DN/AP5130DN	87
AP6010SN-GN	85
AP6010DN-AGN	102
AP6310SN-GN	94
AP6510DN-AGN	88
AP6510DN-AGN-US	81
AP6610DN-AGN	104
AP6610DN-AGN-US	100
AP7110SN	76
AP7110DN	89
AP7030DE/AP9330DN/AP8050DN/AP8050DN-S/AP8150DN	83
AP8030DN	86
AP8130DN	88
AP9131DN/AP9132DN	84
AD9431DN-24X	71
AD9430DN-24	71
AD9430DN-12	83
R230D/R240D/R250D-E/AP2050DN/AP2050DN-E	40
R450D	96
AP6050DN	86
AP7050DE	88
AP7050DN-E	89
AP4030TN/AP4050DN-E/AP4050DN-HD/AP6150DN	50
R250D	102
AP7052DN/AP7152DN/AP7052DE/AP6052DN/AP4051TN	88
AP7052DE	95
AP8082DN/AP8182DN/AP8050TN-HD	91

The AP2010DN, AP2030DN, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP430-E, AP3010DN-AGN, AP5010SN-GN, AP5010DN-AGN, AP4030DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, and AP4130DN do not support this command.

Format

high-temperature threshold threshold

undo high-temperature threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
threshold	Specifies the upper temperature alarm threshold.	The value is an integer that ranges from 20 to 110, in °C.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to set the upper temperature alarm threshold for an AP. When an AP's temperature exceeds the upper threshold, the AP generates an alarm and a log, and notifies the AC of the high temperature.

Example

# Set the upper temperature alarm threshold for APs to 65°C.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] high-temperature threshold 65

Related Topics

ht a-mpdu disable

Function

The ht a-mpdu disable command disables aggregation of MPDUs.

The undo ht a-mpdu disable command enables aggregation of MPDUs.

By default, aggregation of MPDUs is enabled.

Format

ht a-mpdu disable

undo ht a-mpdu disable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

To reduce cost, 802.11n uses frame aggregation technology that aggregates two or more frames into an A-MPDU to transmit.

Example

# Disable aggregation of MPDUs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] ht a-mpdu disable

Related Topics

ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent

Function

The ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command sets the maximum length of an aggregated MPDU (A-MPDU) on the 802.11n radio. MPDU stands for MAC protocol data unit.

The undo ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command restores the maximum length of an A-MPDU on the 802.11n radio to the default value.

By default, the index for the maximum length of an A-MPDU is 3. The maximum length of the A-MPDU is 65535 bytes.

Format

ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent max-length-exponent-index

undo ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

max-length-exponent-index

Indicates the index for the maximum length of the A-MPDU.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 3.

0: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 8191 bytes.
1: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 16383 bytes.
2: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 32767 bytes.
3: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 65535 bytes.

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

To reduce costs, 802.11n uses frame aggregation technology that aggregates two or more frames into an A-MPDU to transmit.

Example

# Set the index of the maximum length of the A-MPDU to 2 in the 2G radio profile default. The index 2 corresponds to a maximum length of 32767 bytes.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] ht a-mpdu max-length-exponent 2

Related Topics

ipsg enable (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The ipsg enable command enables IP source guard (IPSG) on an AP's wired interface.

The undo ipsg enable command disables IPSG on an AP's wired interface.

By default, IPSG is disabled on an AP's wired interface.

Format

ipsg enable

undo ipsg enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Attackers often use packets with the source IP addresses or MAC addresses of authorized users to access or attack networks. As a result, authorized users cannot obtain stable and secure network services. You can enable the IPSG function to prevent the situation.

Prerequisites

Terminal address learning has been enabled on the AP's wired interface using the learn-client-address ipv4 enable command.

Follow-up Procedure

Bind the AP wired port profile to an AP group or AP.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on IP packets transmitted on an AP's wired interface.

The AP wired interfaces added to an Eth-trunk interface do not support this function.

Example

# Enable IPSG on an AP's wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wire1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wire1] ipsg enable

Related Topics

ip-address (AP view)

Function

The ip-address command configures a static IPv4 address and gateway for an AP.

The undo ip-address command restores the default static IPv4 address and gateway for an AP.

By default, no static IPv4 address and gateway are configured for an AP.

Format

ip-address ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ gateway gateway ]

undo ip-address

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ip-address	Specifies the static IPv4 address for an AP.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
mask	Specifies the IPv4 address mask for an AP.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
mask-length	Specifies the IPv4 address mask length for an AP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 32.
gateway gateway	Specifies the egress gateway for AP routes.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.

Views

AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To configure an AP to go online using a specified IPv4 address, run the command to configure a static IPv4 address for the AP.

Prerequisites

The AP has been configured to obtain an IP address in static mode using the address-mode (AP provisioning view) command.

Precautions

Ensure that there are reachable routes between the configured IPv4 address and the AC source address for an AP to go online. Otherwise, the AP may fail to go online.

CAPWAP packets between the central AP and RUs are forwarded at Layer 2 and are independent of IP addresses on an agile distributed WLAN. Therefore, the configuration of a static IP address does not affect the RU going online. Ensure that a route is reachable between the IP address of the RU and the central AP source address. Otherwise, services involving IP addresses may be affected, for example, Telnet.

If the AP and AC are connected through a Layer-3 network, the egress gateway for AP routes must be configured.

Example

# Set the static IPv4 address of the AP to 10.1.1.1/24.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] address-mode static
Warning: The incorrect configuration will cause the AP to go out of management. This operation will deliver parameter setting and ma
y cause reboot of AP(s). Continue?[Y/N]:y
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] ip-address 10.1.1.1 24
Warning: The incorrect configuration will cause the AP to go out of management. This operation will deliver parameter setting and ma
y cause reboot of AP(s). Continue?[Y/N]:y

ip-address (AP provisioning view)

Function

The ip-address command configures a static IPv4 address and gateway for an AP.

The undo ip-address command restores the default static IPv4 address and gateway for an AP.

By default, no static IPv4 address and gateway are configured for an AP.

Format

ip-address ip-address { mask-length | mask } [ gateway gateway ]

undo ip-address

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ip-address	Specifies the static IPv4 address for an AP.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
mask	Specifies the IPv4 address mask for an AP.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.
mask-length	Specifies the IPv4 address mask length for an AP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 32.
gateway gateway	Specifies the egress gateway for AP routes.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.

Views

AP provisioning view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To configure an AP to go online using a specified IPv4 address, run the command to configure a static IPv4 address for the AP.

Prerequisites

The AP has been configured to obtain an IP address in static mode using the address-mode (AP provisioning view) command.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the commit command to deliver configuration to APs and restart the APs to make the configuration take effect.

Precautions

Ensure that there are reachable routes between the configured IPv4 address and the AC source address for an AP to go online. Otherwise, the AP may fail to go online.

If the AP and AC are connected through a Layer-3 network, the egress gateway for AP routes must be configured.

Example

# Set the static IPv4 address of the AP to 10.1.1.1/24.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] address-mode static
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap] ip-address 10.1.1.1 24

Related Topics

keep-service enable

Function

The keep-service enable command configures the AP to continue providing data services after the CAPWAP link between the AP and AC is disconnected.

The undo keep-service enable command restores the default setting.

By default, all services on the AP are interrupted after the CAPWAP link between the AP and AC is disconnected.

Format

keep-service enable

undo keep-service enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In direct forwarding mode, you can run the keep-service enable command to configure the AP to continue providing data services after the CAPWAP link between the AP and AC is disconnected. The data services then no longer depend on the CAPWAP link, which enhances service forwarding robustness.

Precautions

The command does not take effect on a WDS network.

The offline management VAP function and service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection are mutually exclusive. When the two functions are configured at the same time, the offline management VAP function cannot take effect.

After this command is executed, if the wids device detect enable and wids contain enable commands are configured to enable rogue device detection and containment, the AP will continue providing data services after going offline. However, the AC considers the AP as a rogue device and adds it to the containment list. The containment mechanism will disconnect STAs from the AP. Therefore, service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection does not take effect in this case.

Example

# Configure the AP to continue providing data services after the CAPWAP link between the AP and AC is disconnected.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] keep-service enable

Related Topics

keep-service enable allow new-access

Function

The keep-service enable allow new-access command enables the APs in fault state to allow access of new STAs.

The undo keep-service enable command disables the APs in fault state from allowing access of new STAs.

By default, the APs in fault state are disabled from allowing access of new STAs.

Format

keep-service enable allow new-access [ no-auth ]

undo keep-service enable

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
no-auth	Allows access of STAs using Portal or MAC address authentication.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The networks with low security requirements, which apply to hospitals or warehouses, require that the APs in fault state still allow access of new STAs when link faults occur between the APs and AC. After the keep-service enable allow new-access command is run, new STAs can still connect to the APs in fault state when the CAPWAP link between the APs and AC is disconnected.

Prerequisites

Open system, Portal, MAC address, WEP, or WPA/WPA2-PSK authentication is used.

Precautions

The command does not take effect on a WDS network.

After this command is executed, if the wids device detect enable and wids contain enable commands are configured to enable rogue device detection and containment, the AP will continue providing data services after going offline. However, the AC considers the AP as a rogue device and adds it to the containment list. The containment mechanism will disable the AP from allowing access of new STAs. Therefore, the function of enabling an offline AP to allow access of new STAs does not take effect in this case.

To enable an offline AP to allow access of new STAs using Portal or MAC address authentication, configure the no-auth parameter.

Example

# Enable the APs in fault state to allow access of new STAs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] keep-service enable allow new-access

learn-client-address enable (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The learn-client-address enable command enables terminal IPv4 address learning on an AP's wired interface.

The undo learn-client-address enable command disables terminal IPv4 address learning on an AP's wired interface.

By default, terminal address learning is disabled on an AP's wired interface.

Format

learn-client-address ipv4 enable

undo learn-client-address ipv4 enable

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ipv4	IPv4 address.	-

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After terminal address learning is enabled on an AP's wired interface, if a wired terminal connected to the AP wired interface successfully obtains an IP address, the AP automatically reports the IP address of the terminal to the AC, helping to maintain the ARP binding entries of wired terminals.

Follow-up Procedure

Bind the AP wired port profile to an AP group or AP.

Precautions

The AP wired interfaces added to an Eth-trunk interface do not support this function.

If a bridging device functions as a STA to connect to an AP enabled with STA address learning, the AP cannot learn IP addresses of users connected to the bridging device; therefore, the users cannot communicate with the network. In this situation, disable STA address learning.

Example

# Enable terminal IPv4 address learning on an AP's wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wire1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wire1] learn-client-address ipv4 enable

Related Topics

legacy-station disable

Function

The legacy-station disable command denies access of non-HT STAs.

The undo legacy-station disable command permits access of non-HT STAs.

By default, access of non-HT STAs is permitted.

Format

legacy-station [ only-dot11b ] disable

undo legacy-station disable

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
only-dot11b	Denies access of non-HT STAs that support only 802.11b.	-

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Non-HT STAs support only 802.11a/b/g and provide a data transmission rate far smaller than the rate of 802.11n/ac STAs. If the non-HT STAs access the wireless network, the data transmission rate of 802.11n/ac STAs will be reduced. To prevent the transmission rate of 802.11n/ac STAs from being affected, you can run the legacy-station [ only-dot11b ] disable command to deny access of all or only 802.11b-compliant non-HT STAs.

Configuration Impact

After the legacy-station disable command is run, non-HT STAs supporting only 802.11a/b/g cannot access the wireless network.

After the legacy-station only-dot11b disable command is run, non-HT STAs supporting only 802.11b cannot access the wireless network.

After access of non-HT STAs is denied, services may be interrupted.

Precautions

After the legacy-station disable command is run, the access of non-HT STAs supporting only 802.11a/b/g fails to be denied if any of the following functions is configured on the non-HT STAs:

WMM function in a 2G or 5G radio profile disabled using the wmm disable command
Pre-shared key authentication and TKIP encryption for WPA/WPA2 configured using the security { wpa | wpa2 | wpa-wpa2 } psk { pass-phrase | hex } key-value tkip command when the security profile is used
802.1X authentication and TKIP encryption for WPA/WPA2 configured using the security { wpa | wpa2 | wpa-wpa2 } dot1x tkip command when the security profile is used
WEP shared key authentication mode configured using the security wep [ share-key ] command when the security profile is used
802.11b/g radio type in the 2G radio profile configured using the radio-type { dot11b | dot11g } command
802.11a radio type in the 5G radio profile configured using radio-type dot11a command

After the legacy-station only-dot11b disable command is run, the access of non-HT STAs supporting only 802.11b is denied. If 802.11b radio type in the 2G radio profile has been configured using the radio-type dot11b command, the access of non-HT STAs supporting only 802.11b fails to be denied.

Example

# Deny access of non-HT STAs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] legacy-station disable
Warning:  If the wmm disable command, TKIP, WEP, or radio type of 802.11a/b/g is configured, the function of denying access of legac
y STAs cannot take effect.

Related Topics

lldp admin-status

Function

The lldp admin-status command sets the LLDP operation mode for an AP.

The undo lldp admin-status command restores the default LLDP operation mode for an AP.

By default, the LLDP operation mode of an AP is TxRx.

Format

lldp admin-status { rx | tx | txrx }

undo lldp admin-status

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
rx	Specifies the LLDP operation mode as Rx. An AP only receives but does not send LLDP packets.	-
tx	Specifies the LLDP operation mode as Tx. An AP only sends but does not receive LLDP packets.	-
txrx	Specifies the LLDP operation mode as TxRx. An AP sends and receives LLDP packets.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can configure the LLDP operation mode for an AP based on the site requirements. For example, if you set the LLDP operation mode of an AP to Tx, the AP sends LLDP packets but cannot receive LLDP packets from neighbors. In this situation, the AP cannot discover neighbors.

Example

# Set the LLDP operation mode of an AP to Tx.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp admin-status tx

Related Topics

lldp dot3-tlv power (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The lldp dot3-tlv power command configures the standard with which the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised by an AP's wired interface complies.

By default, the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised by a UPoE interface and a PoE interface complies with 802.3bt and 802.3at, respectively.

Format

lldp dot3-tlv power { 802.1ab | 802.3at | 802.3bt }

undo lldp dot3-tlv power

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
802.1ab	Indicates that the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised an AP's wired interface complies with 802.1ab.	-
802.3at	Indicates that the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised an AP's wired interface complies with 802.3at.	-
802.3bt	Indicates that the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised an AP's wired interface complies with 802.3bt.	-

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised by an AP's wired interface supports the following formats:

802.1ab format: [ TLV type | TLV information string length | 802.3 OUI | MDI power support | PSE power pair | power class ]
802.3at format: [ TLV type | TLV information string length | 802.3 OUI | MDI power support | PSE power pair | power class | type/source/priority | PD requested power value | PSE allocated power value ]
802.3bt format: [ TLV type | TLV information string length | 802.3 OUI | MDI power support | PSE power pair | power class | type/source/priority | PD requested power value | PSE allocated power value | PD requested power value Mode A | PD requested power value Mode B | PSE allocated power value Alternative A | PSE allocated power value Alternative B | PSE power status | System setup | PSE maximum available power | Autoclass | Power down ]

Based on 802.1ab, 802.3at extends three fields: type/source/priority, PD requested power value, and PSE allocated power value. Based on 802.3at, 802.3bt extends the following fields to provide more detailed UPoE information: PD requested power value Mode A, PD requested power value Mode B, PSE allocated power value Alternative A, PSE allocated power value Alternative B, PSE power status, System setup, PSE maximum available power, Autoclass, and Power down.

Prerequisites

The LLDP function has been enabled in both the WLAN view and AP wired port link profile view.
APs' wired interfaces are allowed to advertise the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV.

Precautions

Before selecting a format of the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV, you need to know the TLV formats supported by the neighbors. The TLV format on the local device must be the same as that on the neighbors.

Member interfaces of the Eth-Trunk do not support this command.

Example

# Configure the 802.3 Power via MDI TLV advertised by the AP's wired interface to comply with 802.3at.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] lldp dot3-tlv power 802.3at

lldp enable

Function

The lldp enable command enables LLDP on AP wired interfaces.

The undo lldp enable command disables LLDP on AP wired interfaces.

By default, LLDP is enabled on AP wired interfaces.

Format

lldp enable

undo lldp enable

Parameters

None.

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

AP wired interfaces can exchange LLDP packets with neighbors to obtain neighbor status and transmit AP status to neighbors. The AP and neighbors save the received information to the Management Information Base (MIB) for an AC to query and determine the link status.

Prerequisite

The LLDP function has been enabled in the WLAN view using the ap lldp enable command.

Example

# Enable LLDP on the AP wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap lldp enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] lldp enable

Related Topics

lldp message-transmission delay (AP system profile view)

Function

The lldp message-transmission delay command sets the LLDP packet transmission delay.

The undo lldp message-transmission delay command restores the default LLDP packet transmission delay.

The default LLDP packet transmission delay is 2 seconds.

Format

lldp message-transmission delay delay

undo lldp message-transmission delay

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

delay

Specifies the LLDP packet transmission delay.

The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 8192, in seconds.

The delay value depends on the parameter interval set by the lldp message-transmission interval command. The delay value must be smaller than or equal to a quarter of the interval value.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

There is a delay before the AP sends an LLDP packet to the neighbor when the device status changes frequently.

If the AP status changes frequently, extend the delay in preventing the AP from frequently sending packets to the neighbors. A delay suppresses the network topology flapping.

Configuration Impact

The LLDP packet transmission delay must be set properly and adjusted according to network loads.

A large value reduces the LLDP packet transmission frequency when the local device status frequently changes. This helps save system resources. However, if the value is too large, the device cannot notify neighbors of its status in a timely manner, and the NMS cannot discover the network topology changes in real time.
A small value increases the LLDP packet transmission frequency and enables the NMS to discover network topology changes in real time when the local device status frequently changes. However, if the value is too small, LLDP packets are exchanged frequently. This increases the system load and wastes resources.
The default value is recommended.

Precautions

Consider the value of interval when adjusting the value of delay because it is restricted by the value of interval.

Decreasing the value of delay is not restricted by the value of interval. delay can be any number from 1 to 8192.
The delay value must be smaller than or equal to a quarter of the interval value. Therefore, if you want to set delay to be greater than a quarter of interval, first increase the interval value to at least four times the new delay value, and then increase the delay value.

If the interval value is smaller than four times the delay value, the system displays an error message when you run the undo lldp message-transmission delay command. To run the undo lldp message-transmission delay command, increase the interval value to at least four times the delay value first.

Example

# Set the LLDP packet transmission delay to 10 seconds.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp message-transmission delay 10

Related Topics

lldp message-transmission interval (AP system profile view)

lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier (AP system profile view)

Function

The lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier command sets the hold time multiplier of device information stored on neighbors.

The undo lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier command restores the default hold time multiplier of device information stored on neighbors.

The default hold time multiplier is 4.

Format

lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier hold

undo lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
hold	Specifies the hold time multiplier of device information stored on neighbors.	The value is an integer that ranges from 2 to 10.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The time multiplier is used to calculate how long a packet can be saved on a neighboring node. After receiving an LLDP packet, a neighbor updates the aging time of the device information from the sender based on the TTL.

The storage time calculation formula is: TTL = Min (65535, (interval x hold)).

TTL is the device information storage time. It is the smaller value between 65535 and (interval x hold).

interval indicates the interval at which the device sends LLDP packets to neighbors. This parameter is set by the lldp message-transmission interval command. hold indicates the hold time multiplier of device information stored on neighbors.

After the LLDP function is disabled on the device, its neighbors wait until the TTL of the device information expires, and then delete the device information. This prevents network topology flapping.

Configuration Impact

The hold time multiplier of device information stored on neighbors must be set to a proper value.

A large value of delay prevents network topology flapping. However, if the value is too large, the device cannot notify neighbors of its status in a timely manner, and the NMS cannot discover the network topology changes in real time.
A small value of delay enables the NMS to discover topology change in time. However, if the value is too small, the neighbors update device information too frequently. This increases the load on the system and wastes resources.
The default value is recommended.

Example

# Set the hold time multiplier of AP information stored on neighbors to 5.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp message-transmission hold-multiplier 5

Related Topics

lldp message-transmission interval (AP system profile view)

Function

The lldp message-transmission interval command sets the LLDP packet transmission interval.

The undo lldp message-transmission interval command restores the default LLDP packet transmission interval.

The default LLDP packet transmission interval is 30 seconds.

Format

lldp message-transmission interval interval

undo lldp message-transmission interval

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

interval

Specifies the LLDP packet transmission interval.

The value is an integer that ranges from 5 to 32768, in seconds.

The interval value depends on the parameter delay set by the lldp message-transmission delay command. The interval value must be larger than or equal to 4 times the delay value; otherwise, the system displays an error message when you run the lldp message-transmission interval command.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When the LLDP status of the AP keeps unchanged or the AP does not discover new neighbors, the AP sends LLDP packets to the neighbors at a specified interval.

If you want to change the network topology detection frequency, run the lldp message-transmission interval command to change the LLDP packet transmission interval.

Configuration Impact

The LLDP transmission interval must be set properly and adjusted according to network loads.

A large value reduces the LLDP packet transmission frequency. This helps save system resources. However, if the value is too large, the device cannot notify neighbors of its status in a timely manner, and the NMS cannot discover the network topology changes in real time.
A short interval increases the LLDP packet transmission frequency and enables the NMS to discover network topology changes in real time. If the delay is too short, LLDP packets are exchanged frequently. This increases the system load and wastes resources.
The default value is recommended.

Precautions

Consider the value of delay when adjusting the value of interval because it is restricted by the value of interval.

Increasing the value of interval is not restricted by the value of delay. interval can be any number from 5 to 32768.
The interval value must be larger than or equal to four times the delay value. Therefore, if you want to set interval to be smaller than four times the value of delay, first reduce the delay value to be smaller than or equal to a quarter of the new interval value, and then reduce the interval value.

If the delay value is larger than a quarter of the interval value, the system displays an error message when you run the undo lldp message-transmission interval command. To run the undo lldp message-transmission interval command, reduce the delay value to be smaller than or equal to a quarter of the interval value first.

Example

# Set the LLDP packet transmission interval to 60 seconds.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp message-transmission interval 60

Related Topics

lldp message-transmission delay (AP system profile view)

lldp report enable

Function

The lldp report enable command enables an AP to report information about its LLDP neighbors.

The undo lldp report enable command disables an AP from reporting information about its LLDP neighbors.

By default, an AP does not report information about its LLDP neighbors.

Format

lldp report enable

undo lldp report enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the lldp report enable command to enable an AP to report information about its LLDP neighbors.

Example

# Enable an AP to report information about its LLDP neighbors.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name huawei
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-huawei] lldp report enable

lldp report-interval

Function

The lldp report-interval command sets the interval at which an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC.

The undo lldp report-interval command restores the default interval at which an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC.

By default, an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC at an interval of 30 seconds.

Format

lldp report-interval interval-time

undo lldp report-interval

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
interval-time	Specifies the interval at which an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC.	The value is an integer that ranges from 5 to 3600, in seconds.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the lldp report-interval command to adjust the interval at which an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC. This prevents LLDP neighbor information from being frequently reported.

Example

# Set the interval at which an AP reports LLDP neighbor information to an AC to 20 seconds.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp report-interval 20

Related Topics

lldp restart-delay

Function

The lldp restart-delay command sets the delay in re-enabling LLDP on an AP.

The undo lldp restart-delay command restores the default LLDP operation mode for an AP.

By default, the delay in re-enabling LLDP on an AP is 2 seconds.

Format

lldp restart-delay delay-time

undo lldp restart-delay

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
delay-time	Specifies the delay in re-enabling LLDP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 10, in seconds.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

When the LLDP status of an AP changes, the AP reports LLDP neighbor information to the connected AC. Setting the delay in re-enabling LLDP on the AP prevents the AP from frequently reporting LLDP neighboring information to the AC when the LLDP status of the AP frequently changes. This reduces the load on the AC and saves resources.

Example

# Set the delay in re-enabling LLDP on an AP to 1 second.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] lldp restart-delay 1

Related Topics

lldp tlv-enable (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The lldp tlv-enable command specifies the types of TLVs that an AP wired interface.

The undo lldp tlv-enable command specifies the types of TLVs that an AP wired interface advertises is prohibited from advertising.

By default, an AP wired interface advertises all types of TLVs.

Format

lldp tlv-enable basic-tlv { all | management-address | port-description | system-capability | system-description | system-name }

lldp tlv-enable dot3-tlv power

undo lldp tlv-enable basic-tlv { all | management-address | port-description | system-capability | system-description | system-name }

undo lldp tlv-enable dot3-tlv power

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
basic-tlv	Indicates basic TLVs to be advertised: Management-address TLV Port Description TLV System Capabilities TLV System Description TLV System Name TLV	-
all	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise all types of TLVs when basic TLVs are configured.	-
management-address	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise Management-address TLVs.	-
port-description	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise Port Description TLVs.	-
system-capability	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise System Capabilities TLVs.	-
system-description	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise System Description TLVs.	-
system-name	Configures the AP wired interface to advertise System Name TLVs.	-
dot3-tlv	Configures an AP's wired interface to advertise TLVs defined by IEEE 802.3.	-
power	Configures an AP's wired interface to advertise the Power Via MDI TLV defined by IEEE 802.3, and negotiate the PoE power.	-

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In LLDP, all device information is encapsulated in Link Layer Discovery Protocol data units (LLDPDUs), which are then sent to neighbors. An LLDPDU contains a variety of TLVs. In a TLV, T indicates the information type, L indicates the information length, and V indicates the value or the content to be sent.

Devices exchange LLDPDUs carrying TLVs to obtain neighbor information. The TLVs that can be encapsulated in an LLDP packet include basic TLVs, TLVs in the IEEE 802.3 format.

Basic TLVs are essential for managing network devices. The TLVs in the IEEE 802.3 format are defined by standardization organizations and other organizations, which are used to enhance the network device management. You can determine whether to advertise the TLVs in the IEEE 802.3 format.

Devices on both ends can have different TLV types configured. You only need to configure TLV types according to networking requirements.

Prerequisites

The LLDP function has been enabled in both the WLAN view and AP wired port link profile view.

Precautions

When basic TLVs are configured, if the all parameter is specified, all optional basic TLVs are advertised. If the all parameter is not specified, TLVs of only one type can be advertised at a time. To advertise multiple types of TLVs, run this command multiple times.

Example

# Configure the wired interface of AP to advertise Management-address TLVs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap lldp enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] lldp tlv-enable basic-tlv management-address

Related Topics

lldp enable

lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power command configures an AP's wired interface to advertise Cisco's proprietary TLVs.

The undo lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power command prohibits an AP's wired interface from advertising Cisco's proprietary TLVs.

By default, an AP's wired interface advertises Cisco's proprietary TLVs.

Format

lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power

undo lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Some Cisco's switches use proprietary LLDP TLVs to negotiate the UPoE power supply. If such a switch is used to supply UPoE power to an AP, the AP's wired interface connected to the switch must be enabled to advertise Cisco's proprietary TLVs for UPoE power negotiation. Otherwise, LLDP negotiation fails. If interfaces on the Cisco's switch do not supply UPoE power, the AP is provided with insufficient input power and cannot work properly.

Example

# Configure an AP's wired interface to advertise Cisco's proprietary TLVs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] lldp tlv-enable legacy-tlv four-pair-power

log-record-level

Function

The log-record-level command configures the level for AP logs that need to be backed up.

The undo log-record-level command restores the default level of AP logs that need to be backed up.

By default, the level of AP logs that need to be backed up is info.

Format

log-record-level { alert | critical | debug | emergency | error | info | notice | warning }

undo log-record-level

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
alert	Configures the level of logs as alert, that is, the AP backs up logs that need to be processed immediately.	-
critical	Configures the level of logs as critical, that is, the AP backs up critical logs.	-
debug	Configures the level of logs as debug, that is, the AP backs up debugging logs.	-
emergency	Configures the level of logs as emergency, that is, the AP backs up unavailable logs.	-
error	Configures the level of logs as error, that is, the AP backs up error logs.	-
info	Configures the level of logs as info, that is, the AP backs up normal logs.	-
notice	Configures the level of the logs as notice, that is, the AP backs up logs that need to be noticed.	-
warning	Configures the level of logs as warning, that is, the AP backs up warning logs.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An AP periodically backs up logs to the log server. However, not all the logs need to be backed up. You can run the log-record-level command to configure the level of logs to be periodically backed up.

Precautions

The preference order of log levels is emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, info, and debug.

After you specify the level for AP logs that need to be backed up, all logs of the specified level or a higher level will be backed up. For example, if you set the level of AP logs that need to be backed up to critical, the logs of the levels emergency, alert, and critical will be backed up.

Example

# Set the level of logs that need to be backed up as alert.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] log-record-level alert

Related Topics

log-server

Function

The log-server command configures the log server IP address in the AP system profile and enables log backup on the AP.

The undo log-server command restores the default configurations.

By default, the log server IP address is not configured in an AP system profile and log backup is disabled on an AP.

Format

log-server ip-address server-ip-address

undo log-server

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ip-address server-ip-address	Specifies the IPv4 address of the log server.	The value is in dotted decimal notation.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the command to configure the log server IP address in the AP system profile and enable log backup on the AP. After log backup is enabled, the AP automatically sends logs to the log server with the specified IP address.

Modifying the attributes of an AP profile changes configurations of all APs using this profile.

Example

# Set the IP address of the log server to 10.0.0.1 and enable log backup on the AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] log-server ip-address 10.0.0.1

low-temperature threshold

Function

The low-temperature threshold command sets the lower temperature alarm threshold for APs.

The undo low-temperature threshold command restores the default lower temperature alarm threshold for APs.

Table 11-101 Default lower temperature alarm threshold for APs

AP Model	Default Value (°C)
AP6010SN-GN/AP6010DN-AGN/AP6310SN-GN/AP7110DN-AGN/AP7110SN-GN/AP9330DN/AP6052DN/AP4051TN/AP7152DN/AP7052DE/AP7052DN	-13
AP6510DN-AGN/AP6610DN-AGN/AP6510DN-AGN-US/AP6610DN-AGN-US/AP8030DN/AP8050DN/AP8050DN-S/AP8150DN/AP8130DN/AP9131DN/AP9132DN/AP8082DN/AP8182DN/AP8050TN-HD	-43
AP5030DN/AP5130DN	-28
AP7030DE	-23
AD9430DN-24/AD9431DN-24X	-3
AD9430DN-12	-13
R230D/R240D/R250D-E/AP2050DN/AP2050DN-E	0
AP6050DN/AP7050DE/AP7050DN-E	-13
AP4030TN/AP4050DN-E/AP4050DN-HD/AP6150DN	-10
R450D	-13
R250D	-3

The AP2010DN, AP2030DN, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP430-E, AP3010DN-AGN, AP5010SN-GN, AP5010DN-AGN, AP4030DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, and AP4130DN do not support this command.

Format

low-temperature threshold threshold

undo low-temperature threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
threshold	Specifies the lower temperature alarm threshold.	The value is an integer that ranges from -70 to 10, in °C.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run this command to set the lower temperature alarm threshold for an AP. When an AP's temperature exceeds the lower threshold, the AP generates an alarm and a log, and notifies the AC of the low temperature.

Example

# Set the lower temperature alarm threshold for APs to 5°C.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] low-temperature threshold 5

Related Topics

management-vlan

Function

The management-vlan command configures CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface to carry a management VLAN tag.

The undo management-vlan command cancels the management VLAN configuration for CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface.

By default, CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface do not carry a management VLAN tag.

Format

management-vlan vlan-id

undo management-vlan

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
vlan-id	Specifies a management VLAN ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 4094.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

By default, CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface do not carry a management VLAN tag. In most cases, the access switch interface directly connected to the AP adds the PVID to the CAPWAP packets as the management VLAN ID.

If the PVID of the access device has been used for other purposes (for example, as the default VLAN ID of wired users), the PVID cannot be configured as the management VLAN ID on the access device interface. In this case, configure CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface to carry the management VLAN tag. The AP then adds the management VLAN ID to the CAPWAP packets sent to the AC. You only need to configure the access device to allow the packets carrying the management VLAN ID to pass.

Precautions

The configuration takes effect only after the AP is restarted.

On a Mesh network, ensure that CAPWAP packets sent from all APs carry the same management VLAN. Otherwise, MPs cannot go online.

In the following precautions, packets sent from an AP wired interface refer to CAPWAP packets.

After the management-vlan vlan-id command is executed, to configure the AP wired interface to allow packets carrying the management VLAN tag to pass through, run the vlan tagged vlan-id command to add the AP wired interface to the management VLAN in tagged mode.
After the management-vlan vlan-id command is executed, to disable packets sent from the AP wired interface from carrying the management VLAN tag, run the vlan untagged vlan-id command to add the AP wired interface to the management VLAN in untagged mode.
After the management-vlan vlan-id command is executed, to add the management VLAN tag to untagged packets received on the AP wired interface, run the vlan pvid vlan-id command to set the PVID of the AP wired interface to the management VLAN ID.

Example

# Configure CAPWAP packets sent from an AP wired interface to carry management VLAN 2 in the AP system profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] management-vlan 2
Warning: The incorrect management VLAN configuration will cause the AP to go out of management. This operation will make the AP rese
t. Continue? [Y/N]:y

Related Topics

vlan pvid (AP wired port profile view)

vlan (AP wired port profile view)

max-sta-number (SSID profile view)

Function

The max-sta-number command sets the maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP.

The undo max-sta-number command restores the default maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP.

By default, a VAP allows for a maximum of 64 successfully associated STAs.

Format

max-sta-number max-sta-number

undo max-sta-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-sta-number	Specifies the maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a specified VAP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 256.

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

More access users on a VAP indicate fewer network resources that each user can occupy. To ensure Internet experience of users, you can run the max-sta-number command to set a proper maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP.

Configuration Impact

After th max-sta-number command is executed, online STAs are forcibly to go offline. When STAs reassociate with the VAP and the number of associated STAs on the VAP reaches the maximum, new STAs fail to associate with this VAP.

The max-sta-number max-sta-number command sets the maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP while the authentication wlan-max-user max-user-number command sets the maximum number of STAs authenticated and allowed to pass through in an authentication profile.

Precautions

The maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a specified VAP refers to the maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP of a single AP.

Example

# Set the maximum number of successfully associated STAs on a VAP to 50.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] max-sta-number 50
Warning: This action may cause service interruption. Continue?[Y/N]y

memory-usage threshold

Function

The memory-usage threshold command configures a memory usage alarm threshold for APs.

The undo memory-usage threshold command restores the default memory usage alarm threshold.

By default, the memory usage alarm threshold on an AP is 80.

Format

memory-usage threshold threshold

undo memory-usage threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
threshold	Specifies the memory usage alarm threshold of an AP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 30 to 100.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the memory-usage threshold command to configure the memory usage alarm threshold in the AP system profile view. The configuration is delivered to all APs using the profile.

When the memory usage of an AP exceeds the alarm threshold, the AP sends an alarm message to the AC, and the AC displays the alarm information.
When the memory usage of an AP falls below the alarm threshold, the AP sends a clear alarm message to the AC, and the AC displays the clear alarm information.

Example

# Set the memory usage alarm threshold of AP 0 to 60.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] memory-usage threshold 60

Related Topics

mtu

Function

The mtu command sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value for the management VLANIF on an AP.

The undo mtu command restores the default MTU value for the management VLANIF on an AP.

By default, the MTU value of the management VLANIF on an AP is 1500 bytes.

Format

mtu mtu-value

undo mtu

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
mtu-value	Specifies the maximum size of packets sent and received on the management VLANIF.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1500 to 1700, in bytes.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

The MTU value is the maximum size of packets sent and received on the management VLANIF of an AP.

Modifying the attributes of an AP system profile changes configurations of all APs using this profile.

Precautions

DHCP packets cannot be fragmented. When the MTU value set using the mtu command is smaller than the DHCP packet length, DHCP packets cannot be forwarded. Therefore, set a larger MTU value.
If the MTU value is smaller than the DHCP packet length, the AP may be disconnected. In this case, restart the AP.

Example

# Set the MTU value of the management VLANIF on an AP to 1700 bytes.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] mtu 1700

Related Topics

mu-mimo disable

Function

The mu-mimo disable command disables MU-MIMO.

The undo mu-mimo disable command enables MU-MIMO.

By default, the MU-MIMO function is enabled.

Format

mu-mimo disable

undo mu-mimo disable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view, WDS profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA-CA) allows an air interface channel to be occupied only by one STA, and other STAs cannot communicate with the AP. After MU-MIMO is enabled, STAs supporting MU-MIMO can form an MU group to simultaneously receive downlink data from the same air interface channel, improving channel efficiency and overall downlink throughput.

Precautions

VAPs of only the AP1050DN-S, R450D, R250D, R250D-E, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, and AP7050DN-E support MU-MIMO on 5 GHz radios.
In WDS scenarios, ensure that the number of spatial streams on STA VAPs is smaller than that on AP VAPs. Otherwise, MU-MIMO cannot take effect. For example, if STA VAPs and AP VAPs are both configured with three spatial streams, an AP VAP can communicate with only one STA VAP even if MU-MIMO has been enabled.
MU-MIMO is not supported on a Mesh network.

Example

# Enable MU-MIMO in the SSID profile test.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name test
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-test] undo mu-mimo disable

Related Topics

vht mcs-map

mu-mimo optimize enable

Function

The mu-mimo optimize enable command enables the MU-MIMO optimization function.

The undo mu-mimo optimize enable command disables the MU-MIMO optimization function.

By default, the MU-MIMO optimization function is disabled.

Format

mu-mimo optimize enable

undo mu-mimo optimize enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In an environment with less interference, you can run the mu-mimo optimize enable command to enable the MU-MIMO optimization function to meet requirements for high downlink throughput of the AP. The expected effect may fail to be achieved in some scenarios.

Precautions

VAPs of only the AP1050DN-S, R450D, R250D, R250D-E, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, and AP7050DN-E support MU-MIMO on 5 GHz radios.

Prerequisites

The MU-MIMO function has been enabled using the undo mu-mimo disable command.

Example

# Enable the MU-MIMO optimization function in the SSID profile test.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name test
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-test] undo mu-mimo disable
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-test] mu-mimo optimize enable

multicast-rate

Function

The multicast-rate command configures the multicast rate of wireless packets in a radio profile.

The undo multicast-rate command restores the default multicast rate of wireless packets in a radio profile.

By default, the multicast rate of wireless packets is not configured in a radio profile. That is, the multicast rate is set to auto-sensing.

Format

multicast-rate multicast-rate

undo multicast-rate

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
multicast-rate	Specifies the multicast rate of wireless packets in a radio profile.	Enumerated type. The values are as follows in a 2G radio profile: 1: 1 Mbps 2: 2 Mbps 5: 5.5 Mbps 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 11: 11 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps The values are as follows in a 5G radio profile: 6: 6 Mbps 9: 9 Mbps 12: 12 Mbps 18: 18 Mbps 24: 24 Mbps 36: 36 Mbps 48: 48 Mbps 54: 54 Mbps

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After this command is run, the multicast rate of wireless packets is the configured value and irrelevant to the STA access mode.

If the configured multicast rate is not in the basic rate set and the STA does not support this rate, the STA cannot receive multicast data.

If you run the radio-type dot11b command in the 2G radio profile view to set the radio type to dot11b, and the 2G radio profile is applied to an AP, multicast-rate that takes effect on the 2 GHz radio of the AP is fixed as 1 Mbps, and multicast-rate configured in the 2G radio profile view does not take effect on the AP.

Example

# Set the multicast rate of wireless packets to 54 Mbps in the 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] multicast-rate 54

Related Topics

radio-type (2G radio profile view)

poe af-inrush enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The poe af-inrush enable command configures an AP to provide PoE power in compliance with IEEE 802.3af.

The undo poe af-inrush enable command restores the default PoE power supply standard of an AP.

By default, an AP provides PoE power in compliance with IEEE 802.3at.

Format

poe af-inrush enable

undo poe af-inrush enable

Parameters

None.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenarios

The AP that conforms to IEEE 802.3at cannot power non-IEEE standard PDs that do not support inrush current. To power these PDs, configure the AP to provide power with low current in conformance to IEEE 802.3af. When all PDs connected to the AP are IEEE standard-compliant PDs, run the undo poe af-inrush enable command to cancel the configuration.

Precautions

The poe af-inrush enable command does not take effect on an interface if the poe force-power (AP wired port link profile view) command has been executed on the interface.
After this command is configured, the AP cannot provide power for IEEE 802.3at-compliant PDs.
This command takes effect only on the AP7050DN-E, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Configuration Impact

After running the poe af-inrush enable command, remove the non-IEEE 802.3at PDs and then install them so that the PDs can be powered on.

Example

# Set the PoE power supply standard to IEEE 802.3 af for an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] poe af-inrush enable

Related Topics

poe disable (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The poe disable command disables the PoE function on an AP's interface.

The undo poe disable command enables the PoE function on an AP's interface.

By default, the PoE function is enabled on an AP's interface.

Format

poe disable

undo poe disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenarios

Before using an AP to provide power for PDs connected to its interfaces, ensure that the PoE function is enabled on the interfaces. To enable the PoE function on an interface, run the undo poe disable command.

The power-on and power-off of interfaces are determined by the PoE power and interface power priority. When the PoE power is sufficient, the device does not power off one interface. To stop providing power for one PD, run the poe disable command.

Precautions

The AP only supports PoE power supply on downlink interfaces and does not support PoE power supply on uplink interfaces.

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Disable the PoE function on an AP's interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] poe disable

Related Topics

poe force-power (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The poe force-power command enables forcible PoE power supply on an interface.

The undo poe force-power command disables forcible PoE power supply on an interface.

By default, forcible PoE power supply is disabled on an interface.

Format

poe force-power

undo poe force-power

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After this function is configured, an interface forcibly powers on the connected PD even if the PSE cannot identify the PD. Before powering on the interface, ensure that the system power is sufficient.

Precautions

If a PoE interface connects to a non-PoE device, do not use this command.

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Enable forcible PoE power supply on an AP's interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] poe force-power

Related Topics

poe high-inrush enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The poe high-inrush enable command configures an interface to allow high inrush current during power-on.

The undo poe high-inrush enable command configures an interface not to allow high inrush current during power-on.

By default, interfaces do not allow high inrush current during power-on.

Format

poe high-inrush enable

undo poe high-inrush enable

Parameters

None.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

High inrush current is generated when a non-standard PD is powered on. In this case, the PSE cuts off the power of the PD to protect itself. If the PSE is required to provide power for the PD, the PSE must allow high inrush current.

Precautions

The high inrush current may damage components of a PD.

This command takes effect only on the AP7050DN-E, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Enable the AP to allow high inrush current during power-on.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] poe high-inrush enable

Related Topics

poe legacy enable (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The poe legacy enable command enables an AP to check compatibility of the connected PDs.

The undo poe legacy enable command disables an AP from checking compatibility of the connected PDs.

By default, an AP does not check compatibility of the connected PDs.

Format

poe legacy enable

undo poe legacy enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When compatibility check is enabled, an AP (PSE) can detect and provide power for the PDs incompliant with IEEE 802.3af or 802.3at. If compatibility check is disabled, the AP does not identify or provide power for these PDs.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Enable an AP to check compatibility of the connected PDs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] poe legacy enable

Related Topics

poe max-power (AP system profile view)

Function

The poe max-power command sets the maximum output power of an AP.

The undo poe max-power command restores the maximum output power of an AP to the default value.

By default, the maximum output power of the AP is the total power that the PoE power supply provides for PDs.

Format

poe max-power max-power

undo poe max-power

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-power	Specifies the maximum output power of an AP.	The value ranges from 15400 mW to 380000 mW.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenarios

By default, the system automatically obtains the maximum PoE power supported by the AP. You can run the poe max-power command to set the maximum output power to ensure stable PoE power supply when the total power of the AP is insufficient.

Precautions

If the maximum output power that you set is smaller than the total power required by PDs, PDs with lower priority are powered off.

The configured maximum output power must be smaller than the total power that the PoE power supply provides for PDs.

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Set the maximum output power of an AP to 20000 mW.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] poe max-power 20000

Related Topics

poe priority (AP wired port link profile view)

poe power-reserved (AP system profile view)

Function

The poe power-reserved command configures the percentage of the reserved PoE power against the total PoE power on an AP.

The undo poe power-reserved command restores the default percentage of the reserved PoE power against the total PoE power on an AP.

By default, the percentage of the reserved PoE power against the total PoE power on an AP is 0%.

Format

poe power-reserved power-reserved

undo poe power-reserved

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
power-reserved	Specifies the percentage of the reserved PoE power against the total PoE power.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 100, in percentage.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenarios

The AP can dynamically allocate power to each interface according to the power consumption of each interface. The power consumption of a PD keeps changing when the PD is running. The system periodically calculates the total power consumption of all the PDs. If the total power consumption exceeds the upper threshold of the AP, the system cuts off the power of the PDs on the interfaces of low priority to ensure that other PDs can run normally.

Sometimes, however, the power consumption increases sharply and the available power of the system cannot support the burst increase of power. At this time, the system has not calculated and found that the total power consumption exceeded the upper threshold; therefore, the system does not cut off power low-priority interfaces in time. As a result, the PoE power supply is shut down for overload protection, and all PDs are powered off.

This problem can be solved by running the poe power-reserved command to set proper reserved power. When there is a burst increase in power consumption, the reserved power can support the system running. Then the system has time to power off interfaces of low priority to ensure stable running of other PDs.

Precautions

You can set the maximum output power of an AP using the poe max-power (AP system profile view) command. The available PoE power is the configured maximum output power. If no maximum output power is configured, the available PoE power is the total power provided by the PoE power supply.

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Set the percentage of reserved PoE power to the total PoE power to 10%.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] poe power-reserved 10

Related Topics

poe max-power (AP system profile view)

poe power-threshold (AP system profile view)

Function

The poe power-threshold command sets the alarm threshold of the PoE power consumption percentage.

The undo poe power-threshold command restores the default alarm threshold of the PoE power consumption percentage.

By default, the alarm threshold is 100%.

Format

poe power-threshold threshold-value

undo poe power-threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
threshold-value	Specifies the alarm threshold of the PoE power consumption percentage. When the power consumption reaches this value, a PoE power alarm is generated.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 100, in percentage.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The poe power-threshold command sets the alarm threshold of the PoE power consumption percentage. If the total PoE power is 380 W and the alarm threshold is 90%, an alarm is generated when the power consumption is greater than 342 W. When the power consumption falls below 342 W, the alarm is cleared.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Set the alarm threshold of the PoE power consumption percentage to 80%.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] poe power-threshold 80

Related Topics

poe power-off time-range (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The poe power-off time-range command makes a configured PoE power-off time range effective on an interface.

The undo poe power-off time-range command makes a configured PoE power-off time range ineffective on an interface.

By default, no PoE power-off time range takes effective on an interface.

Format

poe power-off time-range time-range-name

undo poe power-off time-range

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
time-range-name	Specifies a name for a PoE power-off time range.	The value is a string of 1 to 32 case-sensitive characters and must begin with a letter. In addition, the word all cannot be specified as a time range name.

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the poe power-off time-range command to configure a PoE power-off time range on an interface. If the current time is within the specified time range, the PD connected to the interface cannot be powered on.

To cancel a configured PoE power-off time range on an interface, run the undo poe power-off time-range command. The time range does not take effect on the PD connected to the interface; however, the configuration of the time range is still saved.

Pre-configuration Tasks

Before running the poe power-off time-range command, you must ensure a PoE power-off time range has been configured through running the time-range command in the system view.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Set a PoE power-off time range from 10:00 am to 11:00 am.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] time-range PoE 10:00 to 11:00 daily
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] poe power-off time-range PoE

Related Topics

poe priority (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The poe priority command sets the power priority of a PoE interface.

The undo poe priority command restores the default power priority of a PoE interface.

By default, the power supply priority of an interface is low.

Format

poe priority { critical | high | low }

undo poe priority

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
critical	Indicates the highest priority.	-
high	Indicates the second highest priority.	-
low	Indicates the lowest priority.	-

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When the output power of a device is insufficient, the device provides power for the interfaces of the higher power supply priorities first and cuts off power of the interfaces of the lower power supply priorities. If all the interfaces are of the same priority, the power supply priority of the interface with a smaller interface number is higher.

Precautions

This command takes effect only on the AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP7050DN-E, AP2050DN-E, R250D-E, AD9431DN-24X, AD9430DN-24, and AD9430DN-12.

Example

# Set the power priority of an AP's interface to Critical.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] poe priority critical

Related Topics

port-link-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The port-link-profile command creates an AP wired port link profile and displays the AP wired port link profile view, or displays the view of an existing AP wired port link profile.

The undo port-link-profile command deletes an AP wired port link profile.

By default, the system provides the AP wired port link profile default.

Format

port-link-profile name profile-name

undo port-link-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP wired port link profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all AP wired port link profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An AP wired port link profile offers link-layer management and configuration on AP's wired interfaces.

Follow-up Procedure

After you create an AP wired port link profile, run the port-link-profile (AP wired port profile view) command to bind it to an AP wired port profile and then run the wired-port-profile (AP group view and view) command to bind the AP wired port profile to an AP or AP group. In this way, the AP wired port link profile can take effect.

Precautions

The AP wired port link profile default cannot be deleted.
The AP wired port link profile referenced by an AP or AP group cannot be deleted. To delete the AP wired port link profile, unbind it from the AP or AP group first.

Example

# Create the AP wired port link profile port-link1 and display the AP wired port link profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1]

Related Topics

port-link-profile (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The port-link-profile command binds an AP wired port link profile to an AP wired port profile.

The undo port-link-profile command unbinds an AP wired port link profile from an AP wired port profile.

By default, the AP wired port link profile default is bound to an AP wired port profile.

Format

port-link-profile profile-name

undo port-link-profile

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP wired port link profile.	The AP wired port link profile must exist.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create an AP wired port link profile using the port-link-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to an AP wired port profile so that the AP wired port link profile can take effect.

Precautions

After an AP wired port link profile is bound to an AP wired port profile, parameter settings in the AP wired port link profile apply to specified interfaces of all APs using the AP wired port profile.

Example

# Create the AP wired port link profile port-link1 and bind it to the AP wired port profile wired-port1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] port-link-profile port-link1

Related Topics

display references port-link-profile

port-link-profile (WLAN view)

probe-response-retry

Function

The probe-response-retry command sets the number of times Probe Response packets are retransmitted.

The undo probe-response-retry command restores the default number of times Probe Response packets are retransmitted.

By default, the number of Probe Response retransmissions is 1.

Format

probe-response-retry retry-time

undo probe-response-retry

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

retry-time

Specifies the number of times Probe Response packets are retransmitted.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 3.

When the value is set to 0, Probe Response packets are not retransmitted.

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

In high-density wireless scenarios, too many Probe Response frames occupy a large number of wireless resources. To reduce wireless resource occupation of the frames, you can run the probe-response-retry command to set a small number of or forbid Probe Response packet retransmissions.

Precautions

A small number of Probe Response packet retransmissions may reduce the channel scan efficiency of some STAs while a large number of Probe Response packet retransmissions may lower the wireless network performance.

Example

# Set the number of times Probe Response packets are retransmitted to 0.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] probe-response-retry 0

Related Topics

provision-ap

Function

The provision-ap command displays the AP provisioning view.

Format

provision-ap

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

In the AP provisioning view, you can configure provisioning parameters of APs, including the management VLAN, static IP address, gateway, and AC list, which facilitates remote AP management on the AC.

Example

# Display the AP provisioning view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] provision-ap
[HUAWEI-wlan-provision-ap]

Related Topics

qbss-load enable

Function

The qbss-load enable command enables the function of notifying STAs of the AP load status.

The undo qbss-load enable command disables the function of notifying STAs of the AP load status.

By default, the function of notifying STA of the AP load is disabled.

Format

qbss-load enable

undo qbss-load enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After the qbss-load enable command is executed, APs notify STAs of the AP load status during the STA association. The notified information includes the number of STAs associated with the ratio and channel utilization. STAs choose to associate with the optimal AP based on the AP status, improving air interface performance.

Example

# Enable the function of notifying STAs of the AP load status in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] qbss-load enable

Related Topics

radio

Function

The radio command displays the radio view.

Format

radio radio-id

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
radio-id	Specifies the radio ID.	The radio ID must exist.

Views

AP group view, AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The radio configuration in the AP group view or AP view takes effect on all radios at the same time. To perform configuration only on radio 0 or radio 1, enter the view of the corresponding radio to configure the radio parameters.

Precautions

After running the radio radio-id command in the AP group view to enter the radio view, you can perform configurations on all specified radios in the AP group; after running the radio radio-id command in the AP view to enter the radio view, you can perform configurations on the specified AP radio.

Example

# Display the view of radio 0 on the AP with the ID 0

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-0] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-0/0]

Related Topics

radio disable

Function

(AP group radio view) The radio disable command disables all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP group radio view) The undo radio disable command enables all specified radios in an AP group.

(AP radio view) The radio disable command disables an AP radio.

(AP radio view) The undo radio disable command restores the configuration of a specified radio in an AP to the configuration in the AP group radio view.

By default, all AP radios are enabled.

Format

radio disable

undo radio disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to enable or disable a specified radio.

If radio calibration is enabled on the AP, coverage hole filling will be triggered after the radio is disabled for 5 minutes, to fill coverage holes left by the disabled radio.

Example

# Disable radio 0 of AP 1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-id 1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-1] radio 0
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-1/0] radio disable
Warning: This action may cause service interruption. Continue?[Y/N]y

radio-2g-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The radio-2g-profile command creates a 2G radio profile and displays the 2G radio profile view, or displays the view of an existing 2G radio profile.

The undo radio-2g-profile command deletes a 2G radio profile.

By default, the system provides the 2G radio profile default.

Format

radio-2g-profile name profile-name

undo radio-2g-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of a 2G radio profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all 2G radio profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A 2G radio profile is used to configure and optimize the 2G radio of an AP, but does not take effect on the 5G radio. Create a proper radio profile and apply it in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view. In this way, the AP provides better radio signal transmit and receive capabilities.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the radio-2g-profile command to apply the 2G radio profile in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view so that the 2G radio profile can take effect.

Precautions

The 2G radio profile default cannot be deleted.
The 2G radio profile referenced in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view cannot be deleted. To delete the 2G radio profile, unbind it in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view first.

You can run the frequency command to change the working mode of an AP radio. Generally, radio 0 of an AP works on the 2.4 GHz frequency band, radio 1 works on the 5 GHz frequency band, and radio 2 of the AP4030TN generally works on the 5 GHz frequency band. Radio 0 of the AP2010DN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP8182DN, AP4030TN, and AP8130DN can work on either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band. Radio 2 of the AP4030TN can work on either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band.

Example

# Create the 2G radio profile radio-profile1 and display the view of the profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name radio-profile1
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-radio-profile1]

Related Topics

radio-5g-profile (WLAN view)

radio-2g-profile

Function

The radio-2g-profile command binds a 2G radio profile to a 2G radio.

The undo radio-2g-profile command unbinds a 2G radio profile from a 2G radio.

By default, no 2G radio profile is applied in the AP view and AP radio view, but the 2G radio profile default is applied to the AP group view and AP group radio view.

Format

radio-2g-profile profile-name radio { radio-id | all }

undo radio-2g-profile radio { radio-id | all }

radio { radio-id | all } is supported only in the AP group view and AP view.

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of a 2G radio profile.	The 2G radio profile must exist.
radio radio-id	Specifies a radio ID.	The value is an integer that is 0 and 2.
radio all	Specifies all radios.	-

Views

AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create a 2G radio profile using the radio-2g-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to a 2G radio so that the 2G radio profile can take effect.

Precautions

After a 2G radio profile is applied in the AP group view or AP view, the parameter settings in the profile take effect on all 2G radios in the AP group or the 2G radio of the AP.

The configuration in the AP view and AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group view and AP group radio view.

Example

# Create the 2G radio profile radio-profile1 and bind it to AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name radio-profile1
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-radio-profile1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] radio-2g-profile radio-profile1 radio 0

Related Topics

display references radio-2g-profile

radio-2g-profile (WLAN view)

radio-5g-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The radio-5g-profile command creates a 5G radio profile and displays the 5G radio profile view, or displays the view of an existing 5G radio profile.

The undo radio-5g-profile command deletes a 5G radio profile.

By default, the system provides the 5G radio profile default.

Format

radio-5g-profile name profile-name

undo radio-5g-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of a 5G radio profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all 5G radio profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A 5G radio profile is used to configure and optimize the 5G radio of an AP, but does not take effect on the 2G radio. Create a proper radio profile and apply it in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view. In this way, the AP provides better radio signal transmit and receive capabilities.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the radio-5g-profile command to apply the 5G radio profile in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view so that the 5G radio profile can take effect.

Precautions

The 5G radio profile default cannot be deleted.
The 5G radio profile referenced in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view cannot be deleted. To delete the 5G radio profile, unbind it in the AP view, AP group view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view first.

Example

# Create the 5G radio profile radio-profile2 and display the view of the profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name radio-profile2
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-radio-profile2]

Related Topics

radio-2g-profile (WLAN view)

radio-5g-profile

Function

The radio-5g-profile command binds a 5G radio profile to a 5G radio.

The undo radio-5g-profile command unbinds a 5G radio profile from a 5G radio.

By default, no 5G radio profile is applied in the AP view and AP radio view, but the 5G radio profile default is applied to the AP group view and AP group radio view.

Format

radio-5g-profile profile-name radio { id | all }

undo radio-5g-profile radio { id | all }

radio { id | all } is supported only in the AP group view and AP view.

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

profile-name

Specifies the name of a 5G radio profile.

The 5G radio profile must exist.

radio id

Specifies the radio ID.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2.

Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.

radio all

Specifies all radios.

Views

AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create a 5G radio profile using the radio-5g-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to a 5G radio so that the 5G radio profile can take effect.

Precautions

After a 5G radio profile is applied in the AP group view or AP view, the parameter settings in the profile take effect on all 5G radios in the AP group or the 5G radio of the AP.

The configuration in the AP view and AP radio view has a higher priority than that in the AP group view and AP group radio view.

Example

# Create the 5G radio profile radio-profile2 and bind it to AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name radio-profile2
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-radio-profile2] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] radio-5g-profile radio-profile2 radio 1

Related Topics

display references radio-5g-profile

radio-5g-profile (WLAN view)

radio-type (2G radio profile view)

Function

The radio-type command sets the radio type in a 2G radio profile.

The undo radio-type command restores the default radio type in a 2G radio profile.

By default, the radio type in a 2G radio profile is dot11n.

Format

radio-type { dot11b | dot11g | dot11n }

undo radio-type

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11b	Specifies the 802.11b radio type.	-
dot11g	Specifies the 802.11b/g radio type.	-
dot11n	Specifies the 802.11b/g/n radio type.	-

Views

2G radio profile

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the radio-type command to set the radio type in a radio profile.

Precautions

If a rate in the basic rate set or supported rate set, or the multicast rate is not supported by the 802.11b protocol, the radio type cannot be set to 80211b.

When the radio type is set to dot11b or dot11g, the function of denying access from non-HT STAs becomes invalid.

If WDS- or Mesh-enabled radios are configured not to support 802.11n/ac, the air interface backhaul performance will be degraded.

If you run the radio-type dot11b command in the 2G radio profile view to set the radio type to dot11b, and the 2G radio profile is applied to an AP, the rates of Beacon frames and multicast packets that take effect on the 2 GHz radio of the AP are fixed as 1 Mbps, and the values configured using the beacon-2g-rate beacon-2g-rate and multicast-rate multicast-rate commands do not take effect on the AP.

Example

# Set the radio type to dot11g in a 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] radio-type dot11g

Related Topics

beacon-2g-rate

multicast-rate

radio-type (5G radio profile view)

Function

The radio-type command sets the radio type in a 5G radio profile.

The undo radio-type command restores the default radio type in a 5G radio profile.

By default, the radio type in a 5G radio profile is dot11ac.

Format

radio-type { dot11a | dot11n | dot11ac }

undo radio-type

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
dot11a	Specifies the 802.11a radio type.	-
dot11n	Specifies the 802.11a/n radio type.	-
dot11ac	Specifies the 802.11a/n/ac radio type.	-

Views

5G radio profile

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run the radio-type command to set the radio type in a radio profile.

Precautions

When the radio type is set to dot11a, the function of denying access from non-HT STAs becomes invalid.

If the configured radio type is not supported by an AP, the actual radio type supported by the AP takes effect. For example, if you set the 802.11ac radio type for an 802.11n AP, the 802.11n radio type takes effect on the AP.

If WDS- or Mesh-enabled radios are configured not to support 802.11n/ac, the air interface backhaul performance will be degraded.

Example

# Set the radio type to dot11n in a 5G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] radio-type dot11n

Related Topics

reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable

Function

The reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable command disables automatic SSID hiding when the number of users reaches the maximum.

The undo reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable command enables automatic SSID hiding when the number of users reaches the maximum.

By default, automatic SSID hiding is enabled when the number of users reaches the maximum.

Format

reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable

undo reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After automatic SSID hiding is enabled, SSIDs are automatically hidden when the number of users connected to the WLAN reaches the maximum, and SSIDs are unavailable for new users.

Example

# Disable automatic SSID hiding when the number of users reaches the maximum.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] reach-max-sta hide-ssid disable

Related Topics

display regulatory-domain-profile

regulatory-domain-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The regulatory-domain-profile command creates a regulatory domain profile and displays the regulatory domain profile view, or displays the view of an existing regulatory domain profile.

The undo regulatory-domain-profile command deletes a regulatory domain profile.

By default, the system provides the regulatory domain profile default.

Format

regulatory-domain-profile name profile-name

undo regulatory-domain-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of a regulatory domain profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all regulatory domain profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A regulatory domain profile contains settings of the country code, calibration channel, and calibration bandwidth, which take effect on APs using the regulatory domain profile.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the regulatory-domain-profile command to bind the regulatory domain profile to an AP or AP group so that the regulatory domain profile can take effect.

Precautions

The regulatory domain profile default cannot be deleted.
The regulatory domain profile referenced by an AP or AP group cannot be deleted. To delete the regulatory domain profile, unbind it from the AP or AP group first.

Example

# Create the regulatory domain profile domain1 and display the regulatory domain profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] regulatory-domain-profile name domain1
[HUAWEI-wlan-regulate-domain-domain1]

Related Topics

regulatory-domain-profile

Function

The regulatory-domain-profile command binds a regulatory domain profile to an AP or AP group.

The undo regulatory-domain-profile command unbinds a regulatory domain profile from an AP or AP group.

By default, the regulatory domain profile default is bound to an AP group, but no regulatory domain profile is bound to an AP. In the default regulatory domain profile, the country code is China, 2.4G calibration channels include channels 1, 6, and 11, 5G calibration channels include channels 149, 153, 157, 161, and 165, the 5G calibration bandwidth is 20 MHz, and the wideband function is disabled.

Format

regulatory-domain-profile profile-name

undo regulatory-domain-profile

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of a regulatory domain profile.	The regulatory domain profile must exist.

Views

AP group view, AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create a regulatory domain profile using the regulatory-domain-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to an AP or AP group so that the regulatory domain profile can take effect.

Precautions

After a regulatory domain profile is bound to an AP or AP group, parameter settings in the regulatory domain profile apply to all APs using the profile.

Example

# Create the regulatory domain profile domain1 and bind it to AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] regulatory-domain-profile name domain1
[HUAWEI-wlan-regulate-domain-domain1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] regulatory-domain-profile domain1
Warning: Modifying the country code will clear channel, power and antenna gain configurations of the radio and reset the AP. Continu
e?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

display references regulatory-domain-profile

regulatory-domain-profile (WLAN view)

report-disassoc-request disable

Function

The report-disassoc-request disable command enables an AP to report disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC.

The undo report-disassoc-request disable command disables an AP from reporting disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC.

By default, an AP is enabled to report disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC.

Format

report-disassoc-request disable

undo report-disassoc-request disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If a large number of STAs disassociate from the network in a certain time, the APs need to report lots of disassociation request packets to the AC, impacting the AC performance. To alleviate the impact on the AC, you can disable APs from reporting disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC.

Example

# Disable an AP from reporting disassociation request packets of STAs to the AC.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ab
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ab] report-disassoc-request disable

report-sta-assoc enable

Function

The report-sta-assoc enable command enables the function of recording successful STA associations in the log.

The undo report-sta-assoc enable command disables the function of recording successful STA associations in the log.

By default, this function is disabled.

Format

report-sta-assoc enable

undo report-sta-assoc enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the function of recording successful STA associations in the log is enabled, successfully associated STAs are recorded in the user log.

Configuration Impact

After this function is enabled, each successfully associated user is logged, and a large number of user logs may be recorded.

Example

# Enable the function of recording successful STA associations in the log.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] report-sta-assoc enable

report-sta-info enable

Function

The report-sta-info enable command enables an AC to report information about STA traffic statistics and online duration on APs.

The undo report-sta-info enable command disables an AC from reporting information about STA traffic statistics and online duration on APs.

By default, an AC is disabled from reporting information about STA traffic statistics and online duration on APs.

Format

report-sta-info enable

undo report-sta-info enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After an AC is enabled to report information about STA traffic statistics and online duration on APs, the AC collects and reports the information to the eSight when STAs get offline or roam within the AC, which facilitates data query on the eSight. The STA traffic statistics include the AC's MAC address, AC name, APs' MAC addresses, AP names, radio IDs, SSID, user names, and STAs' MAC addresses.

Example

# Enable an AC to report information about STA traffic statistics and online duration on APs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] report-sta-info enable

reset ap offline-record

Function

The reset ap offline-record command clears AP offline records.

Format

reset ap offline-record { all | mac mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Clears offline records of all APs.	-
mac mac-address	Clears offline records of the AP with specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To re-collect AP offline records, run this command to clear existing records.

Precautions

The cleared records cannot be restored.

Example

# Clear offline records of all APs.

<HUAWEI> reset ap offline-record all

Related Topics

display ap offline-record

reset ap online-fail-record

Function

The reset ap online-fail-record command clears AP online failure records.

Format

reset ap online-fail-record { all | mac mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Clears online failure records of all APs.	-
mac mac-address	Clears online failure records of the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To re-collect records about AP online failures, run this command to clear existing records.

Precautions

The cleared records cannot be restored.

Example

# Clear online failure records of all APs.

<HUAWEI> reset ap online-fail-record all

Related Topics

display ap online-fail-record

reset ap unauthorized record

Function

The reset ap unauthorized record command clears information about unauthenticated APs.

Format

reset ap unauthorized record

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can run this command to clear information about unauthenticated APs so that removed APs or unauthenticated APs that are physically disconnected from the AC can be cleared. This facilitates collecting statistics and confirmation of unauthenticated APs.

Precautions

If an AP physically connects to the AC but has not been authenticated, the AP is added in the unauthenticated AP list after you run the reset ap unauthorized record command.

Example

# Clear information about unauthenticated APs.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] reset ap unauthorized record
Warning: Clear unauthorized AP record, continue?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

display ap unauthorized record

reset channel switch-record

Function

The reset channel switch-record command deletes channel switching records on a device.

Format

reset channel switch-record all

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Deletes all channel switching records.	-

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can use this command to delete existing channel switching records so that the system can record new channel switching events.

Precautions

Deleted channel switching records cannot be restored.

Example

# Delete all channel switching records.

<HUAWEI> reset channel switch-record all

Related Topics

display channel switch-record

reset mac-address { ap-id | ap-name }

Function

The reset mac-address { ap-id | ap-name} command clears all dynamic MAC address entries on an AP's wired interface.

Format

reset mac-address { ap-id ap-id | ap-name ap-name } interface-type interface-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-id ap-id	Clears all dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with the specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ap-name ap-name	Clears all dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with the specified name.	The AP name must exist.
interface-type interface-number	Clears dynamic MAC address entries on a specified interface. interface-type specifies the interface type. interface-number specifies the number of the outbound interface.	The following types of outbound interfaces are supported: Eth-Trunk Ethernet Gigabitethernet MultiGE

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the reset mac-address command clears all dynamic MAC address entries on an AP's wired interface.

Example

# Clear dynamic MAC address entries on wired interfaces of the AP with ID 1.

<HUAWEI> reset mac-address ap-id 1 ethernet 0

Related Topics

display mac-address { ap-id | ap-name }

reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record

Function

The reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record command deletes information about STAs that connect to the APs in fault state.

Format

reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record { all | { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } [ radio radio-id ] }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Deletes information about all STAs that connect to APs in fault state from the AC.	-
ap-name ap-name	Clears information about STAs that go online on the AP with a specified name in fault state.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Clears information about STAs that go online on the AP with a specified ID in fault state.	The AP ID must exist.
radio radio-id	Deletes information about STAs that connect to the specified radio of the AP in fault state.	The radio ID must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Before collecting statistics on the STAs that connect to the APs in fault state within a specific period, run the reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record command to delete the original STA information.

Prerequisites

The APs in fault state have been enabled to allow access of new STAs using the keep-service enable allow new-access command.

Function

The deleted STA information cannot be restored. Exercise caution when you run the reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record command.

Example

# Delete information about all STAs that connect to APs in fault state from the AC.

<HUAWEI> reset station assoc-info ap-offline-record all

Related Topics

keep-service enable allow new-access

display station assoc-info ap-offline-record

reset station offline-record

Function

The reset station offline-record command deletes STA offline records.

Format

reset station offline-record { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | sta-mac sta-mac }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Deletes all STA offline records.	-
ap-name ap-name	Deletes STA offline records on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Deletes STA offline records on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
sta-mac sta-mac	Deletes offline records of a specified STA.	The specified STA MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can use this command to delete existing STA offline records so that the system can record new STA offline events.

Precautions

The deleted STA offline records cannot be restored.

Example

# Delete all STA offline records.

<HUAWEI> reset station offline-record all

Related Topics

display station offline-record

reset station online-fail-record

Function

The reset station online-fail-record command clears STA online failure records.

Format

reset station online-fail-record { all | ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id | sta-mac sta-mac-address }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Clears online failure records of all STAs.	-
ap-name ap-name	Clears STA online failure records on the AP with a specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Clears STA online failure records on the AP with a specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
sta-mac sta-mac-address	Clears online failure records of the STA with the specified MAC address.	The STA's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

To re-collect records about STA online failures, run this command to clear existing records.

Precautions

The cleared records cannot be restored.

Example

# Clear online failure records of all STAs.

<HUAWEI> reset station online-fail-record all

Related Topics

display station online-fail-record

reset station statistics

Function

The reset station statistics command deletes statistics about online STAs.

Format

reset station statistics [ sta-mac sta-mac-address ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
sta-mac sta-mac-address	Specifies the MAC address of an online STA.	The STA's MAC address must exist.

Views

All views

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Before recollecting statistics about online STAs, run the command to clear the existing statistics.

Precautions

After the command is run, statistics about online STAs are cleared and cannot be restored.

Example

# Delete statistics about the STA with MAC address 286e-d488-b74f.

<HUAWEI> reset station statistics sta-mac 286e-d488-b74f

Related Topics

display station statistics

reset statistics

Function

The reset statistics command clears device statistics.

Format

reset statistics { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-id } ssid ssid

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Clears statistics about the AP with the specified name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-id	Clears statistics about the AP with the specified ID.	The AP ID must exist.
ssid ssid	Clears statistics about a specified SSID.	The SSID must exist.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

3: Management level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the reset statistics command to clear device statistics.

Example

# Clear AP statistics.

<HUAWEI> system view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] reset statistics ap-name area1

rf-ping

Function

The rf-ping command enables an AC to automatically detect wireless link quality.

Format

rf-ping [ -m time | -c number ] ^* mac-address

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
-m time	Specifies the interval for sending probe data packets.	The value is an integer that ranges from 100 to 10000, in milliseconds. The default value is 1000.
-c number	Specifies the number of probe data packets sent by the AC.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 1000. The default value is 1.
mac-address	MAC address of a STA.	The value is in H-H-H format. An H is a hexadecimal number of 4 digits.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Use Scenario

This command allows an AC to automatically detect wireless link quality based on link parameters, including the signal strength, data rate on air port, and delay in packet transmission.

Prerequisites

STAs have been associated with the APs and go online.

Example

# Configure an AC to automatically detect quality of the link between the AP and STA with the MAC address 14cf-9202-13dc.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] rf-ping 14cf-9202-13dc
 Tx rate=52.0 Mbps, Reply from 14cf-9202-13dc: RSSI=-58 dBm time < 1 ms         
 1 packets transmitted, 1 received, 0% packet loss, time < 1 ms, RSSI -58 dBm

Table 11-102 Description of the rf-ping command output

Item	Description
Tx rate	Transmission rate.
RSSI	Received signal strength.
time	Packet transmission delay.

rts-cts-mode

Function

The rts-cts-mode command sets the request to send (RTS)-clear to send (CTS) operation mode in a radio profile.

The undo rts-cts-mode command restores the default RTS-CTS operation mode in a radio profile.

By default, the RTS-CTS operation mode is rts-cts.

Format

rts-cts-mode { cts-to-self | disable | rts-cts }

undo rts-cts-mode

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
cts-to-self	Sets the RTS-CTS operation mode to cts-to-self.	-
disable	Disables RTS-CTS.	-
rts-cts	Sets the RTS-CTS operation mode to rts-cts.	-

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

In rts-cts mode, when an AP needs to send data to a STA, the AP sends an RTS packet to all STAs associated with it. After receiving the RTS packet, none of the devices within the AP's coverage area sends data within a specified period. After the destination STA receives the RTS packet, it sends a CTS packet. After receiving the CTS packet, none of the devices within the STA's coverage area sends data within a specified period. Using the rts-cts mode to avoid conflicts requires two packets (RTS and CTS packets), increasing packet overhead.
In cts-to-self mode, when an AP needs to send data to STAs, it sends a CTS packet with its IP address as the source and destination addresses. Then none of the devices within the AP's coverage area sends data within a specified period. In cts-to-self mode, an AP only needs to send a CTS packet to avoid channel conflicts in most scenarios. However, if there is a device within the STA's coverage area but not within the AP's coverage area, a channel conflict may still occur.

Compared to the rts-cts mode, the cts-to-self mode reduces the number of control packets sent on the network. In some situations, however, a channel conflict may still occur when hidden nodes do not receive the CTS packet from the AP. Therefore, the rts-cts mode is more effective in avoiding channel conflicts than the cts-to-self mode.

To avoid a data transmission failure caused by channel conflicts, run the rts-cts-mode command to set the RTS-CTS operation mode in a radio profile according to networking requirements.

Example

# Set the RTS-CTS operation mode to rts-cts in the 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] rts-cts-mode rts-cts

Related Topics

rts-cts-threshold

Function

The rts-cts-threshold command sets the RTS-CTS threshold in a radio profile.

The undo rts-cts-threshold command restores the default RTS-CTS threshold in a radio profile.

The default RTS-CTS alarm threshold is 1400 bytes.

Format

rts-cts-threshold rts-cts-threshold

undo rts-cts-threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
rts-cts-threshold	Specifies the RTS-CTS threshold. If the length of a frame to be sent by the MAC Layer exceeds this threshold, an RTS frame needs to be sent before this frame.	The value is an integer that ranges from 64 to 2347, in bytes.

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

The IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol provides an RTS-CTS handshake protocol to prevent conflicts between channels and failure to transmit data. STA A sends an RTS frame before sending data to STA B. STA A can send data after receiving a CTS frame from STA B. If multiple STAs send RTS frames to a STA, only the STA that receives a CTS frame can send data, and other STAs have channel conflicts by default and must wait and send RTS frames again.

If STAs implement RTS-CTS handshakes before sending data, the channel bandwidth is consumed by too much RTS frames. You can set an RTS threshold to specify the length of frames to be sent. When the length of frames to be sent by the STA is smaller than the RTS threshold, no RTS/CTS handshake is implemented.

Example

# Set the RTS-CTS threshold to 2300 bytes in the 2G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] rts-cts-threshold 2300

Related Topics

sample-time

Function

The sample-time command sets the sampling interval for an AP.

The undo sample-time command restores the default sampling interval of an AP.

The default sampling interval of an AP is 30s.

Format

sample-time sample-time

undo sample-time

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
sample-time	Specifies the sampling interval.	The value is an integer that ranges from 2 to 300, in seconds.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An AP collects statistics on data including AP-based, radio-based, and STA-based data that can be viewed using the display command at a specified interval.

Example

# Set the sampling interval to 50s.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] sample-time 50

Related Topics

service-mode disable

Function

The service-mode disable command disables the service mode of a VAP.

The undo service-mode disable command enables the service mode of a VAP.

By default, the service mode of a VAP is enabled.

Format

service-mode disable

undo service-mode disable

Parameters

None

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can run the service-mode disable command to disable the service mode of a VAP. After the service mode of a VAP is disabled, the VAP is disabled.

After the service mode of a VAP is enabled, run the auto-off service command to enable the scheduled VAP auto-off function. In the scheduled time, the VAP is disabled. To enable the VAP, run the undo auto-off service command.
After the service mode of a VAP is disabled, the scheduled VAP auto-off function does not take effect.

Example

# Disable the service mode of VAP vap1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] service-mode disable
Warning: This action may cause service interruption. Continue?[Y/N]y

Related Topics

display vap

service-vlan (VAP profile view)

Function

The service-vlan command configures a service VLAN for a VAP.

The undo service-vlan command restores the default service VLAN of a VAP.

By default, VLAN 1 is the service VLAN of a VAP.

Format

service-vlan { vlan-id vlan-id | vlan-pool pool-name }

undo service-vlan

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
vlan-id vlan-id	Sets the service VLAN of a VAP to a specific VLAN.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 4094.
vlan-pool pool-name	Sets the service VLANs of a VAP to all VLANs in a VLAN pool.	The VLAN pool must exist.

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

You can specify a specific VLAN as the service VLAN of a VAP or all VLANs in a VLAN pool as the service VLANs of a VAP. Layer 2 data packets delivered from the VAP to an AP carry the service VLAN IDs.

When a specific VLAN is configured as the service VLAN of a VAP, STAs connected to the VAP join the same VLAN.
When VLANs in a VLAN pool are configured as service VLANs of a VAP, STAs connected to the VAP join different VLANs. The VLAN assignment algorithm can be configured using the assignment command.

Precautions

Modifying the service VLAN of a VAP will interrupt services of STAs connected to the VAP. Exercise caution when you run the command.

Example

# Set the service VLAN to VLAN2 in the VAP profile vap1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] service-vlan vlan-id 2

Related Topics

sftp server disable

Function

The sftp server disable command disables the SFTP server function on an AP.

The undo sftp server disable command enables the SFTP server function on an AP.

By default, the SFTP server function is enabled on an AP.

Format

sftp server disable

undo sftp server disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You do not need to log in to an SFTP-enabled AP from a user terminal for file management. Instead, you can log in to the SFTP-enabled AP through SFTP to manage files of the AP.

Example

# Disable the SFTP server function on an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] sftp server disable

Related Topics

short-preamble disable

Function

The short-preamble disable command configures a radio profile not to support the short preamble.

The undo short-preamble disable command configures a radio profile to support the short preamble.

By default, a radio profile supports the short preamble.

Format

short-preamble disable

undo short-preamble disable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

The preamble is a section of bits in the header of a data frame. It synchronizes signals transmitted between the sender and receiver. The preamble is classified into the long preamble and short preamble. The short preamble ensures better synchronization performance and therefore is recommended. The long preamble is usually used for compatibility with earlier network adapters of clients.

Example

# Configure the 2G radio profile default to support the short preamble.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] short-preamble disable

Related Topics

shutdown (AP wired port link profile view)

Function

The shutdown command shuts down an AP's wired interface.

The undo shutdown command enables an AP's wired interface.

By default, an AP's wired interface is enabled.

Format

shutdown

undo shutdown

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port link profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If malicious users launch attacks to the network through an AP's wired interface, the administrator can deliver the shutdown command on the AC to shut down the interface.

Precautions

Data frames may be lost if you shut down an interface during data transmission. Exercise caution when you use the shutdown command.

The shutdown command still takes effect after an AP is restarted.

The shutdown command takes effect only on AP's wired interfaces working in endpoint or middle mode but not on those working in root mode.

Example

# Shut down the AP's wired interface GE0.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] port-link-profile name port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] shutdown
Warning: This command does not take effect for root interfaces.
[HUAWEI-wlan-port-link-prof-port-link1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] port-link-profile port-link1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name ap-group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-ap-group1] wired-port-profile wired-port1 gigabitethernet 0

Related Topics

single-txchain enable

Function

The single-txchain enable command enables the single-antenna transmission mode.

The undo single-txchain enable command disables the single-antenna transmission mode.

By default, the single-antenna transmission mode is disabled.

Format

single-txchain enable

undo single-txchain enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Some non-HT STAs that support 802.11a/b/g cannot receive packets sent by APs using multiple antennas. As a result, network access failures, frequent STA roaming, or network instability is caused. After running the single-txchain enable command to enable the single-antenna transmission mode in an SSID profile, management packets on the corresponding VAP and data packets sent by the AP to non-HT STAs on the VAP will be sent in single-antenna transmission mode. For a radio that is bound to a VAP with the single-antenna transmission mode enabled, control packets of the radio are sent in single-antenna transmission mode as long as non-HT STAs is connected to the VAP. When no non-HT STA is connected to the VAP, the control packets are still sent in multi-antenna transmission mode.

Precautions

The single-antenna transmission mode is supported by the R250D, R250D-E, R450D, AP1050DN-S, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, AP7050DN-E, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, and AP8150DN.

After the single-antenna transmission mode is enabled in an SSID profile, the receive signal strength of STAs may be affected.

Example

# Enable the single-antenna transmission mode in SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] single-txchain enable

Related Topics

snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan

Function

The snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan command enables the trap function for the WLAN module.

The undo snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan command disables the trap function for the WLAN module.

By default, the trap function is enabled for the WLAN module.

Format

snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan [ trap-name trap-name ]

undo snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan [ trap-name trap-name ]

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
trap-name trap-name	Specifies the name of a trap.	The value is a string and must be set according to the device configuration.

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You can specify trap-name to enable the trap function for one or more events of the WLAN module.

Example

# Enable the hwapfaulttrap trap.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] snmp-agent trap enable feature-name wlan trap-name hwapfaulttrap

ssh client first-time enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The ssh client first-time enable command enables the first authentication on the SSH client.

The undo ssh client first-time enable command disables the first authentication on the SSH client.

By default, first authentication is disabled on the SSH client.

Format

ssh client first-time enable

undo ssh client first-time enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When the SSH client accesses the SSH server for the first time and the public key of the SSH server is not configured on the SSH client, you can enable the first authentication for the SSH client to access the SSH server and save the public key on the SSH client. When the SSH client accesses the SSH server next time, the saved public key is used to authenticate the SSH server.

Example

# Enable the first authentication on the SSH client.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] ssh client first-time enable

ssid

Function

The ssid command sets a service set identifier (SSID) for an SSID profile.

The undo ssid command deletes the SSID of an SSID profile.

By default, the SSID HUAWEI-WLAN is configured in an SSID profile.

Format

ssid ssid

undo ssid

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ssid	Specifies the name of an SSID.	The value is a string of 1 to 32 case-sensitive characters. It supports Chinese characters or Chinese + English characters, without tab characters. NOTE: You can only use a command editor of the UTF-8 encoding format to edit Chinese characters. SSIDs containing Chinese characters cannot be displayed on STAs that do not support the UTF-8 encoding format.

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An SSID specifies a wireless network. When you search for available wireless networks on your wireless terminal, SSIDs are displayed to identify the available wireless networks.

Precautions

When you configure an SSID containing Chinese characters, do not delete characters by pressing the Delete button if you want to modify the SSID that has been entered. Otherwise, the SSID will contain garbled characters after the configuration. In this case, run the ssid command to reconfigure the SSID.

Example

# Set the SSID to wlan-net in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] ssid wlan-net

Related Topics

ssid-hide enable

Function

The ssid-hide enable command enables SSID hiding in Beacon frames in an SSID profile.

The undo ssid-hide enable command disables SSID hiding in Beacon frames in an SSID profile.

By default, SSID hiding in Beacon frames is disabled in an SSID profile.

Format

ssid-hide enable

undo ssid-hide enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A STA listens on the Beacon frames that an AP periodically sends in each channel to obtain AP information. The STA can obtain SSIDs from Beacon frames that contain the SSIDs.

The STA can actively send a probe frame with a specified SSID, only the AP with the same SSID will respond to the STA. If the STA broadcasts a probe frame without an SSID, only the APs on which SSID hiding in Beacon frames is disabled will respond to the STA.

After the ssid-hide enable command is used, an AP periodically sends Beacon frames that contain empty SSID character strings and does not reply to the broadcast probe requests sent from STAs. The STAs can send probe frames with the AP's SSID to discover the SSID.
After the undo ssid-hide enable command is used, an AP periodically sends Beacon frames that contain valid SSID character strings and replies to the broadcast probe requests sent from STAs. The STAs can send probe frames with the AP's SSID to discover the SSID.

Precautions

If the ssid-hide enable or undo ssid-hide enable command is run in the SSID profile after STAs are associated with an SSID, service interruptions may occur for all online STAs.

Example

# Configure SSID hiding in Beacon frames in the SSID profile ssid1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] ssid-hide enable

Related Topics

ssid-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The ssid-profile command creates an SSID profile and displays the SSID profile view, or displays the view of an existing SSID profile.

The undo ssid-profile command deletes an SSID profile.

By default, the system provides the SSID profile default.

Format

ssid-profile name profile-name

undo ssid-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of an SSID profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all SSID profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An SSID profile is mainly used to configure STA association and access parameters based on SSIDs, including the SSID name, STA association timeout period, non-HT STA access, and QoS CAR.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the ssid-profile (VAP profile view) command to bind the SSID profile to a VAP profile and run the vap-profile command to bind the VAP profile to an AP group, AP, AP radio, or AP group radio so that the SSID profile can take effect.

Precautions

The SSID profile default cannot be deleted.
The SSID profile referenced by a VAP profile cannot be deleted. To delete the SSID profile, unbind it from the VAP profile first.
If the VAP profile has been applied to an AP group or an AP, modifying the SSID profile will interrupt services.

Example

# Create an SSID profile ssid1 and enter the SSID profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1]

Related Topics

ssid-profile (VAP profile view)

Function

The ssid-profile command binds an SSID profile to a VAP profile.

The undo ssid-profile command unbinds an SSID profile from a VAP profile.

By default, the SSID profile default is bound to a VAP profile.

Format

ssid-profile profile-name

undo ssid-profile

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of an SSID profile.	The SSID profile must exist.

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create an SSID profile using the ssid-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to a VAP profile to make the SSID profile take effect.

Precautions

After an SSID profile is bound to a VAP profile, parameter settings in the SSID profile take effect on all APs using the VAP profile.

Example

# Create the SSID profile ssid1 and bind it to the VAP profile vap1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] ssid-profile ssid1

Related Topics

display references ssid-profile

ssid-profile (WLAN view)

sta-ipv6-service enable

Function

The sta-ipv6-service enable command enables the function of processing STA IPv6 services.

The undo sta-ipv6-service enable command disables the function of processing STA IPv6 services.

By default, the function of processing STA IPv6 services is disabled.

Format

sta-ipv6-service enable

undo sta-ipv6-service enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Currently, IPv4 WLANs are widely deployed. If many IPv6 packets exist on an IPv4 WLAN, the performance of the WLAN is affected, and the CPU processing capability of devices will also be degraded. To improve performance of a pure IPv4 network, you can configure devices on the network to not process IPv6 packets of STAs.

Precautions

The function of processing STA IPv6 services takes effect only when data packets are forwarded in direct forwarding mode, and the security policy is open authentication.

After the function of processing STA IPv6 services is disabled:

The AC and APs do not process IPv6 packets of the wireless side.
You are not allowed to configure IPv6 functions on the wireless side.
IPv6 functions of the wireless side are disabled even if they are enabled in default settings.

Running the ipv6 enable command in the interface view only enables the IPv6 function on the wired-side interface. The command cannot enable the WLAN module to process STA IPv6 services. To enable the WLAN module to process IPv6 services of STAs, you need to run the sta-ipv6-service enable command in the WLAN view.

Example

# Enable the function of processing STA IPv6 services.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-ipv6-service enable

sta-network-detect disable

Function

The sta-network-detect disable command disables the device from monitoring user traffic and forcibly disconnecting STAs without traffic.

The undo sta-network-detect disable command enables the device to monitor user traffic and forcibly disconnect STAs without traffic.

By default, the device is enabled to monitor user traffic and forcibly disconnect STAs without traffic.

Format

sta-network-detect disable

undo sta-network-detect disable

Parameters

None

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

After the device is enabled to monitor user traffic and forcibly disconnect STAs without traffic, a STA meeting all the following conditions is forcibly disconnected after reassociation and going online:

The STA does not send DHCP Request messages or receive ARP Reply packets within 5s after going online.
The IP address of the STA changes after roaming.
The STA has only uplink traffic but no downlink traffic.

When you do not require user traffic monitoring or want to prevent STAs from being forcibly disconnected, run the command.

Example

# Enable the device to monitor user traffic and forcibly disconnect STAs without traffic.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] undo sta-network-detect disable

sta-offline-delay aging-time

Function

The sta-offline-delay aging-time command configures the aging time for STA offline delay.

The undo sta-offline-delay aging-time command restores the default aging time for STA offline delay.

The default aging time for STA offline delay is 180 seconds.

Format

sta-offline-delay aging-time time

undo sta-offline-delay aging-time

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
time	Specifies the aging time for STA offline delay.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 86400, in seconds. The default value is 180.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the STA offline delay function is enabled, STAs can go offline and online again in the aging time without being authenticated, reducing the load on the authentication server. You can run the sta-offline-delay aging-time command to set the aging time.

Set the aging time for STA offline delay based on the network requirements and device performance. A long aging time causes the STA offline delay function to occupy many resources, affecting new STA access. A short aging time cannot achieve a noticeable effect in releasing the load on the authentication server.

Prerequisites

The STA offline delay function has been enabled using the sta-offline-delay enable command.

Example

# Set the aging time for STA offline delay to 300s.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay aging-time 300

Related Topics

sta-offline-delay enable

sta-offline-delay enable

Function

The sta-offline-delay enable command enables the STA offline delay function.

The undo sta-offline-delay enable command disables the STA offline delay function.

By default, the STA offline delay function is disabled.

Format

sta-offline-delay enable

undo sta-offline-delay enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

On a WLAN, some online STAs may go offline due to reasons such as screen lock. When these STAs go online again, they are reauthenticated, increasing the load on the authentication server. After the STA offline delay function is enabled, if a STA goes offline normally and online again within the aging time, it does not need to be authenticated by an external or built-in authentication server. This reduces the load on the authentication server and avoids multiple authentication operations. This function takes effect for STAs only in Portal, MAC address, or MAC address-prioritized Portal authentication mode.

Precautions

The STA offline delay function is implemented for new access and Layer 2 roaming STAs. When a STA reassociates with a WLAN within the aging time, the STA offline delay function is implemented only in the following scenarios:

Non-roaming scenarios. That is, the STA goes online again on the same VAP.
Intra-AC Layer 2 roaming in direct forwarding mode, intra-AC Layer 3 roaming in direct forwarding mode (with the tunnel endpoint on the AC), or intra-AC Layer 2/3 roaming in tunnel forwarding mode.
Inter-AC Layer 2 roaming in direct or tunnel forwarding mode.

The STA offline delay function and online STA detection on the external Portal server are mutually exclusive.

Example

# Enable the STA offline delay function.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay enable

Related Topics

sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable

Function

The sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable command disables an AP to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum.

The undo sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable command enables an AP to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum.

By default, an AP is enabled to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum.

Format

sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable

undo sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable

Parameters

None

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the STA offline delay function is enabled on an AP, you can run this command to enable an AP to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum.

Prerequisites

Before this command is executed, the sta-offline-delay enable command has been executed to enable the STA offline delay function.

Example

# Disable an AP to force STAs in offline delay state to go offline and allow new STAs to go online after the number of STAs reaches the maximum.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay full-sta-reject enable

Related Topics

sta-offline-delay enable

sta-offline-delay max-number

Function

The sta-offline-delay max-number command sets the maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline.

The undo sta-offline-delay max-number command restores the default maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline.

The default maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline is one fifth of the maximum number of STAs supported by an AC.

Format

sta-offline-delay max-number max-number

undo sta-offline-delay max-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-number	Specifies the maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to the maximum number of STAs supported by an AC. The default value is one fifth of the maximum value. If one fifth of the maximum value is a non-integer value, round down the value.

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the STA offline delay function is enabled, you can run this command to set the maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline.

Set the maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline based on the network requirements and device performance. A large value causes the STA offline delay function to occupy many resources, affecting new STA access. A small value cannot achieve a noticeable effect in releasing the load on the authentication server.

Prerequisites

The STA offline delay function has been enabled using the sta-offline-delay enable command.

Example

# Set the maximum number of STAs that are allowed to delay going offline to 800.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] sta-offline-delay max-number 800

Related Topics

sta-offline-delay enable

stelnet server disable

Function

The stelnet server disable command disables the STelnet server function on an AP.

The undo stelnet server disable command enables the STelnet server function on an AP.

By default, the STelnet server function is enabled on an AP.

Format

stelnet server disable

undo stelnet server disable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You do not need to log in to an STelnet-enabled AP from a user terminal to maintain it locally. Instead, you can log in to the STelnet-enabled AP through STelnet to remotely configure and maintain it.

Example

# Disable the STelnet server function on an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] stelnet server disable

Related Topics

stp auto-shutdown enable (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The stp auto-shutdown enable command enables the STP-triggered port shutdown function on an AP's wired interface.

The undo stp auto-shutdown enable command disables the STP-triggered port shutdown function on an AP's wired interface.

By default, the STP-triggered port shutdown function is disabled on an AP's wired interface.

Format

stp auto-shutdown enable

undo stp auto-shutdown enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled, the AP automatically shuts down the interface when STP detects a loop. The AP will periodically recover the interface and re-executes STP detection. If the loop still exists on the interface, the AP shuts down the interface again. If the loop is removed, the AP reports a clear alarm to the network management system (NMS).

Prerequisites

STP has been enabled on the AP's wired interface using the stp enable (AP wired port profile view) command.

Precautions

The AP wired interfaces added to an Eth-trunk interface do not support this function.

This function is supported only when a loop exists on the network connected to the AP's wired port, that is, a port receives STP packets sent by itself.

Example

# Disable the STP-triggered port shutdown function on an AP's wired interface.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] stp auto-shutdown enable
Warning: The AP may become out of management after the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled (if the port is an uplink por
t). Continue?[Y/N]:y

stp auto-shutdown recovery-time (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The stp auto-shutdown recovery-time command sets an auto-recovery interval for an AP's wired interface on which the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled.

The undo stp auto-shutdown recovery-time command restores the default auto-recovery interval for an AP's wired interface on which the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled.

By default, the auto-recovery interval is 600s.

Format

stp auto-shutdown recovery-time recovery-time

undo stp auto-shutdown recovery-time

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
recovery-time	Specifies the auto-recovery interval for an AP's wired interface on which the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled.	The value is an integer that ranges from 600 to 3600, in seconds.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Prerequisites

The STP-triggered port shutdown function has been enabled on the AP's wired interface using the stp auto-shutdown enable (AP wired port profile view) command.

Precautions

The AP wired interfaces added to an Eth-trunk interface do not support this function.

Example

# Set the auto-recovery interval to 800s for an AP's wired interface on which the STP-triggered port shutdown function is enabled.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] stp auto-shutdown recovery-time 800

telnet enable

Function

The telnet enable command enables Telnet on an AP.

The undo telnet enable command disables Telnet on an AP.

By default, Telnet is disabled on an AP.

Format

telnet enable

undo telnet enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

You do not need to log in to a Telnet-enabled AP from a user terminal to maintain it locally. Instead, you can log in to the Telnet-enabled AP through Telnet to remotely configure and maintain it.

To improve login security, you are advised to run the undo stelnet server disable command to enable the STelnet server function and log in to the AP through STelnet.

Example

# Enable Telnet on an AP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] telnet enable

Related Topics

stelnet server disable

temporary-management enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The temporary-management enable command enables offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions.

The undo temporary-management enable command disables offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions.

By default, offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions are disabled.

Format

temporary-management enable

undo temporary-management enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

APs are often installed in hidden places or at high positions. When an AP becomes faulty, it is inconvenient to connect to the AP through a console port or network cable to troubleshoot faults.
After the antenna alignment VAP function is enabled for an AP, the AP automatically generates an antenna alignment VAP when it works properly. The default SSID and password of the management VAP are hw_manage_xxxx. xxxx indicates the last four bits of the AP's MAC address. You can associate the mobile phone on which the CloudCampus APP is installed to the wireless network with SSID hw_manage_xxxx and use the phone to receive packets sent by the antenna alignment VAP to obtain RSSI information.

Precautions

After the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions are enabled, the administrator needs to change the SSIDs and passwords of the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP. Using the default values brings security threats. Any wireless user may use the default SSIDs and passwords to log in to the offline AP and perform unauthorized operations or receive packets sent by the APP. In actual applications, the maintenance personnel may enable the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions to facilitate AP maintenance. Using the default offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP is not recommended. To ensure security, the administrator needs to configure a secure VAP profile, set new SSIDs and passwords, and run the temporary-management enable command in the VAP profile view to specify the VAPs generated after the VAP profile is bound to an AP group or AP as the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP to replace the default offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP.
The offline management VAP takes effect only when an AP goes offline unexpectedly.
The offline management VAP function does not take effect on 4.9 GHz radios.
Before using the offline management VAP function, ensure that the AP has enabled with Telnet or STelnet services.
The antenna alignment VAP is automatically deleted 24 hours after it is created. If you want to use an antenna alignment VAP after the deletion, run the undo temporary-management enable and the temporary-management enable commands in the AP profile view in succession to create a new antenna alignment VAP.
After the offline management VAP function is enabled.
- If the link between the central AP and RUs is disconnected, the RUs will not generate an offline management VAP.
- If the link between the central AP and AC is disconnected but RUs are still connected to the central AP, all online RUs connected to the central AP automatically generate an offline management VAP. If the central AP is AD9431DN-24X, STAs log in to RUs through the offline management VAP. If the central AP is not AD9431DN-24X, STAs log in to the central AP through the offline management VAP.
The central AP does not have radios and therefore do not generate an offline management VAP.
The offline management VAP function and service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection are mutually exclusive. When the two functions are configured at the same time, the offline management VAP function cannot take effect.
In offline management VAP scenarios, STA address learning does not take effect.

Example

# Enable the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] temporary-management enable

Related Topics

temporary-management enable (VAP profile view)

Function

The temporary-management enable command configures a VAP as the offline management VAP or antenna alignment VAP.

The undo temporary-management enable command restores a VAP to the default setting.

By default, a VAP is a service VAP.

Format

temporary-management enable

undo temporary-management enable

Parameters

None

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After the offline management VAP function is enabled using the temporary-management enable command in the AP system profile view, an AP automatically generates a management VAP when it becomes faulty. The default SSID and password of the management VAP are hw_manage_xxxx. xxxx indicates the last four bits of the AP's MAC address. The maintenance personnel can associate the maintenance device to the default VAP and log in to the AP using Telnet to troubleshoot the fault. However, using the default management VAP brings security risks. Any wireless user may use the default SSID and password to log in to the offline AP and perform unauthorized operations.
After the antenna alignment VAP function is enabled using the temporary-management enable command in the AP system profile view, an AP automatically generates an antenna alignment VAP when it works properly. The default SSID and password of the management VAP are hw_manage_xxxx. xxxx indicates the last four bits of the AP's MAC address. Using the default antenna alignment VAP also brings security risks.

To improve security of the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP, bind a security profile of a high security level to a VAP profile, set new SSIDs and passwords, configure the VAPs generated by the VAP profile as the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP, and bind the VAP profile to an AP group or AP to replace the default offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the temporary-management enable command to enable the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP functions in the AP system profile view to make the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP in the VAP profile take effect.

Precautions

If the VAPs are configured as the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP in a VAP profile, the security profile referenced by the VAP profile supports only the WEP or WPA/WPA2 PSK security policy.
If the VAPs are configured as the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP in a VAP profile, VAPs generated by the VAP profile cannot be used as service VAPs for service transmission.
The offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP cannot be modified. To modify the VAPs, delete them first, and then modify the VAP attributes in the VAP profile view.
The offline management VAP function does not take effect on 4.9 GHz radios.
The offline management VAP function and service holding upon CAPWAP link disconnection are mutually exclusive. When the two functions are configured at the same time, the offline management VAP function cannot take effect.
In offline management VAP scenarios, STA address learning does not take effect.

Example

# Configure VAPs generated by VAP profile vap1 as the offline management VAP and antenna alignment VAP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] temporary-management enable

Related Topics

temporary-management enable (AP system profile view)

temporary-management psk

Function

The temporary-management psk command configures the password for an offline management VAP or antenna alignment VAP.

The undo temporary-management psk command restores the default password of an offline management VAP or antenna alignment VAP.

Format

temporary-management psk psk-value

undo temporary-management psk

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
psk-value	Specifies the password for an offline management VAP or antenna alignment VAP.	The value is a string of 48 to 108 characters in ciphertext or a string of 8 to 63 characters in plaintext. The password must contain at least two types of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, and special characters.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Using the default password of an offline management VAP or antenna alignment VAP poses security risks. You can run the temporary-management psk command to change the default password.

Example

# Configure the password for an offline management VAP as a1234567.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name apsys1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-apsys1] temporary-management psk a1234567

traffic-filter (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The traffic-filter command configures ACL-based IPv4 packet filtering on an AP's wired interface.

The undo traffic-filter command cancels the ACL-based IPv4 packet filtering configuration on an AP's wired interface.

By default, ACL-based IPv4 packet filtering is not configured on an AP's wired interface.

Format

traffic-filter { inbound | outbound } ipv4 acl { acl-number | name acl-name }

undo traffic-filter { inbound | outbound } ipv4 acl { acl-number | name acl-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
inbound	Configures ACL-based packet filtering in the inbound direction.	-
outbound	Configures ACL-based packet filtering in the outbound direction.	-
ipv4	Configures ACL-based IPv4 packet filtering.	-
acl	Filters packets based on the ACL.	-
acl-number	Specifies the number of an ACL.	The value is an integer that ranges from 3000 to 3031.
name acl-name	Filters packets based on a specified named ACL. acl-name specifies the name of the ACL.	The ACL name must exist. The value range is the same as that of the acl-number parameter.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

On a wireless network, administrators want to provide differentiated services for wireless users. The services may include, but are not limited to the following:

Deny or permit access of specified wireless users to specified LAN devices.
Deny access of specified wireless users to specified invalid IP addresses.

You can configure ACL-based packet filtering on an AP's wired interface for providing differentiated services.

The rules for an AP's wired interface to filter packets based on ACLs are as follows:

If the action in an ACL rule is deny, the device discards packets matching the rule.
If the action in an ACL rule is permit, the device forwards packets matching the rule.
If no rule is matched, packets are allowed to pass through.

When multiple commands are configured for ACL-based packet filtering in the same direction in the same AP wired port profile view, packets are matched against ACL rules in the sequence in which the commands are configured. If packets match a rule, the system stops the matching process and executes the specified policy. Otherwise, the system continues to match packets against the next rule. If no rule is matched, the packets are allowed to pass through.

Prerequisites

A named ACL has been created using the acl name or acl name command.

Precautions

You can specify an empty ACL in this command, and configure this ACL later.

A maximum of eight ACL-based packet filtering policies can be configured in one direction. The policies take effect in the sequence in which they are configured. To improve match efficiency, you are advised to configure an ACL rule with a high match probability for packet filtering. When configuring each ACL rule, set a small ID for the rule with a high match probability, reducing the number of times ACL rules are matched and saving resources. To change the sequence in which packets are filtered based on ACLs, delete all related configurations and reconfigure ACL-based packet filtering.

Example

# Configure the wired interface GE0 of ap-group1 to filter incoming packets based on ACL 3000.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] traffic-filter inbound ipv4 acl 3000
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name ap-group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-ap-group1] wired-port-profile wired gigabitethernet 0

Related Topics

acl (system view)

acl name

traffic-remark (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The traffic-remark command configures ACL-based priority re-marking on an AP's wired interface.

The undo traffic-remark command cancels the ACL-based priority re-marking configuration on an AP's wired interface.

By default, ACL-based priority re-marking is not configured on an AP's wired interface.

Format

traffic-remark { inbound | outbound } ipv4 acl { acl-number | name acl-name } { dot1p dot1p-value | dscp dscp-value }

undo traffic-remark { inbound | outbound } ipv4 acl { acl-number | name acl-name }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
inbound	Configures ACL-based priority re-marking in the inbound direction.	-
outbound	Configures ACL-based priority re-marking in the outbound direction.	-
ipv4	Configures priority re-marking for IPv4 packets.	-
acl acl-number	Specifies the number of an ACL.	The value is an integer that ranges from 3000 to 3031.
name acl-name	Re-marks packet priorities based on a specified named ACL. acl-name indicates an ACL name.	The value is a string of 1 to 32 case-sensitive characters without spaces and must begin with a letter. The value range of acl-number corresponding to acl-name is 3000 to 3031.
dot1p dot1p-value	Re-marks the 802.1p priority of packets.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 7. A larger value indicates a higher priority.
dscp dscp-value	Re-marks the DSCP priorities of packets.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 63. A larger value indicates a higher priority.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

The user wants to re-mark packet priorities based on ACLs to provide differentiated services. The traffic-remark command can be used to configure ACL-based priority re-marking.

Prerequisites

An ACL rule has been created before this command is run.

acl (system view)
acl name

Precautions

The traffic-remark command can reference a numbered ACL rule that is not configured. You can configure the referenced ACL rule after running this command.

You can only configure a maximum of eight ACL-based packet re-marking rules in the same direction. The sequence in which ACL rules takes effect follows the rule configuration sequence. To change the current packet re-marking rules, delete all the related configurations and reconfigure the ACL-based packet re-marking.

When the traffic-remark command and the traffic-filter (AP wired port profile view) command are used simultaneously and the same ACL rule is associated:

If the deny action is configured in the ACL rule, the traffic-remark command does not take effect.
If the permit action is configured in the ACL rule, the command that is executed first takes effect.

Example

# Configure the wired interface GE0 of ap-group1 and configure ACL-based 802.1p priority re-marking for IPv4 packets in the inbound direction.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] acl 3000
[HUAWEI-acl-adv-3000] rule 5 permit ip source 192.168.0.2 0
[HUAWEI-acl-adv-3000] quit
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] traffic-remark inbound ipv4 acl 3000 dot1p 7
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name ap-group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-ap-group1] wired-port-profile wired gigabitethernet 0

traffic-optimize (AP wired port profile view)

Function

The traffic-optimize command sets the maximum volume of broadcast, multicast, or unknown unicast traffic on an AP's wired interface.

The undo traffic-optimize command restores the default maximum volume of broadcast, multicast, or unknown unicast traffic on an AP's wired interface.

By default, the volume of broadcast, multicast, or unknown unicast traffic is not suppressed on an AP's wired interface.

Format

traffic-optimize { broadcast-suppression | multicast-suppression | unicast-suppression } packets packets-rate

undo traffic-optimize { broadcast-suppression | multicast-suppression | unicast-suppression }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
broadcast-suppression	Specifies the maximum broadcast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface.	-
multicast-suppression	Specifies the maximum multicast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface.	-
unicast-suppression	Specifies the maximum unknown unicast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface.	-
packets packets-rate	Specifies the maximum number of packets that can pass every second.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 14881000, in pps.

Views

AP wired port profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When a large number of broadcast, multicast, and unknown unicast packets are transmitted on a network, a lot of network resources are occupied, and services on the network are affected. When the traffic volume of broadcast, multicast, and unknown unicast packets reaches the maximum on an AP's wired interface, the system discards excess packets to control the traffic volume in a proper range and prevent flooding attacks.

Follow-up Procedure

Bind the AP wired port profile to an AP group or AP.

Precautions

The uplink interfaces of RUs do not support this command.

Example

# Set the maximum broadcast traffic volume that can be received on an AP's wired interface to 21600 pps.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wire1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wire1] traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression packets 21600

Related Topics

traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression enable command enables rate limit for broadcast and multicast packets on an AP.

The undo traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression enable command disables rate limit for broadcast and multicast packets on an AP.

By default, rate limit for broadcast and multicast packets is disabled on an AP.

Format

traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression { all | arp | igmp | nd | other } enable

undo traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression { all | arp | igmp | nd | other } enable

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
all	Enables rate limit for all broadcast and multicast packets.	-
arp	Enables rate limit for ARP broadcast packets.	-
igmp	Enables rate limit for IGMP multicast packets.	-
nd	Enables rate limit for ND broadcast packets.	-
other	Enables rate limit for broadcast packets other than ARP and ND broadcast packets.	-

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

A large number of broadcast or multicast packets on a device occupy many network resources, affecting network services. To ensure normal running of network services, you can limit the rate of broadcast and multicast packets on APs with a proper range.

The default rate threshold of broadcast and multicast packets of an AP is 256 pps. You can also run the traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression rate-threshold (AP system profile view) command to configure a rate threshold for broadcast and multicast packets, which will override the default rate threshold.

Example

# Enable rate limit for ARP broadcast packets in AP system profile system1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-system1] traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression arp enable

Function

The traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression rate-threshold command sets a rate threshold for broadcast and multicast packets on an AP.

The undo traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression rate-threshold command restores the default threshold of broadcast and multicast packets on an AP.

The default rate threshold for ARP broadcast packets, ND broadcast packets, IGMP multicast packets, and other types of broadcast packets is 256 pps.

Format

traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression { arp | igmp | nd | other } rate-threshold threshold-value

undo traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression { arp | igmp | nd | other } rate-threshold

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
arp	Specifies ARP broadcast packets.	-
igmp	Specifies IGMP multicast packets.	-
nd	Specifies ND broadcast packets.	-
other	Specifies broadcast packets other than ARP and ND broadcast packets.	-
rate-threshold threshold-value	Specifies a rate threshold.	The value is an integer that ranges from 64 to 1024, in pps. The default value is 256.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Before setting a rate threshold for broadcast and multicast packets, run the traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression enable (AP system profile view) command to enable rate limit for broadcast and multicast packets.

After you run the traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression rate-threshold command to configure a rate threshold for broadcast and multicast packets on an AP, the configured threshold will override the default rate threshold. The actual rate of broadcast and multicast packets will not exceed the configured rate threshold. If a large rate threshold is set, the expected network protection effect is not achieved. If a small rate threshold is set, broadcast and multicast packets may be lost. In most cases, use the default rate threshold unless otherwise specified.

Example

# Set the rate threshold for ARP broadcast packets in AP system profile system1 to 300 pps.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-system1] traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression all enable
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-system1] traffic-optimize broadcast-suppression arp rate-threshold 300

type (VAP profile view)

Function

The type command sets the type for a VAP.

The undo type command restores the default VAP type.

By default, the type of a VAP is service.

Format

type { ap-management | service }

undo type

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-management	Sets the type to AP management.	-
service	Sets the type to service.	-

Views

VAP profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If the type of a VAP is set to ap-management, STAs connected to the VAP can only access APs but not network resources. AP management VAPs are used in STA access and AP management scenarios.
If the type of a VAP is set to service, STAs connected to the VAP can only access network resources but not APs. Service VAPs are used in regular WLAN deployment scenarios.

Precautions

After the VAP type is configured in the VAP profile view, the VAPs generated by the VAP profile use the configured VAP type. The new VAP type will overwrite the old one.

If the type of a VAP is AP management, the VAP does not support portal, MAC address and 802.1x authentication using an external server.

After the VAP type is set to management AP, change the STA's IP address to 169.254.2.x/24 (except 169.254.2.1, 169.254.2.100 is recommended), so that the STA can access the AP.

Example

# Create the VAP profile vap1 and set the VAP type to AP management VAP.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] type ap-management

Related Topics

u-apsd enable

Function

The u-apsd enable command enables the Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (U-APSD) function.

The undo u-apsd enable command disables the U-APSD function.

By default, the U-APSD function is disabled.

Format

u-apsd enable

undo u-apsd enable

Parameters

None

Views

SSID profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

U-APSD is a new energy saving mode defined for WMM, which can improve the energy-saving capability of STAs.

If some STAs on the network do not support the U-APSD function, disable the U-APSD function.

Precautions

The U-APSD function takes effect only when WMM is enabled.

After the U-APSD function is enabled, services may be interrupted.

Example

# Enable the U-APSD function.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ssid-profile name ssid1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ssid-prof-ssid1] u-apsd enable

Related Topics

undo ap

Function

The undo ap command deletes APs.

Format

undo ap { ap-name ap-name | ap-id ap-list | ap-mac ap-mac | ap-group group-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ap-name ap-name	Deletes the AP with the specified AP name.	The AP name must exist.
ap-id ap-list	Deletes APs with the specified IDs in a batch.	The value is a string of 1 to 255 characters. When multiple APs are selected, use commas (,) or hyphens (-) to separate AP IDs. For example, 5,8,10-13,20 indicates the list of APs with IDs 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 20.
ap-mac ap-mac	Deletes the AP with the specified MAC address.	The AP's MAC address must exist.
ap-group group-name	Deletes the AP in a specified AP group.	The AP group must exist.
all	Deletes all APs.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Application Scenario

If you do not want a specified AP to go online on the AC, run the command to delete the AP from the AC. After the AP is deleted, the AP goes offline from the AC.

Configuration Impact

Deleting an AP will interrupt services of STAs connected to the AP.

Precautions

If an AP is upgraded, in standby state, or the ap-ping command is executed, the AP cannot be deleted.

Example

# Delete the AP named Area_1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] undo ap ap-name Area_1
Warning: Deleting the AP will interrupt user services. Continue?[Y/N]:y

Related Topics

usb enable (AP system profile view)

Function

The usb enable command enables the USB function on an AP.

The undo usb enable command disables the USB function on an AP.

By default, the USB function on an AP is disabled.

The USB function is supported only by the R250D-E, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN-E, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, and AP7050DN-E.

Format

usb enable

undo usb enable

Parameters

None

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

When users need to save or transfer files using the USB interface provided on some APs, the USB function can be enabled using the usb enable command. When the USB function is enabled, the power consumption of the AP will increase, which may affect other functions. You are advised to run the undo usb enable command to disable the USB function after using it.

Precautions

Some AP functions may be affected after the USB function is enabled.

The 2.4 GHz radio on the AP6150DN, AP6050DN, AP7050DE, and AP7050DN-E supports only dual spatial streams at most.
The AP4050DN-E cannot provide PoE power supply.
The USB function does not take effect when the R250D-E, AP2050DN, and AP2050DN-E use the IEEE 802.3af PoE for power supply.

The affected AP functions are restored after the USB function is disabled.

Example

# Enable the USB function in the AP system profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name ap-system1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-ap-system1] usb enable

Related Topics

user-interface vty idle-timeout

Function

The user-interface vty idle-timeout command sets the timeout period for disconnection from a user interface.

The undo user-interface vty screen-length command restores the default timeout period.

By default, the timeout period is 5 minutes.

Format

user-interface vty ui-number idle-timeout minutes [ seconds ]

undo user-interface vty ui-number idle-timeout

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ui-number	Specifies the VTY user interface number.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 4.
minutes	Specifies the idle timeout period, in minutes.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 35791, in minutes.
seconds	Specifies the idle timeout period, in seconds.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 59, in seconds.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If a user logs in to the device and does not perform an operation, the user interface is occupied unnecessarily. You can run the user-interface vty idle-timeout command to disconnect the user's terminal from the device.

Precautions

If the parameters minutes and seconds are both set to 0, the VTY timeout disconnection function is disabled.

Example

# Set the timeout period to 1 minute and 30 seconds.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name huawei 
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-huawei] user-interface vty 0 idle-timeout 1 30

user-interface vty screen-length

Function

The user-interface vty screen-length command sets the number of lines on each terminal screen after you run a command.

The undo user-interface vty screen-length command restores the default configuration.

By default, the number of lines to be displayed on a terminal screen is 24.

Format

user-interface vty ui-number screen-length screen-length

undo user-interface vty ui-number screen-length

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
ui-number	Specifies the VTY user interface number.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 4.
screen-length	Specifies the number of lines displayed on a terminal screen.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 512. The value 0 indicates that all command output is displayed on one screen.

Views

AP system profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

If you run a command and its output is displayed in more lines than you can see on one screen, you can set a small number of lines displayed on each screen.

In most cases, you do not need to change the number of lines displayed on each screen. Setting the number of lines to 0 is not recommended. The configuration takes effect after you log in to the system again.

Example

# Set the number of lines on each screen of the terminal to 30.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-system-profile name huawei 
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-system-prof-huawei] user-interface vty 0 screen-length 30

utmost-power disable

Function

The utmost-power disable command disables radios from sending packets at the maximum power.

The undo utmost-power disable command enables radios to send packets at the maximum power.

By default, radios are enabled to send packets at the maximum power.

Format

utmost-power disable

undo utmost-power disable

Parameters

None

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

This command is valid only when the country code is CN. You can run the undo utmost-power disable command to enable radios to send packets at the maximum power or at the power specified by the country code. After you run the utmost-power disable command, radios send packets at the power specified by the country code. When a country code other than CN is configured, radios can send packets only at the power specified by the country code.

Precautions

Only radios of the AD9430DN-24 (including the mapping RUs), AD9430DN-12 (including the mapping RUs), AD9431DN-24X (including the mapping RUs), AP7030DE, AP9330DN, AP2030DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP3010DN-V2 (supporting 802.11ac after being upgraded from a version earlier than V200R008C10SPC300 to V200R008C10SPC300 or a later version), AP4030TN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DN-E, AP7050DE, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP1050DN-S, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP8130DN-W, AP5030DN, AP5130DN, AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AP4030DN, AP4130DN, AP9131DN, and AP9132DN can send packets at maximum power.

Example

# Disable radios from sending packets at maximum power.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-default] utmost-power disable

Related Topics

vap-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The vap-profile command creates a VAP profile and displays the VAP profile view, or displays the view of an existing VAP profile.

The undo vap-profile command deletes a VAP profile.

By default, the system provides the VAP profile default.

Format

vap-profile name profile-name

undo vap-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of a VAP profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all VAP profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After a radio profile is applied in the AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view, the AP can transmit and receive radio signals. After a VAP profile is applied in the AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view, VAPs are generated and provide wireless access services for STAs. You can configure parameters in the VAP profile to enable APs to provide different wireless services.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the vap-profile command to apply the VAP profile in the AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view so that the VAP profile can take effect.

Precautions

The VAP profile default cannot be deleted.
The VAP profile referenced in the AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view cannot be deleted. To delete the VAP profile, unbind it from the AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, or AP group radio view first.
By default, the SSID profile default, security profile default, and traffic profile default are bound to a VAP profile.

Example

# Create a VAP profile vap1 and enter the VAP profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1]

Related Topics

vap-profile

Function

The vap-profile command binds a VAP profile to a radio.

The undo vap-profile command unbinds a VAP profile from a radio.

By default, no VAP profile is bound to a radio.

Format

vap-profile profile-name wlan wlan-id radio { radio-id | all } [ service-vlan { vlan-id vlan-id | vlan-pool pool-name } ]

undo vap-profile profile-name wlan wlan-id radio { radio-id | all }

radio { radio-id | all } is supported only in the AP group view and AP view.

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of a VAP profile.	The VAP profile must exist.
wlan wlan-id	Specifies the WLAN ID of a VAP.	The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 16. NOTE: The WLAN ID for the WDS service can be 13 or 14. The WLAN ID for the Mesh service is 16. The WLAN ID for the offline management VAP configuration is 15 or an integer that ranges from 1 to 12. For the AP2010DN and AP2030DN, each radio supports a maximum of eight VAPs. If the value of wlan-id exceeds 8, the configuration cannot take effect and the AP cannot generate wireless signals.
radio	Specifies a radio.	-
radio-id	Specifies a radio ID.	The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 2. Only the AP4030TN, AP4051TN, and AP8050TN-HD supports three radios.
all	Specifies all radios.	-
service-vlan	Specifies a service VLAN.	-
vlan-id vlan-id	Specifies a VLAN ID.	The VLAN ID must exist.
vlan-pool pool-name	Specifies a VLAN pool name.	The VLAN pool name must exist.

Views

AP group view, AP view, AP radio view, AP group radio view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create a VAP profile using the vap-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to a radio so that the VAP profile can take effect.

In some scenarios, users hop to configure only one VAP for all APs that use different service VLANs. To simplify configuration, you can configure the service-vlan parameter to define a service VLAN when binding a VAP profile. A user-defined service VLAN has a higher priority than that configured using the service-vlan command.

Precautions

After a VAP profile is bound to a radio, parameter settings in the VAP profile apply to the radio using the profile.

Example

# Create the VAP profile vap1 and bind it to AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] vap-profile name vap1
[HUAWEI-wlan-vap-prof-vap1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] vap-profile vap1 wlan 1 radio 0

Related Topics

display references vap-profile

vap-profile (WLAN view)

vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent

Function

The vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command sets the maximum length of an aggregated MPDU (A-MPDU) on the 802.11ac radio. MPDU stands for MAC protocol data unit.

The undo vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent command restores the maximum length of an A-MPDU on the 802.11ac radio to the default value.

By default, the index for the maximum length of an A-MPDU is 7. The maximum length of the A-MPDU is 1048575 bytes.

Currently, only the AD9430DN-24 (including the mapping RUs), AD9430DN-12 (including the mapping RUs), AD9431DN-24X (including the mapping RUs), AP7030DE, AP9330DN, AP2030DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP3010DN-V2 (supporting 802.11ac after being upgraded from a version earlier than V200R008C10SPC300 to V200R008C10SPC300 or a later version), AP4030TN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DN-E, AP7050DE, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP1050DN-S, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP8130DN-W, AP5030DN, AP5130DN, AP8030DN, AP8130DN, AP4030DN, AP4130DN, AP9131DN, and AP9132DN support 802.11ac.

Format

vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent max-length-exponent-index

undo vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

max-length-exponent-index

Indicates the index for the maximum length of the A-MPDU.

The value is an integer that ranges from 0 to 7.

0: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 8191 bytes.
1: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 16383 bytes.
2: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 32767 bytes.
3: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 65535 bytes.
4: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 131071 bytes.
5: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 262143 bytes.
6: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 524287 bytes.
7: indicates that the maximum length of the A-MPDU is 1048575 bytes.

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

To reduce costs, 802.11ac uses frame aggregation technology that aggregates two or more frames into an A-MPDU to transmit.

Example

# Set the index of the maximum length of the A-MPDU to 2 in the 5G radio profile default. The index 2 corresponds to a maximum length of 32767 bytes.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] vht a-mpdu max-length-exponent 2

Related Topics

vht a-msdu enable

Function

The vht a-msdu enable command enables the function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode.

The undo vht a-msdu enable command disables the function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode.

By default, the function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode is disabled.

Format

vht a-msdu enable

undo vht a-msdu enable

Parameters

None

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Aggregated MAC Service Data Unit (A-MSDU) technology aggregates multiple MAC Service Data Units (MSDUs) into an MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU), which reduces MAC layer costs of the 802.11 packets and improves packet transmission efficiency especially when short MSDUs are aggregated.

Precautions

The function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode can only be enabled on the 802.11ac radio.

Example

# Enable the function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] vht a-msdu enable

Related Topics

vht a-msdu max-frame-num

Function

The vht a-msdu max-frame-num command sets the maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time.

The undo vht a-msdu max-frame-num command restores the default maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time.

By default, a maximum of two subframes can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time.

Format

vht a-msdu max-frame-num max-frame-number

undo vht a-msdu max-frame-num

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
max-frame-number	Specifies the maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time.	The value is an integer ranging from 2 to 15.

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

A-MSDU technology aggregates multiple MSDUs into an MPDU, which reduces MAC layer costs of the 802.11 packets.

When the wireless network quality is satisfactory, increase the maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time to improve the network usage efficiency and wireless service performance.
When the wireless network quality is unsatisfactory or delay-sensitive services, such as voice services are transmitted, reduce the maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time to minimize the impact of packet loss on services and reduce packet transmission delay. Some STAs have restrictions on the number of subframes aggregated into a received A-MSDU. If the number of subframes sent by the AP exceeds the threshold, the STAs cannot receive the frames properly.

Prerequisite

The function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode has been enabled using the vht a-msdu enable command.

Precautions

The function of sending 802.11 frames in A-MSDU mode can only be enabled on the 802.11ac radio.

Example

# Set the maximum number of subframes that can be aggregated into an A-MSDU at one time to 3.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] vht a-msdu max-frame-num 3

Related Topics

vht a-msdu enable

vht mcs-map

Function

The vht mcs-map command configures the maximum MCS value corresponding to a specific number of 802.11ac spatial streams in the 5G radio profile.

The undo vht mcs-map command restores the default maximum MCS value corresponding to a specific number of 802.11ac spatial streams in the 5G radio profile.

By default, the maximum MCS value of the 802.11 ac radios is 9 in the 5G radio profile.

Format

vht mcs-map nss nss-value max-mcs max-mcs-value

undo vht mcs-map

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
nss nss-value	Specifies the number of spatial streams.	The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 4.
max-mcs max-mcs-value	Specifies the maximum MCS value corresponding to a specific number of spatial streams.	The value is an integer ranging from 7 to 9.

Views

5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Rates of 802.11ac radios depend on the index value of Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS). A larger MCS value indicates a higher transmission rate.

If nss-value is equal to or larger than the actual number of spatial streams supported by an AP, the maximum MCS value corresponding to all spatial streams of the AP is max-mcs-value.
If nss-value is smaller than the actual number of spatial streams supported by an AP, only the maximum MCS value of configured spatial streams is max-mcs-value. The maximum MCS value of the other spatial streams does not take effect.

For example, if nss-value is 2, and the AP supports 3 spatial streams. Only the maximum MCS value of spatial stream 1 and spatial stream 2 is max-mcs-value, and that of spatial stream 3 does not take effect.

Precautions

This configuration applies only to STAs associated with an AP in 802.11ac mode but does not take effect on STAs associated with the AP in other modes.

VAPs of only the AP1050DN-S, R450D, R250D, R250D-E, AP2050DN, AP2050DN-E, AP4050DN, AP4050DN-S, AP4051DN, AP4151DN, AP8050DN, AP8050DN-S, AP8150DN, AP4051TN, AP6052DN, AP7052DN, AP7152DN, AP7052DE, AP8050TN-HD, AP8082DN, AP8182DN, AP4050DN-E, AP4050DN-HD, AP6050DN, AP6150DN, AP7050DE, and AP7050DN-E support MU-MIMO on 5 GHz radios.
In WDS scenarios, ensure that the number of spatial streams on STA VAPs is smaller than that on AP VAPs. Otherwise, MU-MIMO cannot take effect. For example, if STA VAPs and AP VAPs are both configured with three spatial streams, an AP VAP can communicate with only one STA VAP even if MU-MIMO has been enabled.
MU-MIMO is not supported on a Mesh network.

Example

# Configure the maximum MCS value 8 for 802.11ac radios with two spatial streams in the 5G radio profile.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-5g-profile name default
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-5g-prof-default] vht mcs-map nss 2 max-mcs 8

Related Topics

vlan pool

Function

The vlan pool command creates a VLAN pool and displays the VLAN pool view, or displays the view of an existing VLAN pool.

The undo vlan pool command deletes a VLAN pool.

By default, no VLAN pool is created.

Format

vlan pool pool-name

undo vlan pool pool-name

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
pool-name	Specifies the name of a VLAN pool.	The value is a string of 1 to 31 characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot begin or end with double quotation marks (" ").

Views

System view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

Since WLANs provide flexible access modes, STAs may connect to the same WLAN at the office entrance or stadium entrance, and then roam to different APs. If each SSID has only one service VLAN to deliver wireless access to STAs, IP address resources may become insufficient in areas where many STAs access the WLAN, and IP addresses in the other areas are wasted.

After a VLAN pool is created, add multiple VLANs to the VLAN pool and configure the VLANs as service VLANs. In this way, an SSID can use multiple service VLANs to provide wireless access services. STAs are dynamically assigned to VLANs in the VLAN pool, which reduces the number of STAs in each VLAN and also the size of the broadcast domain. Additionally, IP addresses are evenly allocated, preventing IP address waste.

You can also apply the VLAN pool to a user group to plan network segments by user role.

Follow-up Procedure

After a VLAN pool is created, run the vlan command to add VLANs to the VLAN pool. Note that these VLANs have been created using the vlan batch { vlan-id1 [ to vlan-id2 ] } &<1-10> command. Otherwise, VLANs in the VLAN pool cannot take effect.

Precautions

After a VLAN pool is configured to provide service VLANs, VLANs in the VLAN pool cannot be deleted. To delete the VLAN pool, cancel the service VLAN configuration of the VLAN pool.
In scenarios where a dual-stack address pool is configured, a STA successfully obtains an IP address if the VLAN pool has assigned an IPv4 or IPv6 address to it. In this case, the VLAN pool will not assign a new VLAN to the STA.

Example

# Create the VLAN pool pool1 and display the VLAN pool view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] vlan pool pool1
[HUAWEI-vlan-pool-pool1]

Related Topics

display vlan pool

vlan (VLAN pool view)

Function

The vlan command adds a VLAN to a VLAN pool.

The undo vlan command deletes a VLAN from a VLAN pool.

By default, no VLAN is available in a VLAN pool.

Format

vlan { start-vlan [ to end-vlan ] } &<1-10>

undo vlan { { start-vlan [ to end-vlan ] } &<1-10> | all }

Parameters

Parameter

Description

Value

start-vlan to end-vlan

Specifies a VLAN ID.

start-vlan and end-vlan determine a VLAN range. start-vlan must be smaller than end-vlan.

The value is an integer that ranges from 1 to 4094.

Views

VLAN pool view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

If service VLANs of a VAP are configured as VLANs in a VLAN pool, STAs connected to the VAP are dynamically assigned to VLANs in the VLAN pool. This prevents a large number of STAs from connecting to the same VLAN, resolving the problems of insufficient IP addresses and large broadcast domain.

Precautions

A maximum of 128 VLANs can be added to a VLAN pool.
Deleting a VLAN will interrupt services of STAs using the VLAN. Exercise caution when you delete a VLAN.
A nonexistent VLAN can also be added to a VLAN pool. However, you need to create the VLAN after adding a nonexistent VLAN to a VLAN pool; otherwise, the VLAN does not take effect.

Example

# Add VLANs 9, 12, 13, and 14 to the VLAN pool pool1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] vlan pool pool1
[HUAWEI-vlan-pool-pool1] vlan 9 12 to 14

Related Topics

display vlan pool

vlan pool

wifi-light

Function

The wifi-light command specifies the parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED on an AP.

The undo wifi-light command restores the default parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED on an AP.

By default,

If the Mesh function is enabled on the AP, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the weakest signal strength of all neighboring APs.
If WDS is enabled on an AP, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the strength of signals received from a WDS AP.
- If the AP works in leaf mode, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the strength of signals received from a middle AP.
- If the AP works in middle mode, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the strength of signals received from a root AP.
- If the AP works in root mode, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the weakest signal strength of middle APs.
If the WDS and Mesh functions are disabled on an AP, the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED reflects the service traffic volume on the radio.

Only APs having wireless LEDs support this command. To determine whether an AP has the Wireless LED, check the section Indicator Description in the Hardware Installation and Maintenance Guide of the corresponding AP model.

Format

wifi-light { signal-strength | traffic }

undo wifi-light

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
signal-strength	Sets the parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED on an AP to signal strength. When the Wireless LED blinks fast, the signal strength is strong.	-
traffic	Sets the parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED on an AP to service traffic volume. When the Wireless LED blinks fast, the service traffic volume is high.	-

Views

2G radio profile view, 5G radio profile view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

During installation and commissioning of an AP that has the WDS or Mesh function enabled, you need to adjust AP locations and antenna directions to obtain strong signals. If the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED shows the signal strength, onsite installation personnel can know the signal strength in real time. The wifi-light command allows you to specify the parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED. For example, you can specify the parameter to signal strength during installation and service traffic volume after installation.

Precautions

This command takes effect only when the AP has the WDS or Mesh function enabled. If the WDS and Mesh functions are disabled on the AP, the Wireless LED always shows service traffic volume.

Example

# Set the parameter reflected by the blinking frequency of the Wireless LED on an AP to service traffic volume.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] radio-2g-profile name radio-profile1
[HUAWEI-wlan-radio-2g-prof-radio-profile1] wifi-light traffic

Related Topics

wired-port-profile (WLAN view)

Function

The wired-port-profile command creates an AP wired port profile and displays the AP wired port profile view, or displays the view of an existing AP wired port profile.

The undo wired-port-profile command deletes an AP wired port profile.

By default, the system provides the AP wired port profile default.

Format

wired-port-profile name profile-name

undo wired-port-profile { name profile-name | all }

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
name profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP wired port profile.	The value is a string of 1 to 35 case-insensitive characters. It does not contain question marks (?) or spaces, and cannot start or end with double quotation marks (" ").
all	Deletes all AP wired port profiles.	-

Views

WLAN view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

An AP wired port profile provides convenience for AP wired interface management and configuration. You can configure AP wired interface parameters in an AP wired port profile to manage APs.

Follow-up Procedure

Run the wired-port-profile (AP group view and view) command to bind the AP wired port profile to an AP or AP group so that the AP wired port profile can take effect.

Precautions

The AP wired port profiledefault cannot be deleted.
The AP wired port profile referenced by an AP or AP group cannot be deleted. To delete the AP wired port profile, unbind it from the AP or AP group first.

Example

# Create the AP wired port profile wired-port1 and display the AP wired port profile view.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1]

Related Topics

wired-port-profile (AP group view and view)

Function

The wired-port-profile command binds an AP wired port profile to an AP or AP group.

The undo wired-port-profile command unbinds an AP wired port profile from an AP or AP group.

By default, the AP wired port profile default is bound to an AP group, but no AP wired port profile is bound to an AP.

Format

wired-port-profile profile-name interface-type interface-number

undo wired-port-profile interface-type interface-number

Parameters

Parameter	Description	Value
profile-name	Specifies the name of an AP wired port profile.	The AP wired port profile must exist.
interface-type interface-number	Specifies the type and number of an AP wired interface.	-

Views

AP group view, AP view

Default Level

2: Configuration level

Usage Guidelines

Usage Scenario

After you create an AP wired port profile using the wired-port-profile (WLAN view) command, bind it to an AP or AP group so that the AP wired port profile can take effect.

Precautions

After an AP wired port profile is bound to an AP or AP group, parameter settings in the AP wired port profile apply to specified interfaces of all APs using the AP wired port profile.

Example

# Create the AP wired port profile wired-port1 and bind it to GE0 of APs in AP group group1.

<HUAWEI> system-view
[HUAWEI] wlan 
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] wired-port-profile name wired-port1
[HUAWEI-wlan-wired-port-wired-port1] quit
[HUAWEI-wlan-view] ap-group name group1
[HUAWEI-wlan-ap-group-group1] wired-port-profile wired-port1 gigabitethernet 0

Related Topics